Protrusive Dental Podcast

Jaz Gulati
undefined
Jan 23, 2021 • 14min

6 Signs You are a Comprehensive Dentist – IC010

Think of this episode as a love letter to the Protruserati. We share the same struggles, and this episode could easily have been called the 6 STRUGGLES of a Comprehensive Dentist. https://youtu.be/DCTgR93Tk3c The struggle is real Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! Here they are: You take your work home with you Dentistry was either mis-sold to me, or I was just naive. When I was a Dental student I read a young dentist magazine. It had a segment dedicated to interviews with DF1 Dentists who had finished their first year in practice. ‘What do you love most about being a Dentist?,’ was one of the questions. One answer caught my eye: ‘I love that I do not take my work home with me.’ I loved that! But after almost 8 years out of dental school, I can tell you (and my wife can testify!) that I find it impossible to be a comprehensive Dentist and NOT bring my work home with me. Treatment planning, organising photos, letters to patients, clinchecks and the list is endless – it will be a longer list for practice owners! New patient examinations will drain you It takes a lot of emotional energy to see new patients. There is a difference between the 15 minute new patient exam and the 45 minutes or 1 hour new patient exam. The longer appointments to learn what the patients goals are and help find the right solutions can be extremely challenging and require intense focus, and dare I say, showmanship. As my principal (Hap Gill) once taught me, we are in show business. You have more to give and more to say The classic sign of this is that your Nurse is always nagging you that ‘you talk too much’. You just want to make the patient’s experience as valuable as possible! You dont earn enough money Controversial. I know. If I could double your income but simplify your Dentistry and limit you to single tooth dentistry – you would probably say no. THAT speaks volumes.You do it for the bigger picture and for passion.Yes the comprehensive Dentist MIGHT gross more, but the amount of money you spend on equipment and courses can be eye-watering. That, and your hourly rate from all the work you do it home is ever-diminishing. Patients always say ‘you are the first person who told me this’ or, the more sinister cousin, ‘why has no dentist ever told me this before?!’ I never know what is the right way to handle this. I just smile and say ‘I love my job so much, that sometimes I care more about a patient’s mouth than they do!’ To clarify, I am suggesting I care more than the patient (not more than any previous Dentist – we should never throw our colleagues under the bus). 6. If someone ever stole your laptop, they would be so dissapointed Admit it. Your phone and laptop is full of forum screenshots, lecture photos, teeth, abscesses, shade matching photos (heaven forbid) and the odd bitewing for good measure! If you enjoyed this episode, you will also like 12 Rules for Dentistry with David Bretton! Click below for full episode transcript:  Opening Snippet: Hi guys, it's Jaz Gulati here from the Protrusive Dental podcast. And I really should be doing this live right now like this would be such a great topic to have live on Facebook or instagram to see people's comments and stuff but unfortunately timings don't work out, right now the time is 4.15 p.m. and there's like zero audience for me right? Jaz’s Introduction: So I’m pitching this and recording this just to the camera and I hope you enjoy this. I’ve just been one of those things where you just daydream and you sometimes get carried away and I thought what this would make a really cool interference cast episode which I haven’t done in ages. So let’s roll with it. These are 6 Signs that You are a Comprehensive Dentist and I also thought about calling it the Six Struggles of a comprehensive dentist because every one of these signs I’m going to give you is a struggle. Now one of the reasons I don’t have the time to do this at like seven in the evening or 10 p.m. at night when there’s more people in the UK and more of a social audience in the USA as well is because I’m actually during those hours so busy and focusing on the splint course that I don’t have time for anything else at the moment and the reason it’s taken me so long like up to four years now and then a live course and now the finally the splint course going online is that I just don’t want this to be the best course on splints you’ve ever done, I want this to be the best course you’ve ever done and that’s very bold thing to say. I never thought I’d say something like that but that’s the kind of sort of level I’m pitching at so give me a little bit more time and that’ll be out. So that’s why I’m unable to, if you don’t hear from me outside of podcasting I do apologize I’m just literally immersed in that but let’s dive into these six signs that you are a comprehensive dentist. Jaz’s Main Topic: Sign number one is that you take your role or you take your job or you take your profession home with you, right? I remember when I was in third year dental school, I opened up one of those like dental magazines that you get from like dental protection or something. And there was these DF ones or these dentists that were just newly qualified and they were being interviewed right? And part of the interview questions like, what do you like most about being a dentist? And this one lady, young dentist she wrote or she said and it was interviewed and documented in this book was, ‘I love the fact that I don’t have to take my work home with me. I love the fact that I see my patients and when I’m done, I come home, I can switch off.’ And at that time I thought “This is awesome. Dentistry is going to be perfect. I can’t wait to qualify and be a practicing dentist because I can just totally do that right?” I can go to work, be an awesome dentist, come home and that’s it. My work is done. No one told me about the lifestyle I’m living right now right? No one warned me it’s something I’m living and sometimes I think is it just me but from speaking to more and more of the Protruserati, of our tribe okay? People who are like-minded, I’m starting to gather that this is a comprehensive problem. This is a comprehensive struggle i.e. when I come home, quite a lot of times, I’m doing clinchecks, I’m doing treatment plan letters, I’m looking my photos planning cases, I’m looking my photos critiquing my own cases I’m looking at my cases and thinking okay what can I post as something educational, something valuable? So it is by no means a nine-to-five job for me and if you’re listening to this episode I doubt it is for you either. Now I contrast this to my wife who is she’s a great dentist. She is not a comprehensive dentist and this is because her role does not require her, does not permit her to be comprehensive. Now for those of you who know my wife her name is Sim, she is a community dentist so if you’re unfamiliar with this concept in the UK, we have something called community dentistry and she sees the most vulnerable groups of patients in our country. She sees very highly anxious children, adults. She sees patients with severe medical disabilities and these people just cannot be seen in general practice. They need special care. They need special resources which is just unavailable. They Inhalation sedation so she is not a comprehensive dentist. It’s just a completely different type of dentistry and she comes home and she’s just mom mode, wife mode. She does all the things that she wants to, she’s a great baker but you know what dentistry outside of nine to five like there’s zero right? Other than the odd occasion of doing CPD or CE like she is someone who can switch off. She’s someone who doesn’t bring her job with her at home and you know what I think it’s nice this husband-and-wife relationship we have that I am doing this comprehensive nature try and work from home as much as I can because I need to, because I want to and then she is there and she does so much for our family like. So Sim, if you get to listen to this thank you so much for everything you do but I think that’s why our partnership works so well because I think if you’re both like extremely comprehensive it would be a real struggle in how do you fit family life, how do we fit a social life around that. So that was just me rambling having to think so it’s a different so you might not be comprehensive dentist I doubt it because you listen to the Protrusive Dental podcast and if you listen to this podcast you’re probably extremely passionate and therefore you are struggling with these areas that I’m going to list so I’m going to list five more in a moment but just reflect on if you’re in a circumstance where you’re not able to be comprehensive then that’s different right? That’s a different scenario issue but one struggle for sure that you do bring your work home with you. Sign number two that you are a comprehensive dentist right? This is when you have had a morning of new patient examinations or a morning of recall examinations and you absolutely hate those days or hate those sessions because they’re so mentally draining right like I find and I do find that comprehensive dentists find that it is actually really challenging like there’s so many emotions involved in a new patient consultation. There’s so much active listening to your patient coming up with solutions to very complex problems, it’s not easy and for me I’m absolutely shattered. I need a constantly, I need to be constantly drinking hydrating myself so if you find that you are really, really, struggling after a morning of checkups or new patient examinations you’re probably a comprehensive dentist that’s one of the signs that you’re being comprehensive because you’re not just saying “Hey Mrs. smith everything looks good I’ll see you in six months” you’re saying “Hey Mrs. smith you’re doing great but I need to discuss with this with you, you have recession which means that your gum is being now brushed away too hard and look at this photo of your gum it’s so high. Have you noticed all these crack lines in your teeth? Can we discuss this? Are you having any pain here? Let’s have a feel of your joint, you have a click on the right side, do you know what this means Mrs Smith? This is when you’ve got a little disc it’s like a hat that sits on top of your joint and it moves around and that pops on and pops off and sometimes that creates a click.” Do you see where I’m going guys, right? So when you are a comprehensive dentist, checkups can be extremely draining not only are you having to do a lot of thinking you’re having to do a lot of speaking and explanation and really trying to give your patient as much value as possible because that’s the nature of being comprehensive right? You’re actually diagnosing more and to diagnose more you need to apply yourself more. You need to really look for things, you need to be really switched on. You can’t just do a fantastic new patient examination and you’re feeling lethargic that day, just won’t happen it’ll be a substandard examination compare that or contrast that to when I’m doing composite restorations. Now if I’m doing a quadrant dentistry and I’ve got like an hour and a half two hours booked for a whole quadrant of composites. I am so energized after that session like i’ve enjoyed myself, I’ve done a bit of artistic work, i’ve taken photos, I’m fine but give me like three or two new patient examinations back to back then I am absolutely shattered. So that’s a sign that you’re a comprehensive dentist. Number three, you have more to say more to give and your nurse tells you that you talk too much right? Part of diagnosing more part of explaining things to your patients more and part of having to just talk so much and pop having to give, give and give and also to have the time take a full series of photos, have the time to get pull out the intraoral camera, have the time to explain each and every stage. It’s difficult. It takes time therefore the struggle is that you will not finish on time or you’ll never finish early right? You’re like after a checkup or a new patient examination you’ll never finish early or very rarely more often than not you’re either going to finish right on time or at least a few minutes late right? Because you’re just trying, you’re pouring your heart and soul and just before the patient leave you just want to give them some more information, you want to give them some more to think about, you want to give them a little bit more value right? It’s because you care so much and I find that when you care so much and you have so much to give, you’re very rarely going to finish early. Number four, you don’t earn enough money. Now I know this sounds kind of weird maybe because surely right some of you saying hey you know what if you’re a comprehensive dentist then you’re diagnosing more surely you’re treating more and if you’re able to do all that then you’re probably working on a fully private basis and if you’re working privately you’re like ‘kachiiing’ It’s not the case right? I’ll tell you a couple reasons why it’s not the case. Firstly, compare the hourly rate of the nine to five single tooth dentist and compare the hourly rate of the comprehensive dentist because the comprehensive dentist is not getting paid for all that planning usually. The comprehensive dentist is spending all this time to critique his or her own photos, looking through all the different ways they’ve done some treatment and how they could improve and guess what you’re not making money that’s not an income generating task right? And guess what you’re also as the you know the part and parcel of being comprehensive dentist you’re spending more money, you’re buying camera, you’re buying loops. You are investing so much money on courses that it’s unbelievable like if you told a non-dentist how much money, how much what percentage of your income you are spending on courses. They will think you’re crazy right? So when you actually add the fact that yes you potentially may be grossing more okay I’m not saying you it might be the case for some people but by time you add in how much money you’re investing in courses, your education, your equipment and the fact that you’re working all hours a day and you’re available for patients whenever wherever on email basis then maybe your hourly rate is not as high as it should be. But you know what? It doesn’t matter because you do it for passion. You do it because you care. You do it because comprehensive dentistry is more fun than single tooth dentistry and you do it because it’s part of the bigger picture. Like you’d be miserable if I told you that I doubled your income, your annual income but you’d be a single tooth dentist you’d probably say no because you’d have so much more fun being a comprehensive dentist and that’s the sign that you definitely are a comprehensive dentist. Sign number five of the comprehensive dentist is that you will hear this from your patients over and over and over again like your patients will keep saying the same damn thing to you right and this is this is what they’ll say, they’ll say “Wow. No dentist has ever told me that before” or they’ll say if, that’s if they’re a positive person. If they’re a negative person they’ll say “Why hasn’t any dentist ever told me this before?” So there’s two types of people and those are kind of things you get. So the next logical thing is to tackle this right like how do you answer this? What’s the best way to answer this question? Well I don’t know what the best way is okay? So I just I don’t know but I can tell you what I say right? So what you don’t, we never want to throw our colleagues under the bus right? That’s the worst thing you could possibly do right? The best way that I found to handle it is, I smile at the patient and I say “You know what? I love my job so much. I love the dentistry that I do. Sometimes I care more about the patient’s teeth than they do.” And we just laugh it off right it gets a little bit of a laugh and it just defuses a potentially sticky situation right and it doesn’t lead them into negative thoughts about you know a different level of care or whatever. So I think that’s a good way. That’s how I do it. Let me know what you think, please do message me. Follow @protrusivedental on the instagram and if you like what I’m saying hit subscribe on youtube right now but i’ve got one more sign for you I hope you enjoyed that one but got one more sign for you and this is a funny one right? Number six, the sixth sign that you are a comprehensive dentist is that if someone stole your tablet or your phone or your laptop right? They’d be so disappointed right? They’d be like photos of teeth like constantly videos photos of teeth and gums and surgery and the odd screenshot of a lecture or the odd conference slide with the speaker and you’re just there a lecture taking photos right? They would find your laptop or your phone so boring and I think that itself is a sign that you’re a comprehensive dentist. Jaz’s Outro: So I hope you enjoyed my little rambling here. Interference cast. The six signs, the six struggles of a comprehensive dentist. Let me know what you thought and I look forward to catching you in the next episode which is going to be Ian Buckle, talking us through digital occlusion.
undefined
Jan 19, 2021 • 1h 6min

Chrome Dentures Made Easier with Finlay Sutton – PDP056

Finlay Sutton has made Dentures sexy again. His teaching style is world-famous and it was an absolute thrill to chat to him. Protruserati – this one is going to be clinically IMPACTFUL. https://youtu.be/6Hz208Zv6yU The KING of Removal Prosthodontics Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! We started by discussing the benefits of using Loom for video communication with patients and lab – it adds a personal touch. Genius! What do you do when the framework does not fit?!Finlay will firstly trial the denture on the model. If in doubt, rehearse the path of insertion several times and you can ask your lab.You can use occlude spray on the denture fit surface Regarding Immediate Dentures: Leave your patients in immediate denture (plus relines) for 9-12 months to get maximum shrinkage before upgrading to Chrome. Sometimes you move quicker but need to reline (use ZOE) and then alginate pick up 12 months later. Should you use high impact acrylic? It seems a sensible idea!How about metal mesh? What if your partial denture wearer is a bruxist? We talked about how your partial denture can BECOME a splint. Precision Attachments and Milled Crowns Why Finlay has moved away from precision attachments and true ‘milled’ crowns as they are maintenance heavy. It is simpler to have crowns that are shaped appropriately with guide surfaces that will improve the denture. He does use Stud Attachments, which he uses just twice a year, to resurrect a root-filled retained root to negate the need for a clasp in a high smile line patient. Tell the patient the root may split, AND the tooth in front will need a clasp in the future. Metal backings are amazing for bracing – ‘My dentures are like removable resin bonded bridges’. Hidden away but provide great resistance to rotation and adds rigidity and bracing. Another gem was the use of dimples in to the crowns palatally and distal guide surfaces – with metal backings. The metal backing would have small balls that would slot in to the dimples. ‘What I hate is patients coming back with problems after they spent lots of money. If it all fell apart in a few years time, which these do, we’re in dickie’s meadow’ – there we are, keep it simple! You can use Zirconia crowns with rest seats and dimples but ensure, smooth, round, organic shapes. Be careful about making upper palatal too bulky as affects speech – hence why preferences to make these dimples substractive. If you want to learn more from Finlay, do check out his website for denture courses and learning resources. If you enjoyed this, you may also like the episode about Complete Dentures with Mark Bishop! Click below for full episode transcript: Opening Snippet:Welcome Protruserati to Episode 56 with Finley Sutton. Now, we've all had these situations with dentures before, right? You're trying to fit the framework which has just come back from the lab and it doesn't fit. And you have this heart sink moment like oh my god, like, what do I do now? Right? So if you're ever in that situation and you want to know how to fix it, Finlay Sutton, who is a phenomenal dental educator, will answer this question on this podcast for you, as well as so many others, like what do you do in a deep bite And there's no space for the chrome? Or how about milled crowns? And how to incorporate that with your Chrome dentures workflow. So stick with this episode to learn all about that with Finlay Sutton... Jaz’s Introduction: I know I’ve been teasing you for a while about this episode with a fantastic educator in the field of dentures, which let’s face it, I mean, since I was a student, I’ve always found dentures confusing. I don’t do many at the moment. It’s just the nature of I think demographics has a lot to do with how many dentures you make. At the moment, I’m not making load. But certainly those struggles I’ve had with dentures, they never leave you even throughout student young dentist, dentures are tricky to get your head around. But I’m convinced that in this episode with Finlay Sutton, you will probably learn more about Chrome dentures and partial dentures in this one episode they did at dental school. Sort of make an announcement that there’ll be another way for you guys to listen to podcasts, and get CPD or CE credits because a lot of you doing it, you know, when you’re driving or when you’re multitasking, when you’re running, you’re listening to podcasts, and you like to get the CPD now at the moment, it’s on dentinaltubules.com, which is phenomenal value, and you can get CPD hours, which I’m just amazed at the generosity of Dhru for letting me host this on dentinal tubules completely for free. So thank you so much , Dhru, but some of you wanted an option whereby you didn’t have to log on somewhere to answer questions. And that may be coming soon as well. Thanks for those who voted on the Protrusive Dental community. So I’m gonna keep you in the loop with that. I’m going to tell you about the Protrusive Dental pearl for this episode. And this pearl is from my good buddy, Alan Burgin, Fantastic dentist you may have listened to episode I think was 37 is that is a unusual journey with a young dentist and you know, he is such a caring kind guy, you can just tell right and his dentistry is world class. So I check out the Cornish dentist, I think @the.cornish.dentist, Instagram account, follow Alan, he’s such a cool guy. And he taught me this little tip on suturing. Because we had like a little mini sort of zoom session. And many of you, I think will benefit from this because like, when you’re placing a suture, let’s say you’re placing a vicryl rapide 4-0, and you’re you know closing up a you know, the socket after an extraction, you’re going to be, you’ve been taught that when you’re actually tying the knot that you take you, the way you pull is that your hand moves away from you. And this will get you out of jail most times so if you just follow the rule, if you forget anything, you do your you know, three throws, and then two throws backwards, and then you pull and then your right hand, your dominant hand goes away from you. And most of time, you’ll be fine, right? But actually, sometimes the way you insert the needle or the way you approach it or the type of suture or not you’re doing means that that rule doesn’t always apply. So is there another way to think about it. And Alan taught me that actually where you take the first bite, and then where you come out of so the direction you are going in is the direction that you pull. So let me make that even more tangible for you. If you’re going from buccal to lingual so you just got into the buccal papilla, okay, you’ve taken a bite. And now you’re going to go to lingual papilla, you’ve taken a bite, you’ve gone from buccal to lingual. Therefore when you do your three throws forward, okay. And you’re going to pull that suture, you’re going to make sure that your right hand goes towards the lingual, right? So you pull their your right hand towards the lingual and then you do your reverse throws. And then you come towards the buccal. And you’ll notice how much of a difference it makes that your first pull. Okay? That’s to get the tight suture that you need. Okay? If your first one is rubbish, and it’s a slack and it’s very loose and you haven’t done a very good job, then you can’t make up for it in the second one because the second one’s just to reinforce the first one. So all the hard work happens in that first tightening if you like or a first knot if you like so that’s my pearl for you. Another few things that I learned from the tutoring sessions that Alan went on this course for tutoring right? And he asked these guys on the soft tissue course. Right? “Who knows how to suture?” Right? And everyone was like, “Yeah, come on, man. We’ve been qualified 15, 20 years we know how to suture.” Can everyone put the hand up, Yes, you can suture. So one by one this soft tissue course instructor, this dentist, periodontist where he was. He told everyone to come on the stage one by one. Okay, and place a simple interrupted suture. Okay? So Alan told me this story, and then they place it. And then the instructor would come along, get his little probe and go click, and the suture would come undone. Next person. So the next person comes again, they do their best suture, he’d come along flick, and the suture comes undone. And it went on and on and on until everyone got a little bit embarrassed and said, You know what, I think we can learn a few things about suturing. So the reason I share that today is no matter how much you think you know about suturing sometimes these little micro tips can retake your suturing skills to the next level. So Alan, thanks so much for let me use that for the Protrusive Dental pearl today. Do check out his episode, the young dentist journey, if you haven’t a listen to it already, he’s a top guy. Now I won’t babble on anymore. I’m not gonna waste any more of your time because Finlay Sutton is about to give you a denture masterclass right now. Main Interview: [Jaz]But I’d like to know, how were you? Because we’ve all been asking for you to come on the show for a long time now. How was a pandemic for you? How are you doing now? It must be super busy. How are things? [Finlay]Yeah, it was good. Well, obviously, the pandemic wasn’t great was it? You know, in terms of the world and stuff. But it’s actually open up for use of opportunities, really, I really loved doing the this. I’ve funded about 20 webinars during lockdown. And that was absolutely terrific love doing those. And I’ve got really great feedback from them too. And it’s just really, really nice, just being able to just sit there and just, you know, show people what I’m doing. And also just give back a little bit, you know, so it’s without, you know, without charging anything, it was just really, really nice doing that. So that was good. And then also, we’ve got other stuff sorted out with a practice, which I think was really super, for instance, you know, doing video consultations with patients before they come in, which is Ace, which is really, really good, because like now we can’t do consultations without a mask, you know, being sort of basically covered up and it’s really difficult to get that human interaction really solidly. So turn it over zoom is ace. And the other thing I find it really good as another piece of software called loom, L-O-O-M [Jaz]I know. I’m familiar with loom it’s cool. How do you, How are you using loom? [Finlay]I’m using it for helping patients to well before they actually come in. So if they’re coming in for some extractions and immediate denture for then I can actually do their consent form. And to show a little picture of me going through a consent form, you know, talking about what to expect, etc. And also, I think, really importantly, afterwards, I can just do a little personalized video for the patient. And they can revisit it from time after time, you know, so as the immediate dentures are settling in, and maybe that discovery, certain problems, maybe a couple of days down, they can watch the video again, ‘oh, Finlay pointed that one out. So it’s, I find that a really useful and I think also they feel like, we’re a bit more, there’s a bit more of a person behind the clinician, a bit more humanity really and that so. So it’s actually is, this count is opportunity. And also lab communication with loom is fantastic. In, you know, my ceramist is not on site. So how you can just do a whole video for him and show him the mouth and person and the shade and exactly what I’m wanting, you know, say rest seats or guide surfaces, etc. So that is terrific. [Jaz]I’m so glad I hit the record button because this is a real gem that you’re sharing as to I in fact, every episode I have a Protrusive Dental pearl, so I think we’re gonna share this as Fin’s Protrusive Dental pearl which is to use loom because previously I’ve been using loom as staff training. So for example, nurses sometimes come and go, and if you record something once as a training video then nurse can revisit and you can have that one video and sometimes I work in a team, someone who produces my podcast and God forbid he leaves. I’ve got a training manual on loom but I like how you incorporate dentistry. I didn’t think to do that, especially with patients. I mean, wow, the human touch you’ve added with the consent and the lab communication and the little points afterwards. That is really a level above so thank you for opening my eyes to loom in that way. [Finlay]That’s great. You’re welcome, Jaz. [Jaz]Listen, Fin, people, the people listening to podcasts have been begging for you to come on the podcast. Since its inception over two years ago now and dentures has been covered once by my ex tutor, Mark Bishop, do you know Mark in Sheffield? [Finlay]Yeah, I do. In fact, Mark taught me when I was at Sheffield. He was, this is back in like the night late 1980s, early 90s. And they were just a really young, qualified dentist and super keen. And he was my favorite tutor. Terrific. [Jaz]Oh, he’s gonna love hearing that because Mark is a good friend. And he listens. And he did an episode on complete dentures. And now I’m so excited. And so are the Protruserati. So the people who listened to the podcast called the Protruserati and the other day I posted on Facebook, I said, “Hey, Fin’s coming on the podcast. Finally, what do you want to know?” And so it was it was the Protruserati decided they want to know more about Chrome dentures. And specifically, I’ll give everyone a flavor of the kind of things we’re talking about today, so that it wets their appetite for the rest of the episode, we’re gonna talk about troubleshooting chrome dentures, and common errors and issues that we have, framework issues, not fitting, that sort of stuff. We’re also going to cover a specific scenario with a client Kennedy class four, you know, obviously difficult scenarios in any case, but it’s particularly in a deep bite. I want to hear from you, how you manage that? And that question was sending from Gian-Marco D’Andrea. Gian, hopefully, hope you’re doing well, buddy. Thanks for saying that question in. Milled crowns, people want to know about precision attachments. So it’ll be interesting to know about your experiences with that. And then something I’ve never done before. And I didn’t know what the thing was immediate anterior chrome dentures. So I’ll be very interested to know, you know, how you do those? But before we get into that, there may be a very small number of people listen to this somewhere in the world who don’t know you often. So for those very small number of people, please tell them who you are. And I’m going to say Firstly, that I’m so glad that you’re British. Because Wow. You are really I think the state of the art in dentistry in rural prosthodontics, which is your, the real passion area. And I’ve seen you educate at the BARD a few years ago as well. Your lectures are so engaging and funny and educational, your online content, no one has ever obviously, no one’s ever said I went to a Fin lecture and it was a bit boring wherever, you are just full of so many gems, which is why I’ve been so excited for you to come on. So please introduce yourself, Fin. [Finlay]Yeah, I’m actually based up in the northwest of England. And guy have a practice based in Garstang, where she just, I’m not, I live in Lancaster, the practice in Garstang, I have a referral practice with my wife, Rachel. And Rachel as a specialist orthodontist. And we started the practice in about 2007. And we’ve grown it since then. So we have a really nice referral base. And we also, we’ve got two other dentists that work in a practice where those we’ve got Sahid, who’s a specialist in periodontics, that’s Sahid Abad. And we’ve also got Robert Jacobs, who’s an endodontist. So there’s four of us specialists in the practice there. Sorry, that’s my dog barking in the background. So that’s what we have currently. Now. I have been really focusing for the past, I would say 20 years of really in removable prosth I used to do a little bit of fixed as well, you know, just fixed and removable. But around about six years ago, I decided to just take the plunge and just do nothing but removable. And but 20 years ago, I actually did a Master’s at Manchester with Fraser McCord, in fixed and removable prosthodontics. So I was six years qualified at this point. I’ve qualified in Sheffield in 93. And been in general practice for six years. So yeah, I’ve qualified from Sheffield. And then I really found that general practice was unpredictable. There was quite a lot of situations where I’d actually be trying to do something that just wouldn’t work for a patient. And I would feel really bad about it. The patients would be upset. And it was just a real issue for me this predictability. So I worked in various different practices, did lots of courses with some great teachers. One person in particular is Michael Weiss, who was really absolutely amazing. And I did his course and those sorts of things, they made me realize that something else, but I didn’t actually know how to get from A to B to do to be really good at prosthodontics. So that’s why I decided to go back and do my Master’s in prosth to Sheffield. So, so what I did was I saved up enough money to actually leave work for a year, I moved back in with my mum and dad’s in Preston. And then I commuted to Manchester, and did my masters. And it was really a great turning point for me, in my career progression. [Jaz]When no one ever talks about the sacrifices that you had to, you know, move in with your parents again. And usually, that’s what’s involved when you have to do an MClinDent, or a Master’s or a program like that, after, you know, X number of years, it’s a significant investment in time and money. And you know, often you hear about people who are married, and then suddenly they have to, you know, one person has to completely give up their job and move for the training. And so really, these are the things that to cook people talk about, and it’s great that you mentioned the sacrifice, personal sacrifices you have to make, to get to a level that you want to be at. [Finlay]That’s absolutely true. It is. And I think that’s really important, because I think dentistry is not an easy job, you know, for many reasons, both technically, and managing patients, etc. There’s so many facets to it, it’s a brilliant job, there’s no doubt, but it is difficult. And so I just found that just making that sacrifice is so worth it, I can’t believe how privileged or happy and content, I am at the age of 49. That’s, my age, I feel, really, [Jaz]Not at all. Don’t believe it. [Finlay]But I feel really comfortable with, with my the quality of the work that I’m doing now, I still go to work and have to learn, you know, and I still learn so much all the time, it’s just wonderful. But making up sacrifice years ago, like 20 years ago was just so worth it. And so from that point forward of doing the masters, and I loved it, actually, I was not very good at prosthodontics at all, I really was and I was highlighted by Fraser, you know, when I actually started. So he’s pretty forthright about that. But that was something that was, you know, I really needed to know, because I was, I did think I thought I knew a lot. But actually, I really didn’t. And so I had to get my head in the literature, in the papers, and actually start doing it as well. But it was a great thing because it was a protective umbrella in which I could treat patients being supervised. And also the other brilliant thing about this was, the lab was right next door to the clinic, the dental. So I would go through to the lab with my impressions. And that’s where I met a Rowan, who I work with now and have done, you know, ever since so and Rowan works with me in a practice in hostels done since we set it up like 13 years ago, he works full time for me, and just does some amazing work. And I think that’s one of the things that I think if I another real tip for younger dentists, I think is if you really like doing dentures, then what I would do is try and find a technician who has a similar age to yourself, who wants to grow and go on a journey and learn with you. And then over the years, you can both improve together and go on this really fantastic journey. And I think that applies to all aspects of dentistry. Really. [Jaz]I mean, that’s a great gem right there. But another one I don’t want to go unnoticed is another breath of fresh air that you said is that, look, you mentioned your age, you said you’re 49 and you’re at a point now where you’re feeling comfortable. But whereas a lot of young dentists are fine, we feel like we need to know the answers three, five years after qualifying in, and I think what you highlighted there is that Have some patience, because it may be some many years later, when would you say you reached a point post qualifying that you actually felt, Okay, now I’m approaching my peak in a way if that’s a fair question? [Finlay]So I To be honest, Jaz, I think since I’ve come back from COVID, I’m loving my dentistry more than ever, and feel that I’m at my peak now and I still haven’t reached my peak. I’m still getting better. And I think potentially, I think particularly with removable prosth, because having a pair of loupes is really sufficient for what we need. I don’t need a microscope to do dentures really well, but with loupes magnification. I think I can go on to I might 70 or 80 [Jaz]your patients will need you. [Finlay]I would think I’m not at my peak yet at all, Jaz. Oh, there’s more to come. [Jaz]Exciting and scary. And for us mere mortals. Actually things that are How could you not be because you know, I subscribe to your newsletter, I see all these amazing sensational cases that you post and it’s just wow. I mean, I just have to say you really do make a you have made removable prosthodontics sexy again. And I think that, you know, you must have heard that millions of times. So that’s great. So we’re going to dive into some of the key questions. So troubleshooting chrome dentures. Okay? So let’s talk about one particular scenario, let’s say and please do add in the context, contextualize everything, take the you know, feel free to take things a few steps backwards, if it will help students to learn a bit more. But in a situation where you get to a chrome framework try in stage and A) Do you always do that? Do sometimes skip it? And tell us about the background? But what if you are at that appointment And the chrome framework doesn’t fit? How do you, What’s the protocol in terms of managing that situation? [Finlay]So interestingly, Jaz I had my other patient in yesterday, and it was the first chrome that hasn’t fitted for three years. It was a lady yesterday. And you know what, the reason it didn’t fit, it was a lower denture, she’s got lower anterior teeth, so she’s got lower three to three. And then she had this molar, right in the back like a seven. So this is an I put a ring on that molar as part of the framework, so it has a ring rest on it, and it seated beautifully on the anterior teeth, but it didn’t fit on the ring. And so, you know, while when I did the impression, I took the impression out of the mouth, and the that back to the crown on that had a bit of an undercut on it just pulled the impression out of the tray. And I thought I can just push it back in. And fine, and I pushed it back in, and it looks fine. But it wasn’t, and so that molar was in a different position, you know, on the cast compared to the mouth. So. But anyway, that’s the first time in many years. But what I think there’s two aspects to this, there’s two reasons to this. There’s technical faults, and there are clinical faults, really in terms of why things don’t fit. But I think if we go right back to dental school, why I was always taught was, or felt like I didn’t, I wasn’t taught this, but I had this in my mind that whenever you take anything out the box, it should fit in the patient’s mouth, without any adjustment at all, it should just go in and just be perfect. And, but that is not the case with dentures, because the mouth and the cast are always different in some way. But there are ways to adjust a denture to make it fit beautifully, without causing gaps between the tooth and the denture itself. You know, those gaps, if you think about it, you know, if you have an acrylic denture and you’ve adjusted it, and then you’ve got all these horrible gaps between the tooth and the denture. [Jaz]Premolar, as you remove the collets where it’s been to tight and then suddenly, yeah, this horrible gap. So they haunt me every night. So I mean, if you could share some tangible tips to to make us better with that. Wow, that’d be amazing. [Finlay]Okay, the collets, the edge, there’s a key where it touches the tooth, that point where you see it on the model, and it’s fitting on the model beautifully with that color to the tooth that the secret is do not touch the top of the collets, it’s where it touches the tooth. Don’t drill up bit, drill underneath it, anywhere on the neath, then you won’t have this gap. And the secret is using occlude spray. [Jaz]you know, and is there a specific type for that for better for removable prosth? Or is it I believe it’s the green spray, isn’t it? [Finlay]It’s the green powder and you can get it from ? Express and dental directory no problem. It’s called ‘OCCLUDE’. And it’s a little can with a spray. And I spray it onto all of the surfaces and this is either with a chrome or with an acrylic base denture when we’re coming to fit it. So where it touches tooth spray on that, take that to the mouth and then try in to state it in the best way possible. Beforehand though, Jaz, what we need to do, I always check how the denture fit on an off the Cast. And if I was sure, I don’t speak with Rowan about it. So I would pick up the phone and talk to the technician about to say, look, hey, I don’t know how to get this on and off properly. And though they are so expert because they’re constantly doing it for me when they’re making it. So we’ve got to use that same path of insertion on the model, as in the mouth. So once you’ve got like a feel for it, and a mental picture of how which side goes down first, then you take it to the mouth, and you try to do that in the mouth. With a patient lying back, you can see what you’re doing, patient then wiggle it in just gently until we won’t go any further, but don’t really force it, take it out. And because we’ve put the occlude spray on that powder, wherever it touches the tooth, it will rub off on those bits. And then I take it [Jaz]Just to clarify, Fin, occlude spray goes on the tooth and not on the framework, not the denture, right? It goes on the tooth, and there’s a denture that picks up the spray. Have I got that right? [Finlay]It’s the other way around, Jaz, spray onto the fitting surfaces where the denture will fit against the teeth, and do it all doing all of those, use it uniformly there. And then [Jaz]So what you’re looking for then is show through of the pink or the silver, that is the area that is the problem area. [Finlay]Absolutely. It is and then you just gently grind that away. Just using [Jaz]Any specific bur like for Chrome? Is there any specific bur we should be using? [Finlay]I use, it’s a shamfer crown prep, Diamond bur, a course one. And it’s perfect in it, I use it in a speed increasing handpiece just next to the patient and then just shave that off the but avoid the top of the collets, do not sort of shuts off of the collets. And then, so do that, adjust it, and then spray again, onto all of those fitting surfaces, back into the mouth, and redo it. And just keep redoing that, time after time, until it fully seats down. And it can be sometimes with these complex chromes. And if you think imagine a patient who’s got like tooth-space-tooth-space. Rowans calls them a Christmas tree dentures. So there’s lots of fitting surfaces, that those take a long time to fit. You know, sometimes it can take an hour, a full hour for the chrome to fit absolutely perfectly. [Jaz]So an hour of this repetition, sequence of occlude spray, you think? [Finlay]Yes. And it is I know that sounds like a long time. And also your thing is, when you try it in, if you’ve sitting there and I think, gosh, this is a long way off. And it’s not seating anywhere close, don’t lose hope. It sometimes just two or three little touches, and then suddenly it starts to drop in and starts to get closer. [Jaz]Good. Because I’ve been in that situation before and you start panicking, you’re thinking hey, do I need to, like you know, abandon ship and just take a new impression, because it automatically you think, hey, it’s the impression, that’s our fault. But I’m so glad you’re saying this because as mere mortals, it gives us so much hope. And I think that will hopefully encourage dentists to go about it judiciously, meticulously and in the way that in the protocol that you set out with the occlude and not lose hope, and that it can take up to an hour in those more challenging Christmas tree type situations. So I appreciate I think we all appreciate hearing it from you. [Finlay]Absolutely. So that’s really good. And what I do is I think it’s all about we’re going to manage the patients as well in this situation. So what I’ll say to the patient is at the beginning of the appointment “Look, I’m going to try this chrome framework in here. Sometimes it takes quite a long time to do this, I might need to keep putting it in and out in and out to adjust it. So there’s nothing wrong with that, that is totally normal, because we’ve got a plaster model which is going to be different than your mouth.” So I just try and put the patient’s mind at rest because if I didn’t say that to them and I have done you know, in the past to be like Is everything okay? Is it fitting all right? You know, so it just lays and manages the expectations straightaway. [Jaz]Amazing. So a lot of dentists who’s been listen to this thing thinking oh my goodness, I’m it’s not me, it is happening to other people and it’s a great way to do it. I don’t have any occlude spray but that’s the first thing I’m going to be getting now. So before, I’ll be honest with you before, it’s a bit of a lot of guesswork involved, and it is going to be very painful. So I think though that protocol, that’s a real gem right there. Next question is Kennedy class four situations in a deep bite. So you can maybe talk about framework design in generally, good practices in Kennedy class four situations. But then anything specific we can do in these deep bite situations that Gian-Marco has specifically asked about? [Finlay]Okay, that’s a really great question is there so, you know, the Kennedy class four is where a patient has upper or lower anterior teeth missing. So they’ve got all their posterior teeth are still remaining, but they’ve got this big saddle anterior like, so often, in like class two division two cases, they’ve quite often have a really deep overbite. And sometimes the bite is such that the teeth have overerupted and slid past each other, and they’re actually occluding onto the palate. So, and that can really be a problem for trauma and things. So quite often, I’m presented with these patients where the upper teeth, say, unrestorable, and they need to come out. So once we’ve gone through all the options of different approaches, if we’re going for a denture for that patient, then the immediate denture, well, and on i, this is where I don’t do and this is answering another question about immediate Chrome, partial dentures. I don’t do them, Jaz, but we’ll talk about that later. But in these cases, I like to do an immediate first and acrylic. But often, I’ve got to jack them open at the [ ? ], because there’s no space for acrylic for them. Because if we just fitted it out the intercuspal position, then we’d have no space whatsoever for a claim for it’d be wafer thin. So I do open them up on that. So the front there. But with the passage of time and recession and the sort of resorption and remodeling of the ridge, this space is created for the denture. So and then we can say.. [Jaz]So you get the posterior settling a sort of like a almost like a dahl effect if you’d like but in a completely different mechanism. So you’re saying that when you jack them open, and you leave them so heavy on their lower anteriors if there’s for example, in a class two div two replacing the upper incisors due to resorption, everything will just settle into place via the acrylic immediate denture. And if Firstly, am I right in saying that? [Finlay]Yes, absolutely you are. [Jaz]And then how thick if you get, if you wanted to get a iwanson gauge and measure the thickness of the acrylic that you have opposing the lower incisors in that situation? How thick should it be to A) that you’re not being ridiculous and jacking them up too much but B) you have enough to respect the material? [Finlay]Absolutely, I think that we really need two millimeters, two millimeters thickness any less than that it’s prone to breaking. However, I do break these rules as well. So for instance, just before a lockdown, I saw a patient for this particular procedure, and she got a really deep says a bite. And we made it probably around about point five of a millimeter thick, this one.. [Jaz]In acrylic? [Finlay]In acrylic but I relined it really quickly. As then, literally about a month later, you know, a month later, I did a [ ? ] line from the base, so where we got a little bit of shrinkage a little bit. So it’s like thinking about I know it’s going to break, I’m going to plan to get it realigned quicker to thicken it up. But so, but if I was going to put to malware for that particular patient, it would really just been just too much. But ideally, we need meters. [Jaz]Two Immediate questions I have Fin, if you don’t mind. Two immediately have on that, which would be A) Can you? Is it a good idea in those cases to ask for high impact acrylic, it’s something I’ve just gotten used to sometimes writing that in the lab sheet but A) Does it actually make any difference? So high impact acrylic and B) How about incorporating a metal mesh inside? Are any of the these two good ideas or pointless lab fees that is not really necessary for intermediate in those situations? [Finlay]I think the in fact it’s really good question not just about the metal mesh, but I’ll answer the high impact acrylic question first, definitely yes, I do think it’s worth having high impact acrylic, they are more resistance to flexing. That’s the good thing about them that the more, the less rigid, if you will, so just they are more robust than standard acrylics. The metal mesh, is I think it’s a bit weak, I don’t do it. I just think it’s a little bit pointless, but I can’t really give you a really good scientific fact. Just chip and break. And, unless it’s substantial. It’s just not worth it. But that’s, I know that I’m not really answering your question. Particularly. [Jaz]It’s interesting to know, you know, if you are not routinely using metal mesh, and I really appreciate that, and we can, we can learn from your clinical experiences. So what you’ve talked about already, in terms of that situation we’re to rely on relatively quickly, that’s a great way to manage it. The other way of just allowing things to settle and leaving it high, if you’d like or proud and letting things settle rather than committing yourself to a, you know, treating entire arch with restorations, for example, or I don’t know if you’ve ever had to do any enameloplasty of the opposing incisors just to get them leveled up. And that gives you maybe half a mil more space. Is that something that you ever had to do? [Finlay]Absolutely, Jaz. That’s Brilliant. That’s great. So for instance, that patient I was just talking about just before locked down. She had one of the canines was like, really high, low on, and was definitely and it was really spiky looking and didn’t look very nice. But it was really close. So I just had a chat with her. I said, Sure, we just send that down, though. It’ll look nicer just doing that and she was perfectly happy and not just created some space for me and helps. Rather than me having to adjust the denture, I could adjust the tooth. It’s just that Yeah, absolutely. So that’s a great little tip, I think the deep overbites is really important. So Gian-Marco, once we can further forward down what the resorptions happened, then I do like to then go on to the I always go on to the definitive denture, which will be a metal based one. So in those circumstances, I normally will restore that patient to their intercuspal position. You know, because we’ve got lots of space now, we’ve got plenty of room to actually fit the denture into the existing bite, so that’s fine. Occasionally, though, and this is like sort of feeding into your I know your passion is occlusion and you love you know, talking about splints, and this type of area and I dentures, partial dentures can be amazing splints too. So for instance, in these deep overbite cases, these classes, Kennedy classes four if they’ve got a really heavily restored posterior dentition, rather than doing it in intercuspal, we can actually put chrome overlays on all of the back teeth, and the whole thing becomes a denture/splint. And it’s protecting the occlusion beautifully, as well. So that sounds.. [Jaz]That’s amazing. I’ve done one of those and as a dental core trainee in hospital, but you need a very understanding or a particular accepting patient, because some patients are so worried about metal show. So to have all these sort of occlusal tables overlaid with metal, it now he goes in hand with having the relevant consent with that patient and then being okay with that, right? [Finlay]That is so true. Absolutely. And it only works in certain cases where some patients really hide the lingual sorry, the palatal surfaces of their teeth. So they don’t really show very much of that. So if we can build the palatal surfaces, or and we leave the buccal edges free. So it’s just palatally position quite often, that metalwork is quite hidden, but it is still, that’s still the area, the patient that is going to bite on, so they can be quite cool, but you’re dead right about that. And then I what I think is really, really good with crowns. And this is digressing slightly is prior to making the chrome framework. What I like to do is get a pattern resin framework made, which is just the same shape as the chrome So it’s literally like a mock up of where the metal framework, we can then try that in the patient’s mouth, I can assess the accuracy of my working cast, because if that fits, well, I know that the Chrome is probably going to, that’s number one. Number two, I can check the occlusion, if we’re going to do, if it’s like a splint, I can check that the occlusion is perfect on that acrylic on the Duralay, you know, on the pattern resin. And also, the other really important thing is, patients can have a look in the mirror, and I can show them where it’s bright reds, that’s going to be metal. Are you okay about that? And that’s really good. [Jaz]That is really brilliant. So but you do that for all chrome cases, you have this appointment where you try in the pattern resin, the Duralay like for example? [Finlay]Yes, I do. And I will often incorporate that Duralay pattern with, say wax blocks, if I’m going to record the occlusion, or as a try in with teeth on as well. [Jaz]That’s really clever. That’s really clever. Now, here’s just me thinking out loud. Is that pattern resin? Is it I mean, your technician, Rowan? Would he then use that pattern resin as the lost wax? Is that possible to use that as a lost wax technique to then if you do all the adjustments on that, then the chrome will definitely fit or not? [Finlay]That’s it’s not technically possible to do it like that. I just use that as a really great sort of guide for the chrome technician to do the waxing up. So yeah, we don’t use that as that. But it’s a good idea. I thought that we originally I thought Rowan, we can do it like that. But no, we can’t. So they can’t do it. [Jaz]Yeah, cool. Good to know, good to know. We’re digressing a little bit. But Alicia had a patient the other day, a routine patient examination. He’s got a chrome denture with upper teeth. Now he’s parafunctional. And he wears his denture at night because he’s embarrassed to go to bed, you know, with his wife with missing front teeth. So he wears his denture every night and he’s parafunctioning. And I’m worried that he’s going to start chipping, breaking his denture, but also there’s cracks in his posterior teeth, wear facets. Have you ever had to make a splint incorporating a denture? Because that’s pretty much the road with me going down soon. [Finlay]Absolutely. Yeah, definitely. I do that regularly. So he will be an ideal case for having you know, metal occlusal surfaces if he’s accepting of that. [Jaz]I mean, keeping his existing denture I mean, and actually making a removable splint to go on top of his removable denture? [Finlay]Why not? How many teeth is he got? Natural teeth remaining, Jaz? [Jaz]He is almost similarly to Kennedy Class four, maybe he’s got four anterior teeth. So he’s got plenty of molars and premolars. [Finlay]Yeah, absolutely. You could do that without a doubt. You can do over the top of the denture. Or you could do a splint with some teeth on [Jaz]That’s also a good idea to that. Yeah, that’s so then he will be less embarrassed to go to sleep, you know, with his wife. But then also, yeah, there are some teeth that I didn’t even think about that. So there we are learning from you as always. Fantastic. Very good. Thanks for covering that extra bonus question as well. The next one is, I’m going to come to this one last because such a huge topic. And I have so much to learn about this wants to do. But you mentioned you don’t do immediate anterior chrome dentures, nor do I because I always thought that to go for the effort and expense. And you know, all that resorption that’s going to happen for a chrome immediately. It’s not something I do. But one of the questions was, you know, how do you manage a situation. So could you give some general advice about the complexities of doing anterior chrome work in an immediate fashion? [Finlay]Yeah, the reason that we have lots of different steps in dentistry in light prosthetics, so you do primary and definitive, and then you do a try, you know, your jaw reg, you try in, etc. All of those steps mean that, if there’s a problem, we can always go back one. And so that each step is done correctly. So if you visualize we’ve got a patient there, and I want to do an immediate Chrome, and now the upper four anterior teeth are going to be taken out, and then we’re going to fit an immediate Chrome, I’ve got to make sure that that Chrome fits perfectly when I’ve taken the teeth out. And that the you know, the flange average, all the whole lot is fitting perfectly. So then we often have to have a little bit of metal framework that’s going to come It’ll be over where the teeth came out as often space issues, you know, like over up to teeth, and we want to have more space created. There’s just so many variables that if I get when I strike, if I came to extract the teeth and fit this chrome denture immediately, I’d have so much going on my head, trying to make it work, and adjusting the fit, doing all of my occlude, getting the chrome to fit and make an extract in the teeth, managing the patient, managing all of that everything, [Jaz]Aesthetics, Phonetics,it’s all about risk. That is exactly why I never thought to do it. But I think to contextualize the question, first contextualize question, I think, with the first part of the already talked about the Kennedy class four situation, I think you’ve alleviated some concerns. So I think the rationale for doing anterior immediate chrome work was for patients who are likely to break the acrylic denture, because their deep bite for example, but I think you’ve covered it very well there that actually you can leave them open a bit, or you can reline on them immediately. So I think you hit two birds in one stone there. [Finlay]Spot on. You dead right, Jaz with that, because so that’s what I do. And if I feel the patient needs to go to the chrome quicker, then normally, I’d like to leave them for like 9 to 12 months. So we get really, you know, maximum shrinkage there. But in some circumstances, I go quicker, you know, we’ll do the immediate first, and then once literally, like one or two months down the line, we’ll start the Chrome, and we’ll get the chrome done. And then I will reline it at 12 months. So I’ll reline that denture and I can do it really neatly, beautifully. Reline is that saddle. So and I love using zinc oxide eugenol in the saddle area itself. And that just really just flows beautifully into where we’ve got resorption. And then I’ll do a pickup impression over the top in alginate there and then Rowan can just reline that saddle, you know, beautifully. It’s just like spots on so you can eat, theoretically, you could just get on with making your Chrome straightaway after extracting the teeth, you could like a week later, you could start it and I think that’s a more sort of predictable way of doing it really. [Jaz]That makes a lot of sense of the realining as well. And I was smiling there because that’s something that Mark Bishop drummed into me. He’s a huge lover of things aka zinc oxide eugenol so you can tell that he’s had that influence in you. Maybe that was an influence, maybe it wasn’t but I can tell you from from being taught by Mark, he absolutely loves ZOE. [Finlay]Yeah, brilliant. [Jaz]So last big question is a big one, right? Because I had zero experience with this, but it’s something I want to learn more. And I’m so glad I’ve have you on to talk about this. So this is milled crowns. So for example, the other day, I made a fixed prosth case I replaced mobile and upper anterior teeth. But the three is a solid with a fixed, you know, six unit bridge. But if I was to now because he’s got really mobile posterior teeth and I know that he’s gonna need a denture in the future. So be clever once all the healing has happened to make these milled crowns so that a future chrome work can slot into it. But I have no idea. I haven’t got the knowledge or the experience yet to be able to plan that. So any advice you can do about it give us about getting started with milled crowns and some considerations and also precision attachments. So it can maybe explain for the younger dentist, what those are and how much of your day to day work involves precision attachments and milled crowns? [Finlay]Right, okay. Yeah, so I do use them. I use both milled crowns. I don’t actually call, they’re not true milled crowns, though they’re crowns that have guide surfaces on, they’ve got rest seats are on and they’re nicely shaped to accept the denture. But a true milled crown is where you’ve got this precision milled shelves really with little slots and things in the crowns themselves. Now, I don’t use those because they are quite maintenance heavy. And they are quite prone to failure as well. This is the issue. So I try to keep things as simple as possible and avoid using attachments, if at all possible. The situations that I do use them are and I generally use RHEIN Stud attachments. So What a RHEIN is arrived studies like it, is a little post, a post that will go into the root canal of a tooth. And it has a stud that sticks out of the end of the root canal tooth. And inside the denture is a little fitting, a little bit like a locator attachment for implants. So it just fits over that rhein stud. So if roughly I’ll use about two of those a year, you know, two a year, all I do is dentures. So it’s not very often, but those situations that I use them and you know what, I hate clasps, I hate the worl of them they are, that’s the only thing about partial dentures that really detracts from the aesthetics. Because basically, partial dentures can be way better looking than a bridge, or an implant bridge, because we’ve got all this beautiful flange and we can replace all the pink and the whites. But say if we have a patient that has a canine, and then that this canine, they’re edentulous. But they happen to have a pre molar root, you know, just not a canine. And if they have a high smile line, and this is why looking at the smile line is crucial in prosthodontics got to see how much they show. If they show that canine is really all the way up, a clasp is just going to look away doesn’t matter. You know what color that you know, dental D is okay, it’s a compromise. But it’s still not great. So if we’ve got a root behind that, and we can refill it and put studd in and clip the denture on, then they work really, really well. But I’m always warn the patient, I’m really, really manage their expectations, because nothing lasts forever. That roots will probably split, I’ll say to them “Look, we can do this, we can put the stud in the tooth, or we can clasp the tooth in front. So we can do either or. And I’ll go through the pros and cons. And I’ll talk about the post could split roots at some stage. And at that point, we will need to add a clasp bond to your denture around that canine because you cannot clasps into flanges of existing dentures quite easily. So it’s just making it future proof that’s really important. For attachments to work really well. It’s crucial that everything is braced properly by the other teeth. We don’t want too much talking forces on the attachment because it will cause that attachment to fail quicker. So this is why I love metal backings on the teeth. So then just if you could visualize resin bonded bridges, you know resin bonded bridge with those metal backings. I love those. My dentures are like removable resin bonded bridges. So they’ve got backing after backing after backing, hidden away, down behind the teeth, but they touch the teeth in so many areas. This offers great resistance to rotation, and it guards rigidity and stability. So it’s reducing the forces on that attachment to a minimum to help it last as long as possible. [Jaz]That’s a I mean, there’s so many benefits that like I said, the bracing, the rigidity, so you know, you’re less likely to get mechanical failure, you can get a degree of occlusal control as well because you have so much material to work with. And I imagine when you’re raising the vertical dimension, to have those backings and to make sure we have coupling of the anterior teeth or whatever. I can definitely see I like your comparison to resin bonded bridge. So you know everyone can visualize, you know, the metal backings or resin bonded bridge but incorporated within the denture. That’s fantastic. But I mean, I know what that question is such a broad question and there’s really impossible to delve deep into it. You’ve mentioned that scenario with the high smile line why that would benefit from it. Are there any other situations where you think okay, maybe I’ll need to pull out these Rhein studs, as you said or think about incorporating retentive features into the crowns. [Finlay]I think, Jaz, your case you’re talking about. You mentioned about this patient of yours who has upper three to three, and then the posteriors are shot. So and the upper three to three restored with crowns, if those crowns are not in great condition then the ideal for taking off and then replacing with all these lovely retention features in, so what I would do is if you can visualize having a really nice crowns on those teeth, but incorporated into the palatal surfaces, a dimple, a nice big dimple, you know, a big round bur, you will, you know, you get the technicians do it. But if you miss a big round bur dimple up into them, plus the guiding, you’ve got lovely guiding surfaces on the mesial and distal aspects of those crowns, too. So all of those features there will help to retain the crown because you like it backings that sit into these dimples all the way around the back of those teeth there. And I wouldn’t, unless the patient is really wanting to have no clasps, you know, this is really important. If the patient didn’t want any clasp, so and dental D was out of the question, you could put a little slot attachment that sticks out distally from the canines. So that would be incorporated into your crowns. But in those circumstances, what I would do is I would link the teeth together the crowns. So I would have like 123 linked, and then 123 linked with because the rotational forces on that bridge, if it was just on the three itself, it would tend to want to pull it off. But I would really I would I haven’t done anything like this in years, Jaz, so this shows I what I hate is patients coming by with problems after they spent lots of money, you know, they spend my dentures partial denture, something like I’m talking like that, that’d be over 10,000 pounds, we’d be looking at making more than that. So if it all went, you know, if it all fell apart in a few years time, which these do. Then it we’re in a grill. We’re in Dickies Meadow as we call it. So it’s really keeping things simple. So ideally, you’d replace the crowns, no slot attachments, and a just a simple partial that fits in with those lovely backings and a nice clasp that comes around either gold or dental D. [Jaz]Well, I think what you’ve summarized well is that, hey, everything is possible, these things are possible. And you mentioned very tangible examples of a slot coming out of a canine using my patient x as an example. So I appreciate that. But you also beautifully put that keeping things simple for predictability is so key and that’s the takeaway lesson from that. I guess, A couple of questions to make the if someone is going to try this and make it more tangible as A) obviously they need to speak their technician and make sure they’re on board. B) is those dimples. Maybe you’ll be teaching us suck eggs, but for those younger dentists, those dimples that also needs to be prepped into the tooth, right? [Finlay]Yes, it was a bit of space for sure. [Jaz]So I mean, I put this case up a crown prep the other day on Instagram just discuss about material choices and I said hey, guess what material I’ll be using on this preparation and then the giveaway was that I put this very mechanical slot inside the tooth, which is totally inappropriate for ceramic right? And then the answer was gold. It’s a gold crown but it could easily have been a PFM but these things, Am I right in saying that the Zirconia ceramics it’s just not even go there? It has to be metal? [Finlay]No, I my technician works beautifully with Zirconia And he did a great thing about it he can match up I like using Schottlandee Enigma teeth, Enigmalife Teeth, they are my prosthetic teeth. And they can match up his ceramics to the base line bonds to Zirconia to the Enigmalife Teeth, so and if like he said, You’re absolutely right, ceramics don’t like sharp edges, they like smooth, round, organic shapes. And when we’ve got those, there’s very little problems in terms of fracturing. So seriously, I’ve been using the PBZ for 13 years, and I’ve had very, very few problems with any sorts of veneering [base] line or stuff breaking off. [Jaz]Just to clarify that these PBZ with For example, a rounded organic slot or rest slot. Yeah. Distally. And also would you be doing these dimples, flowing dimples into the Zirconia framework as well? [Finlay]Absolutely, definitely. [Jaz]Brilliant. I definitely learned something because I was too afraid to go down that route. But it brings me great confidence that you’re that using the Zirconias. But I think you have to respect the fact that the burs that use and the way that you shape the prep, it has to be completely different to what we’re doing with metal. [Finlay]That’s right. Definitely. Yes. So do the thing I, Jaz, it’s really important with these backings as well is that they work really, really well. But they can, particularly for upper anteriors, they can create speech issues. So I like to do the dimples basically subtractive rests in the upper. So we’re keeping that lingual surface, not too bulky. You know, because if you imagine we’ve got a crown down we’ve got the denture you know the metal framework. So we’re keeping that as thin as possible, the backings so it doesn’t interfere with sibilants and speech. In the lower if I was to do a crown in the lower jaw, say lower canine or incisor, I would have an additive rest on it. So the rest would actually stick out. Almost like a climbing wall hook you know those climbing walls, kids love doing that, just like that. So that the denture can then just sit onto the those and I incorporate those into the shape of my crowns and in lower [Jaz]That is genius. That is genius. So same analogy as in I do orthodontics. So your upper fixed retainer, there’s sometimes not enough room for upper fixed retainer, but you can always do a lower fixed retainer. So the same vein, you can have those dimples coming out of the projecting out of the lingual surface of the lower incisors if I interpret that correctly. And lovely analogy about the climbing Actually, that’s genius. Fit, we’re out of time now. But Wow, this episode is going to go down in protrusive history for sure as being one of the most clinically excellent, just wow, that was so many gems you shared with us there and that’s gonna immediately improve my dental work. And my choice selection, I’m now going to be speaking to my technician about using monolithic Zirconia in a ways that are not so primitive and maybe not having to always go for the metal. So you give me great confidence. You’ve taught me about occlude spray, and so many other factors there and communication gems and loom right at the beginning, where I thankfully, hit the record button, how we can be using video better with patients and with technicians, including the way you use loom. So thank you so much for coming on this podcast, I would love to have you on again one day because I can just speak to forever and ever and ever about this stuff. And I know I’m gonna be bombarded with messages of like, wow, Fin was awesome whatnot, and I’ll be sort of send those to you. But I’m desperate for people, because I’m going to get hundreds of messages saying where can I find out more? So please tell us about where can people learn more from you, Fin, because inevitably they’ll want to. [Finlay]Oh, god. Thanks, Jaz, very much. If you just go to my website, it’s finlaysutton.co.uk. And it’s all about the education part of it there. So you can have a look at the courses that I run, which I run in the practice which are really good fun, and I love doing them. It’s so practical, I get a patient 10 and the all the delegates can watch me treat a patient and it’s lovely. And we do it for immediates, partial dentures, complete dentures and implant over dentures. But also, I, you know, from talking to you today, I think, if there’s anybody interested in learning resources as well, if you go to my website, and go to the resources section, click on that, scroll down. There’s absolutely loads of really interesting material, like papers that I’ve written, and also designed, helped, and lots of different patients with different denture scenarios. So you can have a look at all these different designs and things there. So lots of stuff to look at there. [Jaz]I can definitely vouch for that. So I haven’t been on your course. But I got loads of colleagues who have been on your courses, and they’re always always raving about how much they learn and what a powerful learning experience that you provide. And also as someone who’s subscribed to your newsletter and getting those cases through, and you’re right, actually, sometimes I’ve got a specific because I don’t do many dentures much I used to just a different patient base now. But I know that when I’ve got one coming up and I think hey, I bet Fin’s got a scenario that he’s very generously shared, free of charge a lot of time just use that as why as you’ve just given us so much value and quite often I can identify a case You’ve given me so many ideas from Little things like adding, I forgot exactly what the benefit of that was on the upper anterior as you add these cingulum rests, right? [Finlay]Yes. [Jaz]To allow the forces to go down the long axis? [Finlay]That’s right. It just and they just help. They’re particularly great in free end saddle dentures, they’re just brilliant. Those little composite rests, and work beautifully. Yeah. [Jaz]I knew exactly what was talking about. But yeah, I mean, I could just learn so much from every one of the cases. So guys, I’ll put the link to Fin’s website on the show notes for this episode. And I just want to say a massive thank you for answering the question that went directly from the Protruserati. Fin, thank you so much for giving us time today. [Finlay]This always absolutely pleasure. It’s been lovely. Thanks very much, Jaz. Jaz’s Outro: Thank you so much for listening and watching all the way to the end. If you’d like that hits the subscribe button on YouTube. If you’re watching on YouTube or dentinal tubules. If you’re listening on Apple, please do, think about leaving a review. I’d really appreciate that. That’s how the podcast grows. And I look forward to catching in the next one. The next one’s a little bit of an interference cast and it’s about the six or seven signs haven’t quite decided yet that you are a comprehensive dentist. Thanks so much Protruserati for joining me once again.
undefined
Jan 9, 2021 • 45min

Understanding Anterior Occlusal Splints Part 2 – PDP055

In this long overdue (sorry, Protruserati!) episode I will go deeper in to Anterior Midpoint Stop Appliances as an occlusal splint for bruxism, myofascial pain and headaches. If you have not already, you must absolutely check out Understanding AMPSA Part 1 as this is the sequel! https://youtu.be/_dSkQFZa55w Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! Protrusive Dental Pearl 55: Remember at Dental School where they taught us that 3 fingers worth of mouth opening is considered ‘good’ or normal? Well, make sure you remember it’s the patient’s fingers, not your fingers! I showed how to use a range of motion scale and the benefits of checking mouth opening objectively: https://youtu.be/LAlKNwedd6w I am so excited to announce pre-registration for SplintCourse – Splints Simplified for GDPs. Sign up for the launch offer which is just weeks away! You dig my logo, right?! I teach what I know, and I know Resin Bonded Bridges and Splints for GDPs as I have devoted my career to their study! “No amount of canine guidance or posterior disclusion or level of osseointegration of your implants will save you from the destructive forces of Bruxism” Jaz Gulati, PDP055 So here is a recap from AMPSA Part 1: Anterior appliances are not as evil as you were taught We myth busted the Dahl-concept-type occlusal changes with normal wear of such appliances I gave the analogy of the ‘locked-in’ patient, and how when you allow them freedom of movement (reduce the resistance in grinding motions) it is like weight lifting and the weights have been removed We looked at some of the contraindications – intra-capsular issues which are rarer – but also those who are just higher risk of anterior open bites Remember, sometimes you WANT patients to get an AOB! In this Episode I summarise: What is the difference between these various anterior appliances and is one better than the other? Deciding upper arch or lower arch, or sometimes both arches? How many of my patients have developed Anterior open bites, which splints caused them, and how to manage such a scenario? Why even an AMPSA can be an overkill and which patients may actually benefit from a soft bite guard, for example! These appliances can bring HUGE solution to a MASSIVE problem for our patients. Many of my patients are pain-free and no longe require painkillers for headaches and jaw pain. My strongest bruxists (whose teeth I have restored) are religious at wearing the appliance (despite a favourable occlusal scheme) and they love it and KNOW that their Dentistry is protected. This is not a cheap piece of plastic. It is a custom made Orthotic Appliance – I charge anywhere from £450 – £1,300 for appliances (simple AMPSAs, complex AMPSAs, Michigan/Tanner appliances – every case is different). One of my previous delegates from The Splint Course (when it was delivered live) called in to the show and asked ‘I am concerned about charging a high fee for this appliance? What is the appliance does not work?’ – towards the end of this episode we discuss this in full depth! If you enjoyed this episode, you will like why Michigan Splints are overrated! Don’t forget to sign up to The Splint Course for an exclusive launch offer. Click here for Full Episode Transcription: Opening Snippet: And patient number one might be like, hey you place these anterior restorations for me and they keep breaking my fillings keep chipping my crowns are chipping I’m not happy versus the patient who's taken ownership of their bruxism and they're the ones who come to you and after they chip something they're like hey I’m so sorry and they're apologizing to you. They're not blaming you. They're blaming themselves. Why? Because they know. Jaz’s Introduction:Happy New Year to the Protruserati Welcome back to the show. I covered a lot of stuff regarding splints and occlusal appliances in September. Remember we call it Splintember and that was a real fun to record but I felt as though I couldn’t do it justice. I did have more to give and just never got around to making this AMPSA part 2 which I did promise you. So it’s finally happening right now AMPSA part 2. Let’s continue from AMPSA part one and finish off the Splintember series These solo episodes they really do take it out of me it’s actually really challenging to talk in front of camera, it’s so much easier just to have a chat with someone who you want to learn from but it’s great fun to do this. Ultimately it is something that really challenges me in fact recently on the Protrusive Dental community Facebook group. I asked you all which was your favorite episode of episode series of 2020 and I listed every single one of the whole 38 or what how many there were throughout the whole year and I was humbled that you guys had chosen the Splintember series of all the different episodes. So thank you so much and I’m hoping that I will do justice with this episode, you guys really encouraged me so thank you. So we also finished 2020 on quite a high. I won an award, the podcast won an award for the best podcast in occlusion and treatment planning. Thanks to course karma. And I’m so grateful to whoever that one person was who voted for me initially and that set off a chain reaction and so many others ended up voting for me like if it wasn’t for you that one first person. I wouldn’t or may not have even discovered course karma. It’s such a fantastic resource for dentists around the world to find courses basically. So you know you always wanted that sort of one reference where can I find all these courses we usually end up going on google or asking on Facebook but what course karma is trying to do and it’s still you know still got a bit to do to get there but I’m really encouraging Aly. Aly Bhatia name and course karma to really bring all the courses in the world in dentistry and bring them together in one place and that’s what course karma did but thank you so much for all of you who voted for me. Really appreciate it. The podcast did celebrate its second birthday recently it was started at the very end of 2018 early 2019, so it’s been two years the very first guest if you remember was Surinder Arora who was all about moving to Singapore as a dentist, so expat dentist Singapore. So I just wanted to thank Surinder for being my very first guest. She’s doing some great things so if you’re interested in yoga or if you like the idea of yoga, she set up a new page on instagram it’s @dentistofyoga so do check out Surinder because she helped me a lot with this podcast so I’d appreciate if you would check out her page. So here’s the Protrusive Dental Pearl for this episode, remember at dental school where they taught us to use three fingers to assess whether your patient has trismus or not. So remember if you use your three fingers and you check and they can open three fingers then that’s great and if they can open less than two fingers, so you’re making your notes okay one finger, two fingers, three fingers but one thing they forgot to tell you is that it’s not your fingers right? It’s the patient’s fingers so for example I remember back in the day I used to use my three fingers and a petite lady would come along and my three fingers had no chance of fitting inside her mouth right? So unless you’re a petite lady then it’s not going to work either. So remember it’s the patient’s three fingers not your three fingers but how can we make this more objective? How can we check the maximum opening more objectively? Well if easy answer is use a ruler right? Use a ruler and sometimes what I like to use is one of these. I’m hoping you can see this. There we are. It’s from great lakes it’s called a range of motion scale. So this is pretty cool thing to use. I’ll put a little video in the background as I’m speaking about how I use this. The other thing you can do which is pretty clever is how about you calibrate your three fingers calibrate your three fingers just get a ruler measure how fat your three fingers are and so you know that hey your three fingers are 38 millimeters or whatever and that can give you some form of a gauge basically. So that’s my protrusive dental pearl when you’re checking for your maximum opening, the objective use the patient’s fingers or at least use a measurement tool like a ruler or this range of motion scale. Now when would you want to check the opening range, when is it important? Well before any complex sensory I think it’s important I like to do it as part of my new patient protocol because it will be the difference between me referring that patient for a molar root canal versus me doing myself right? Because remember easy dentistry on a difficult patient is still difficult. So I’ve struggled the most when I’m doing posterior restorations on a rubber dam on people with limited opening so it’s an important factor you should be screening for it I think so it’s a good thing to know but also if you’re doing any splint work then you’ll find that actually when you make patient splints their range of motion can actually improve so typically you can you know it’s not uncommon to get four to five millimeters plus depending on where they started of increased mouth opening. So it’s important to be able to objectively show that because sometimes patients might come back and think you know what I don’t think this is working because maybe they didn’t have that many symptoms to begin with right and you’re giving the appliance for more protective reasons rather than to help them with pain but if you say to the patient hey you know before you were opening at 42 millimeters and now you’re opening at 47 millimeters it’s important it all counts. so that’s my little tip for you today. So as part of making this episode and scripting this episode I listened back to part one so AMPSA part one I listen to that again so hey if you’ve ended up here by accident you’ve just discovered my podcast and thought they let me click on this latest episode it’d be really cool if you went back to the episodes in September listen to the entire Splintember series but particularly AMPSA part one so that today’s episode sort of builds on AMPSA part one and I had to listen again to AMPSA part one to help you recap and I have to apologize guys I think it was complicated. It’s partly because hey it’s a complex field and I wanted to simplify it but in a matter of 35, 40 minutes how long the episode was I really wanted to make it as valuable as possible and give you as much as possible but by doing so it can get more and more complex so I’m so sorry if I lost any of you I am trying to simplify as much as possible which is why I’m super excited to announce that very soon the splint course will be launching. So it’s an online split course it’s www.splintcourse.com and I’m so stoked, it’s four or five years of hard work that I’ve worked on to bring this together to really the mission is to simplify splints for general dental practitioners so I’m super excited to share with you. In this course splintcourse.com I’m going to cover not only one or two appliances but about four or five different appliances what the indications are, how to identify who will benefit the most from appliance, who are the true bruxers. It’s fascinating because about 10-16% of all your bruxing and para functional patients are destructive bruxers and it’s fascinating research about what they do in their sleep and which phases of sleep they parafunctioning which determines what kind of bruxist they become. So there’s a lot of research that i’ve put into this. A lot of reading of the literature which i’ve done for you which is just fascinating I’m so happy to share that because it helps you to make an informed appliance choice. He’s so enthusiastic to push the knowledge into your head and I’ve really learned. I’ve been on some quite notable courses based around occlusion before and I’ve really taken an awful lot from a one day course in comparison to a number of days so yeah really, really, enjoyed it. I talk a lot in the course about helping your patients with myofascial pain and I go really in depth into anterior midpoint stop appliances so something we’ve been talking about in the last episode and this episode but really building on it with more videos with more flow charts and design charts and how to get the most from your laboratory and how to get your patient to wear the damn thing so we go into real detail with that but also how to get your bruxism patients to take ownership of their bruxism like there’s a difference between the patient who you’ve done anterior restoration for and they keep chipping it. And patient number one might be like hey you place these anterior restorations for me and they keep breaking my fillings, keep chipping my crowns are chipping, I’m not happy versus the patient who’s taken ownership of their bruxism and they’re the ones who come to you and after they chip something they’re like hey I’m so sorry and they’re apologizing to you. They’re not blaming you, they’re blaming themselves. Why? Because they know they have a bruxism issue. You’ve educated them. You’ve pre-warned them that this will happen and you’ve also given an appliance to it to manage that because sometimes no matter how much canine guidance you have, no matter how much posterior disclusion you have they will still destroy things so these true bruxers. They will destroy anything that comes their way that’s why they destroyed their dentition to begin with so super important we protect against the force of parafunction for these patients. Now you might say Jaz look, I don’t want to be making splints all day long, want to be doing beautiful dentistry. I want to be doing the full mouth rehabilitations. Well, I see appliances and splints as a precursor to that I think you can totally use an appliance diagnostically in every patient who’s you can be doing a raising of the ovd on for several reasons you know not you know including relaxing the muscles. Don’t you want your muscles to be in a relaxed state before you start changing the vertical dimension that’s one but also diagnostically to figure out who are those true bruxers and the few protocols which I discuss in the split course which I’m so excited to share with you. So if that’s something that interests you if you found these episodes useful but you just need that one step more to be able to implement it then this course is for you do check out splintcourse.com. The secret is if you actually register and put your email address in, I will inform you about the launch offer which I promise will be worth your while. The last point on that is that all of the education I’ve done, all the courses I’ve done, all the mentors, all the failures that I’ve had, chair side which I’ll share with you in the course they’re all out there like you can totally go and start making your own splints and start trial and error and learn which is fantastic. You can go to these courses. You can speak to some mentors. You can read the literature on this which is vast and a lot of it’s rubbish some of it’s golden but what I offer with the splint course is just to save you time really so it’s all out there everything you need for splints is technically all out there. But what I’m offering you is saving you time and saving you tears in terms of failures remakes and lab issues that you might get so I hope you join me for that course and that’s my plug done. Let’s dive into the education of AMPSA part two. So in part one we covered about how these appliances are not as evil as dental school first taught you. I sort of busted the myths about the appliances these anterior only appliances acting as a Dahl appliance. We looked into that already in part one, we looked at how these appliances reduce resistance and the analogy I used was that if you’re lifting a really heavy weight doing loads of repetitions and your muscles get tired but then I give you a lighter weight and suddenly your muscles can still lift that load but it’s so much easier compared to that heavy weight. Now the heavy weight is similar to your patient who’s locked in and they’ve got this parafunctional habit due to sleep apnea, stress, gastroesophageal reflux disease whatever it might be right and they’ve got this parafunctional problem and they’re trying to grind but the muscles are locking them in and what this does it sends their muscles into overdrive so you can just release that then allow them to glide along because it won’t stop their parafunction remember? It’ll just allow them to parafunction in a more dentally beautiful way which is essentially how any of these appliances work. So we covered that and we also covered how you should avoid this appliance in people with intracapsular issues who are joint load positive so you do a load test and it’s positive but you know these patients are rare so I find a lot of patients are amenable to AMPSA treatment but it’s also to identify which ones may be high risk of getting anterior open bites remember not because of the Dahl type movements because of other reasons which I touched on and again at the end of this episode I’ll touch on again. In this part two we’re going to cover about what’s the difference between an NTI an SCI, an MCI, a FOS. Like is one superior than the other so look at the different varieties different branding and it’s essentially just that it’s just branding right? Like b-splint, e-splint. What’s the difference? Is there a king of anterior midpoints appliances? I’m also going to cover the some of the decision making that you have to do when it comes to AMPSAs like should I give an upper? Should I give it lower? Should I make sure you make them upper and lower together? When might that be overkill? When that might be the only real option to go for? So we’re going to cover about some decision making. Now that can be quite complex and I always liken it to arts and crafts of decision making like sometimes you have to get out there make these splints and figure out for yourself because there’s only so much I can cover in these episodes but you’ll find out a few of the most common reasons why you might go for one arch over the other. I’ll be talking about which my patients have had anterior open bites after such appliances or any appliance and how we got in that situation? How to solve that situation or rather how to preempt that situation? So it’s not going to be an issue when it happens because why? Because you predicted it, you told the patient this was going to happen so it’s not even like you warned the patient you told the patient sometimes you can tell them with quite a lot of conviction that’s going to happen and remember sometimes you want this to happen. Sometimes you want your patient to relax their mandible so much that they actually seat into centric relation and it gives you all that lovely wonderful space you want anteriorly to rehabilitate them. So that’s one thing we’ll look at as well which is so key and lastly why an AMPSA might just be overkill and sometimes a patient all they need is a bit of plastic between the teeth. Why? How sometimes by heating and melting the soft bite guard you could actually get a really great even soft bite guard which is just crazy right you’re thinking ‘what the hell Jaz is doing, he’s recommending the most evil appliance of all even more evil than AMPSAs right? The soft bite guards are really regarding dentistry as a terrible appliance and no one should have this but hey guess what’s the most common appliance in the whole wide world? It’s a soft bite guard. So let’s make it even easier and more successful and we’ll talk about that as well towards the end of this episode. So let’s look at those four things in order the first one I said was is there one AMPSA that’s superior to the others? To put it bluntly no not really. It’s a technology. It’s the science. It’s a science of biting on your front teeth that’s furthest away from the tmj that’s the most important everything else is just dentist naming appliances after themselves remember the g-splint remember that g-splint I covered in episode 40 or 39 I think it was. So same thing right? You want the most appropriate appliance for that patient and it could be an NTI. It could be an SCI. So forget about the brands I mean there is one reason why I like the FOS, the F-O-S, the flexi orthotic splint, it’s because of the chemistry behind it is that the acrylic will actually bond to the polyester copolymer. Now you can’t stick acrylic to NTI, SCI when I call it but there is no chemical bond. It will stick but the material science is completely different to polyester copolymer so that’s the main advantage. That’s why I switched to FOS. I find that to have a monoblock so the acrylic joined to the FOS blank is a stronger appliance and so far the patient’s done very well over the years with that. So use any appliance you want. Speak to the lab which is your local lab which is the a good lab that you know that is going to make these appliances. Two labs that I can tell you in the UK right now is PDS as Precision dental studio in Thatcham. There’s a subset within there called bite they make great splints. So do s4s who have supported me a lot over the years as well so these are two labs I can tell you straight away that going to be able to help you and guide you on your anterior midpoint stop appliances and in the US I’m sure there are loads in Australia. So find a lab. Find a technician who’s made loads and who can guide you. The main thing is for any anterior midpoint stop appliance especially the ones that get the smaller they get is that make sure it’s tight enough that they’re unable to dislodge it with their lip or their tongue. So every patient, every fit, every recall, I always get the patients to bring their splint inside because not it’s not a wham-bam thank you ma’am kind of appliance right? You got to keep following it up. Keep training them to bring their appliance in every time and tell them remember if you can remove this appliance with your tongue or your lips like that then it’s time to contact me let’s re-line it let’s make you a new one that means this end of its life or you know just simply realigning with acrylic. It’s another benefit of using acrylic actually so you got to train your patients to make sure it’s tight enough and they should only be able to remove it with their hand. So remove the hand completely cool. Remove with their lip or their tongue uncool and of course make sure no back teeth are hitting on clenching and or grinding and sometimes you might think they’re not hitting but as their muscles deprogram just like on a michigan appliance you see their jaw go pak pak pak it can happen on an appliance as well and sometimes I love to or I always color these appliances in and what they come back with is they come back with this like chevron right they come up this like little v-shape in fact I’ll put a little photo up right now one of these appliances that they make a pattern in and that shows you where their centric relation is and that’s the furthest back their mandible can go. So it’s great for diagnostic. It’s great for patient communication but it also shows you their range of movement as well. So it’s interesting actually how the parafunctional range of movement is often higher than what they can achieve during the day so if you get their range of motion during the day to be around about 10 millimeters you might find that in their appliance at night time they’re going 12 millimeters or more so it’s really fascinating with the studies behind what you’re doing in your sleep. Let’s look at the second point which is what kind of design is appropriate in terms of which arch should you choose for AMPSA. Should you choose the upper arch lower arch sometimes both? Well the easy way to think about it is and some things to consider in quick decision making is if your upper arch has delicate restorations let’s say veneers wouldn’t it be good to get an appliance to completely cover those veneers or delicate restorations so that in parafunction they’re not taking any load at all because if you put the appliance on the lower incisors in that scenario then even the upper incisal edge let’s say that’s a veneer is still taking load right? It’s still putting flexure and shear stress inside that luting cement so it’s sometimes good to incorporate your restorations within the splint so whether those restorations are upper arch quite commonly or lower arch consider that. How about crowding? If the lower arch is crowded you must have had this right where the upper arch is completely aligned and the lower arch has lower incisor crowding so common and what you do is you make an appliance for the top and you find that because you’ve got crowding on the lower, you’re always just hitting on one tooth and then you adjust that tooth and then you’re hitting on the other tooth that’s crowded and suddenly you’re spending ages a long time grinding it to get the even contacts and then suddenly in grinding you find that it’s just one tooth taking all the loads again. So wouldn’t it make sense to make the appliance on the crowded arch so that it’s now up against the aligned flat opposing teeth whichever it may be? So that’s another sort of thing to consider in decision making upper lower and sometimes you might have to go for a dual. A dual arch like a top and a bottom arch is good for those really hypertrophic muscles you really strong grinders because it gives them plastic to plastic and plastic to plastic will always wear less than teeth to plastic for example. So that’s one thing that I like about that and also if you’ve got upper and lower crowding and the patient won’t have orthodontics then go for you know a dual arch sort of AMPSA so that way the crowded arch is negated and the upper crowded arch is negated and you’ve just got plastic to plastic meeting at the front and you get all the benefits of an AMPSA which we discussed in episode one. It’s also worthwhile using a dual arch design when you’ve got retention concerns because if you’ve got small teeth that are really worn and the patient doesn’t want a rehabilitation and you’re just putting them in a holding pattern. You’re trying to figure out where the muscles want to go so at that point. You might find if you’re making a small AMPSA? It ain’t going to work right? If you want to extend that now to involve more teeth top and bottom as well it will give you more retention so some for example in one arch if you’ve got small upper teeth instead of covering two to two extend that AMPSA, six to six, eight to eight whatever you need to do to get it to grip onto more teeth to improve your retention. So that’s another factor to consider. So each of those designs I just mentioned whether it’s upper arch lower arch or dual arch there are some compromises and some considerations that you should have for each one That is sort of going beyond the scope of an episode because I want to cover a lot more things but bear in mind that for every advantage there’s some degree of disadvantage for using each arch, whether it relates to patient comfort or a chance of an interference posteriorly or raising the OVD too much and those kind of things that you should be looking out for as well. So how many of my patients have had anterior open bites after giving these types of naughty evil appliances? Well around about 2,3 patients have had their anterior open bites from anterior only appliances and one from a posterior-only appliance which I didn’t prescribe but I just wanted to share that with you and in fact show a photo of it now for those watching the podcast. Those listening just imagine a posterior appliance only on the molars which you can easily just buy on amazon right but then you think wait Jaz you just said a posterior only appliance shouldn’t that cause posterior intrusion? Like yeah it should right but it caused an anterior open bite so you know how often I’ve seen in the past on Facebook and stuff people post an anterior only appliance and they say this appliance caused my patients AOB These are evil appliances stay away. Well I can show you cases of AOBs from michigan splints from tanner appliances from essix retainers from the posterior only appliance like who would have thought right? So there are other mechanisms that action there’s usually the muscles relaxing. So the muscles can relax in any situation including a posterior only appliance, so isn’t that interesting? Now with the anterior only appliance that I gave every one of those with the confidence I had with the mentors I had and with the education that I’ve sort of delved into splints more and more and more I was in a position that with every one of those patients I was able to tell them before they even had the anterior open bite that hey you know what with this appliance you will get an anterior open bite and this is what you will look like and so when it happens they’re like yeah what you said has happened but guess what every time their symptoms went away, their muscle issues went away and they weren’t so concerned because no one smiles with their teeth together and remember the whole thing about our teeth shouldn’t be touching You know lips together, teeth apart. That’s the mantra. So a lot of these times it’s not an issue at all so what does it boil down to? Well it boils down to communication. Did you spot that they were high risk and how was your communication beforehand and afterwards like if someone comes with an aob from appliance and you completely freak out and you call the police then obviously the patient’s going to think oh my god you know something’s wrong my bite you know everything’s going wrong. The world’s on fire kind of thing but whereas sometimes patients come in from other dentists who’ve given anterior appliances and they come in and they’ve got an aob I’m like oh okay your front teeth used to meet now they don’t? How’s that going for you, everything okay? They’re like yeah everything’s fine no issues I’m like yeah that’s what I expect don’t worry about it just keep wearing appliances it’s a good thing and as long as it’s not an aesthetic issue or a massive functional issue then it’s okay like sometimes you have to warn these patients ahead of time that you may not be able to bite cellotapes. Use these tangible examples don’t say you will get an anterior open bite that means nothing to no one. Tell them you may not be able to bite your nails again which is kind of a good thing I wish I can’t I think I need an aob for that but you won’t be able to bite your nails. You may not be able to buy sellotape anymore and just give them these really tangible examples so what are you thinking well you’re thinking okay Jaz fair enough but what are these high risk features? Well I’m about to share with you the secret to figuring out who is at high risk There’s lots of factors okay but if I was to give you three main ones right it’s the following. It’s the patient okay who has got a minimal overbite to start with like they’ve got a one millimeter overbite, they’ve got like a two percent overbite or a five percent overbite right? So if their jaw just shuffles back a teensy weensy bit guess what they have an aob right? They lose their coupling of the anterior teeth. So if you start off with a minimal overbite then you are higher risk of getting an anterior open bite like you never ever get a deep bite patient and expect to give an appliance and for them to have an aob it’s extremely rare like whoa like that’s a unicorn right there. So these minimal overbite is number one, number two is those who’ve got posterior instability so instead of you know posterior instabilities when they bite they bite together everything just fits like a puzzle you know everything fits together at the back nicely but you know that’s patients who everything is just like flat like they can bite in four or five different positions right? So in that patient don’t you think that if their muscles relax that they may actually forget to bite that suddenly bite that they usually have there that might change? Well I think so right? So it depends on how well the teeth mesh together at the back and the last one is they’ve got a significant slide between their centric relation contact point and their maximum intercuspal position. Someone said again their centric relation contact point a large slide until their maximum intercuspal position then surely if they were to relax their muscles change their bite in any way along that path something that the muscles might enjoy a bit more and that will result in a change in bite and a change in potential the overbite into an anterior open bite so hope that wasn’t too confusing because I’m trying to I know I’m trying to whiz through here but I’m trying to jam pack as much as I can because i’ve got some communication bits coming up as well. So finally point number four of the main things I want to cover in this episode about AMPSA part 2 is what if an AMPSA is overkill? What I mean by overkill is we make AMPSAs to help people’s muscles relax right and there are some side effects of doing that which I mentioned exhaustively and you know thankfully most of our patients will not suffer these consequences but any appliance that any appliance you make has its own risks right? So sometimes when you’ve got a patient who’s completely asymptomatic with minimal signs of muscle issues and dysfunction, healthy temporomandinular joints and you just want to give them something just so they don’t bash into things and they have this low grade para functional issue which just above your threshold or you’ve detected that there’s a level of wear at which point you think it’s inappropriate for their age. So it’s pathological we’re not physiological and I go and go over in another series but it’s sometimes overkill to give him an AMPSA. So why don’t we just give him some plastic between the teeth like people are so quick to dismiss soft bite splints or the dual laminates so soft on the inside hard on the outside. Take it from me loads of my patients get these because I don’t feel that they can justify the time the expense and maybe the patients themselves they haven’t taken ownership right so if the patient hasn’t taken ownership of their problem and they really have put it like low in the value because I charge a significant amount for my AMPSA and they’re not ready to commit to that sometimes instead of them going away with nothing you can explain to that hey you know what I’m going to make you some passive fitting essix retainers like we all can give that right? Something what I mean a passive fitting is that they must be comfortable to wear because what you don’t want to do is give a patient who’s never worn an appliance before some really orthodontically tight. Essix retainers right? Thermo plastic retainers. You want to give something really easy to take on and off because the chance of them swallowing or inhaling a large essix retainer is more than any bridge or restoration that they have right? So just give them that but then just tell them you know what this is doing nothing for your joints, this is doing nothing for your muscles. It’s just when you rub your teeth together the plastic will take the hit let’s see how long it takes you to destroy this let’s see if you get any headaches or muscle issues at which point we know that it’s just tipping you above that threshold and then we can make you something that although it’s going to be more investment. It’s something that’s going to be really better for your joints and muscles how do you feel about that Mr Smith? Because usually the blokes who don’t who don’t go along with this kind of treatment because they don’t have any symptoms or any issues basically so that’s another hack I want to give you that hey you know what don’t dismiss soft bite guys I mean interestingly I think it was 1987 until 1989 where Jeff Oxen had that famous landmark study which proved that soft bite guards were terrible and then they’ll turn your asymptomatic patients into symptomatic patients and many of them will get worse and whatnot but when you read that paper it had an n number of ten right? Had an n number of 10 and everyone did well with the hard appliance and about five people got a little bit worse but I think if that’s the basis of what all the decisions we make in dentistry now then we need more than that and actually there’s a randomized control trial that was done some years after I might put in the protrusive dental community actually where actually what they did in this study was they instead of giving them just a soft bite guard like in the Oxen protocol and not doing any adjustments because in the Oxen protocol it said we didn’t bother with any adjustments of this soft bite guard because it’s near on impossible and it used that word impossible right but then some years later rct which I’ll share on the protrusive dental community they gave the soft bite guard but they heated it or you can get an air a blow torch something melt it get them to patient to bite into it and grind a little bit left and right. So now they’ve at least at least got some degree of balance right and it’s not just like hitting in one area and it actually gets the anterior to touch just a slight amount so can’t you imagine that this might be biomechanically a superior way to deliver a soft bite guard than just a plug and play one? So that’s an interesting one I’ll share that paper on the protrusive dental community. So I hope you enjoyed that little reflection there about you know what sometimes AMPSAs are overkill and I go over various different types of other appliances which may be all more appropriate on splint course. Now one last thing to end with is a communication one. Now as you know i’ve been doing some group functions which is where we come together as a Protruserati to answer questions and I had Gurpreet on, he was supposed to be group function number two but Zak Kara came along and stole his thunder but I’m still going to use his entry because he asked a really cool question. I’ve been mentoring a little bit and we talked about these anterior midpoint stop appliances and he sent me some photos of a case and I sort of said okay make an upper or lower here for this reason and this is what you tell the patient, this is how you screen and stuff like that so he said to me what if it doesn’t work like you’re charging 450 pounds which I told him to charge initially he said what if it doesn’t work? I said wow okay this is something we can totally tackle in a group function. So I’m going to put that now coming next is group function straight after this but what about these appliances and you charge a certain amount of money like for me personally AMPSAs can cost anywhere from a very simple one to an easy patient or you know repeat appliance for someone who broke theirs or whatever lost their it’s 450 pounds to 850 pounds usually and a michigan or a tanner appliance is anywhere from 700 pounds to 1100 pounds depending on the patient as well basically because there are some more complex features and some features of their personality or their malocclusion whatever that makes it easier so that’s the sort of range. So then it’s common to start making appliances and having a feeling that oh my gosh I’m charging so much money for it but think about how much chair time, how much expertise it takes so you have to charge appropriately. So listen to this next episode. So I’m going to say goodbye and I’ll catch you in the next episode but then now I’m going to catch myself speaking with Gurpreet on a group function about hey what if I charge my patient for this appliance and it’s not working? Hi guys I’m live I’m live on YouTube this feels pretty cool I could have gone on Facebook but this is a new software that I’m trying at the moment so because of that I wanted to just try out on YouTube and this is a new arm of the podcast. So it’s called group function and it’s sort of like an ask me anything but we’re sort of working together more like a group so the protrusive dental community if you like working together to come up with the answers the first couple I’m taking but then as the questions come in I’m going to pitch them to previous guests and future guests. So today on the show to cover a topic about splints is a really good question that was asked by Gurpreet and I really thought a lot of people would benefit from discussing this so I’m going to invite the group who’s called into the show now let’s invite him on so you can ask this question and let’s see if we can have a chat about how I would approach that situation and see if we can get some value out of that. So I’m going to accept Gurpreet, his question is what if my splint doesn’t work and I’ll set some background in a moment because Gurpreet I have had a chat about this already so let’s get Gurpreet to jump in. I’m just going to check my YouTube tap am I live yeah looks like I’m live at the moment. Hey buddy, how you doing? [Gupreet]How are you? [Jaz]I’m very well thank you thank you for coming on agreeing- [Gupreet]Rhank you for having me on I’m looking forward to something finding your views. [Jaz]No so tell me just set the scene set the scene about the patient you told me about and what is the initial sort of dilemma if you like. [Gupreet]So a patient’s come in she’s been seen by multiple different dentists in the past complaining of tenderness in her lower left 3 area in the past has been under the care of a hospital and has had a mouth guard a full mouth guard which has worked temporarily but she’s grinded through it then she was given a mouth guide. [Jaz]Do you know if it was soft or hard do you know have you seen the mouth guard and then?- [Gupreet]I’m not as being a thin mouth guard which is what was different to what the last dentist prescribed which seemed to be a slightly thicker one that she just didn’t get on with and she’s not wearing it. Recently she’s had a had a baby she was off work and recently started working so she said stress. I was thinking that she may benefit from an anterior midstop appliance and that leads me to the question so I asked you for your advice and to follow on from that my question was what if it doesn’t work? Because these appliances are quite expensive and if I’m charging the patient quite a lot of money for these appliances how can I be sure that it’s justifiable? [Jaz]Okay really, really, important themes and I’m so glad you are sitting up in that way as well because it actually adds another dimension onto it so what I want to do is I want you to mute your mic for a moment because I’m hearing some echo see if you can mute your mic. I’ll see if I can do it if you there we are I’ve muted you so you can still hear me right? Okay I’ve muted you. So basically, can you give me a thumbs up? Repeat that you can hear me? Yeah quite sweet. So first you talked about patient the first thing that I sort of thought to myself was this patient has probably got obvious signs of parafunction because the previous two dentists gave a night guard okay so nowadays the most commonly under diagnosed thing dentistry is its para function so if the patient has a night guard. Two things have happened one a dentist has diagnosed that something’s happening para function okay and it’s probably been significant enough and everyone’s got a different threshold and a lot of people wait until we got loads of dentine exposure before prescribing a splint. And two is that the patient’s probably now come to terms the fact that hey you know what I para function okay so that’s the first thing I gathered. The second thing I want to address is that whenever you get a splint history one of the easiest things to find out from your patient is hey was it rubbery was it could you bend it is it soft or is it hard? Because that sort of helps you to know what they’ve had previously and of course in the future you can get them to bring it in again. Now for those of you who are joining this group function and you’ve never heard of an AMPSA as you said Gurpreet an anterior midpoint stop appliance. Listen back to a few episodes we talked about you know in splintember series all the different types of splints but essentially a splint that sits on your front teeth and to sort of cut a long story short, me and Gurpreet already had a bit of a preamble bit of a chat about this patient and we think that the reason why this lower left canine is hurting is and did you say there was some muscle issues as well? I’ve unmuted you. [Gupreet]Yeah so the patient has had tmj problems and that’s why she was under the care of the hospital since then things have got a lot better so she’s been taken away from the carigo hospital but the patient still reports having tenderness around her lower left three headaches yep occasional headaches patient reports bilaterally. You did ask about muscle tension check the muscles there wasn’t anything significant in terms of the size of the muscles but yes headaches was definitely part of the history that she gave me. [Jaz]Okay so we’re thinking a diagnosis of a myofascial pain and also the fact that actually the canine the reason her canine could be hurting is could be and I don’t like say could be due to the occlusion but it could be due to a parafunction. And if you’re parafunctioning on a dodgy occlusion then that could lead to it so anterior midpoint stop appliance have two benefits in this scenario okay one is that it can be diagnostic is it the parafunction that’s causing that pain or not now if you give this up by applying so patient and the pain’s still there then we know that it’s probably not the parafunction okay so that’s one. The second thing that we’re doing here is helping the muscles to relax and hoping if the muscles are or the parafunction is contributing to her tension and headaches then that will get better so it’s very much diagnostic potentially protective as well and the other thing you mentioned was that there was no real muscle tension if you when you palpated there was nothing obvious and quite often you will find that okay it’s not that common to find tension but also you’ve got to make sure you’re palpating in the origin and the insertion for example it’s one of those sort observations. Now I agree with you that I think an anterior midpoint appliance would sort of do the three things that we want protect the teeth, find out if the lower left three is hurting due to the para function and see if the headaches will get better. So it fulfills the function okay but then you mention absolute fantastic things same mistake I’ve made before as well and you talked about expensive you use the word expensive right? You say expensive but the word expensive has negative connotations because why do people buy 3000 pounds handbags right? Like why do people buy 30 000 pound cabinets okay because they’re looking for a solution and the solution comes with a lot of value. So you’re not providing an expensive solution at all you’re providing a valuable solution to that patient so if the patient’s problem is big enough then she that for 400 pounds 700 pounds whatever 1200 pounds or whatever you’re going to charge it doesn’t matter it’s about what value can you bring to the patient. The value that you can bring to this patient Gurpreet is that a you’re actually potentially help going to help her with a muscle issue you’re going to help her preventing further tooth surface loss and also it’s a diagnostic is this lower left 3 that’s obviously bothering her enough to be able to come and see you as a dentist is it going to be fixed or not. So the money in this situation is regardless but what you mentioned was very a good thing that you mentioned hey you know what I’m giving the splint what if it doesn’t work? Okay it’s a bit like when you go for some I don’t know to a doctor a cardiothoracic a cardiovascular doctor and he puts a stent inside and the stent has partially worked but it’s not partially worked are you going to get your imagine work in a private country are you going to get your money back. Well I think it’s a lot to do with communication and you have to communicate to the patient that hey you know what I’m doing this on a diagnostic basis okay this is a diagnostic appliance I can guarantee that if you wear the splint every night your teeth will not wear away and it’ll be very minimal difference in years to come between your teeth now and your teeth and years to come because you can guarantee that from any splint okay. So that should be your fail safe that should be something that a guarantee that you can always give okay whether or not the muscles are going to get better or not whether or not her headache’s going to get better okay the video’s been disabled good people listen up so whether or not the muscles are going to get better it sort of depends on whether if the parafunction was actually contributing to the headaches or not and whether or not her muscle tension will get better will also depend on the parafunction now my guess is yes because two dentists have already thought that she para functions and she’ll probably benefit from a splint. But the way you say to patients that hey you know what I’m trying to help you I can guarantee that if you wear this and you get along with it your teeth will not get worn down anymore but let’s see if we can get rid of your headaches and let’s see if we can get rid of this pain from your lower left three and if it doesn’t then we know that we need to bark up a different tree. So really it’s two things there one is a value you’re providing something so much more than just a splint okay and it’s not expensive it’s very valuable to a patient so that’s what you should keep in mind and definitely you can’t over promise you have to under promise and over deliver with everything we do in dentistry especially with splints because some people will just not tolerate and get along with certain splints. If you get the diagnosis right which I think you have done here we think it’s myofacial and I think there is a good chance it will work but it’s how you frame it to the patient and if you have to dissociate yourself from if the patient accepts a treatment or not okay that’s up to the patient but you’ve done your hard work you’ve thought about you’ve been to the splint course you came to my splint course. You spent time and money away from family away from the practice to come and learn about this you are ready to implement this and you can really help a lot of patients but it’s about your mindset it’s about how you pitch it to the patient. What do you think about that Gupreet? [Gupreet]Yeah I think the day we had the conversation it was quite an important one I think it’s all about not having these limiting factors for yourself and thinking about the bigger picture. For me thinking about splints the expensive side of things but obviously for somebody who’s been having these symptoms the chance of becoming asymptomatic not having these headaches is of high value. So I think definitely it’s the way weight’s being pitched to the patient makes a really big difference. [Jaz]You are going to provide a valuable service for this patient and it’s going to be diagnostic and protective so don’t worry too much about that. But definitely communication is important and you sort of have to be confident in your approach that hey you know what I i’ve seen these two other appliances and I can tell you don’t get along with them what do you want to do? Do you want to just wear nothing and then bear the consequences of wearing no appliance on a parafunctional patient? Or do you want to have lots of dentistry to give you all this you know canine guidance and all that sort of stuff you know you can spend a lot of money there. Maybe the patient’s not ready for that but maybe by going through your approach you’ll get the benefit of having A splint that she can tolerate and B actually achieving all those aims that we said so I hope that helped the sort of the way that you approach it and I hope those who are listening have found is a group function the second one even though it’s the first one going live but it’s the second group function that will probably go on the podcast soon Thank you so much for being my second victim. [Gupreet]No, thank you very much. Jaz’s Outro:Okay sweet buddy you can see I’m trying this new software I have no idea how you can end that so how do leave. Can you leave room? I’m going to give you a remove guest ah. There we are I managed to remove Gurpreet so I’m learning this new software it’s pretty cool actually how I can go live at the same time people can call in and we can take questions like that so I hope you guys found that useful and I’ll be sticking this up on the podcast as a group function number two and guys if you ever have any questions for past guests, future guests part the protrusive dental community then we’ll be able to tackle those together. Once again thanks to Gurpreet for coming on and asking a very pertinent splint question that what if my split doesn’t work? Well it’s about how you approach that problem. How you pitch it to the patient, what promises you do make. You have to be very mindful for that. So over and out guys thank you so much.
undefined
Dec 30, 2020 • 1h 27min

5 Lessons from Lincoln Harris – PDP054

**UPDATE** Discount codes for RipeGlobal valid until 31st January 2021 – thank you RipeGlobal for sharing these for the Protruserati! 20% off standard monthly membership Code: RipeLearn 30% off standard annual membership Code: RipeAnnual 30% off premium annual membership Code: RipeJaz https://youtu.be/-iSs8v3pz7Y This man has taught me so much! I would like to share with you 5 Key Lessons that Lincoln Harris has taught me (out of hundreds!). It was a tough list to whittle down to just Five. I have learned so much from this incredible Dentist, Mentor and Leader in Dentistry. When I first asked Linc to come on the podcast, I thought to myself, ‘This guy is ridiculously gifted in every aspect of Dentistry. What should the theme be for this episode?!’ https://youtu.be/QjM3YYM2o84 A great way to think about Written Consent: Setting Realistic Expectations Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! I then settled on timeless, non-clinical lessons that I have picked up from him over time: Lesson 1 – The Stages of Grief I sometimes noticed that as I was explaining a treatment plan to a patient, their body language started to shift. They started to fold their arms. What was going on here? The penny dropped when Lincoln taught me how the stages of grief apply to Dentistry! Lesson 2 – When Dentistry get complex, slow down We all want to be efficient Dentists. However, Lincoln Harris taught me that the more complex Dentistry becomes, the more you need to slow down. This has been powerful. Lesson 3 – Photos – Every patient, every time!How that fits in to the workflow of a consultation Well, I was already taking a hell of a lot of photos before I met Lincoln. But now even the emergency patient that has been squeezed in at 4.50pm on Friday afternoon will get a few clinical intra-oral photos! Lesson 4 – There is no evidence for what is the best treatment for YOUR patient. How we give our patients too many options https://youtu.be/VhkTUOerLkw Evidence Based Dentistry, anyone? I have agonised and agonised over what is the best treatment plan for patients. You then end up sounding unsure of the plan yourself. Sometimes we have to go with our gut! Lesson 5 – How to overcome being uncomfortable discussing fees with patients We all have a number. Above this number, we get a funny feeling in your stomach. What’s your number? If you enjoyed this episode, then do check out eMax Onlays and Vertipreps with Jason Smithson! Click below for full episode transcript: Episode Teaser: Sometimes you do have to say, look, this is not the right time in your life to do this because this type of dentistry is better not to do until you can really do it well and right at the moment I'm going to make too many compromises. It would be better for you to spend nothing than to do half a job. Episode Teaser:So let’s keep you stable. We’ll keep your maintenance cycle. We’ll maintain your teeth as best we can. Make sure you don’t lose any more. But this is not the best time for you to do it because we have to make so many compromises. You probably won’t be happy and you’ll have still spent most of your money. Jaz’s Introduction:Protruserati, I want you to think of a dentist who has inspired you a lot. Think of a dentist who has taught you so many clinical and non clinical gems. Think of a dentist who you really admire because they are just brilliant at everything they do and you just love interacting with their with their sort of content whether they put content out there or any sort of messages that they send you any mentorship they give you and you’re just in awe of that dentist. For me, that dentist is Dr Lincoln Harris who I’m so so so happy to be sharing this episode with you guys. He has been such a huge Influence in my career, in my career trajectory. He’s one of the dentists. He’s probably the main dentist. Alongside with great dentists like Chris Soar, Tidu Manku and what not. Who has really pushed me to general dentistry. I would say Lincoln Harris is what we call a super GP. A super general practitioner, super GDP. He is just someone who, I look at his cases and I look at his content and I think, What? Why are you so annoyingly amazing at everything? But he made me realize that as a GDP, you can strive to that level. As a GDP, you can do complex dentistry. As a GDP, you can make your career extremely rewarding. So Lincoln, thank you so much for inspiring me so much. I’m so pumped that you came on the podcast. I met Lincoln Harris in Singapore. In 2016 he did the RETP course, which is Rapid Efficient Treatment Planning. And then I saw him in 2017 in Sydney alongside Pasquale Venuti on posterior quadrant dentistry. And gosh, I’ve been following this guy on social media ’cause essentially, if you dunno about Lincoln Harris. There used to be a group called Stile Italiano, but recently I found out from an old Italian nurse of mine that it’s actually not Stile Italiano, it’s Stile, Stile Italiano. So from Stile Italiano, we see this beautiful before and afters, this is around about 2013, 2014, like, everyone would just post these stunning before and after photos, right? And it was great, someone would post stuff before and after, and you get like a thousand likes, and people were just like, oh my god, that’s so beautiful, and we’d all admire dentistry from all over the world and it’s great. But then Lincoln came along and said, you know what, we can do it differently. Now with no disrespect to Steele Italiano, these guys are great. Some of their blog posts online are just so educational, so brilliant. But what Lincoln did is he evolved that group into his own group, which is Restorative Implant Practice Excellence. So we call it RIPE. And now it’s part of RIPE Global. The purpose of this group was that when you’re posting your dentistry, he wants you to post full protocol. Okay, every single photo, before, during, after, all those messy bloody bits in between, and wow. Like, I think so many of us have learnt so much from Facebook Dentistry. For real, I mean, I know we can learn Dentistry off YouTube, however scary that may sound to some patients. But it’s true, we learn from videos, we learn from photos, we learn from descriptions. So, all these dentists all over the world, through the platform that Lincoln founded, R. I. P. E. It’s just amazing what you can learn on R. I. P. E. So I’ve posted about four or five cases on R. I. P. E. And I get messages from dentists all over the world. Sometimes saying, hey, that case you did, can I ask you about that? So, I mean, Lincoln’s started this amazing community. So let’s speak to Lincoln today. And the topic I picked, because what topic do you pick for someone who is just so talented in almost every single domain you feel as though he, I could do one on implants, ortho, anything with him, right? He’s like I said, he’s a super GP. So the topic I picked with him is the five lessons that he’s taught me. Okay, the five key lessons that he’s taught me that I’m so keen to share with you all. So join us with five lessons with Lincoln. Before we get to that, I’m going to give you the Protrusive Dental Pearl. And again, this is a lesson that Lincoln gave me so I’m going to share this with you all now. I can’t really remember because now, we actually recorded a few months ago, and now I’m posting the episode up now. I don’t remember if we actually discussed this in this episode or not, but here’s the pearl I want to share with you. Sometimes when you have a patient in front of you, a new patient, and you’re not 100 percent sure of the treatment plan. Like you don’t know whether you should do a fiber post and a crown, or you should do an extraction, an implant, or whether or not you should have orthodontics or not, and whether or not you should remove that wisdom tooth or not as part of this bigger picture for that patient. Sometimes we agonize over it. And we agonize, and we agonize, and we think, and we think, and we think, and then we present the treatment option. We seem unsure. We present it in a high pitched tone. We present it with these facial expressions that is not going to fill the patient with confidence. So my advice that I learned from Lincoln is just go with your first plan. Like make a plan that you think is appropriate, that’s clinically appropriate. Go with that one. Yes, you can refine it later. Yes, you can come back to the patient later. Say, you know how to think and I’m suggesting this, that and the other. Or sometimes if a case is too complex, you can always say, hey, let me think about it. But then when you’re at home and you’re treatment planning it, just go with a reasonable plan. You don’t have to agonize over 10, 15 different scenarios. Like I used to do this. I used to be like, oh, I don’t know what to do. Should I do a bridge, a denture, blah, blah. And then when I stopped doing that and I just went for, okay, here’s what my gut instinct says from all the knowledge I’ve gained from courses, from all the mentors I’ve been taught by. Here’s what I think today. Now, a few years from now, I might think differently. But according to what I believe today, according to my perception of dentistry right now, here’s what I believe, and as long as you care for the patient and you meet their goals, then I think you can’t go wrong. So, that’s what Lincoln taught me, and I’m passing it straight over to you guys. So let’s just jump in right to the episode. And before we do, I want to wish you all a really happy new year. Thanks for making 2020 great for the podcast. I know so much has gone on the world now. Don’t want to sound like a broken record here and echo what everyone else is saying about an unprecedented year and the pandemic and whatnot. It’s been a crazy year. Okay. I wish you and your family all the best, all the best for 2021. I hope you have a fantastic year. I think we realized more than anything that health is wealth. And I really hope that you have a stronger and better 2021 and this damn virus will shut the hell up. Let’s just join Lincoln Harris because I’m going to shut up now. Thank you. Main Episode:Lincoln, welcome to the Protrusive Dental Podcast. It is amazing to have you on. [Lincoln]Thank you so much for having me. It’s been, I’ve known you for a while and it’s good to catch up. It actually is quite funny doing podcasts because it’s just like someone said. I’ve got to do that work and I said, it’s just like talking to someone for an hour and then you call it a podcast. [Jaz]That’s it. And then I mean, I had a Mike Melkers on here as well. He’s obviously a buddy of ours, mutual buddy of ours. And it’s just like that, with these great clinicians that I respect so much and it’s just amazing to have you guys on. In fact, for you, Linc, this yellow background is for you. So you’re the first Australian, first Aussie I’m having on the podcast. [Lincoln]Right, so what, we’re having yellow screen. [Jaz]We’re having a yellow screen behind me for that very reason. So it’s an absolute honor to have you on. Now, for those people listening right now- [Lincoln]Is that to remind you, like, of the sandy beach? Or the deserts of the central whatever? They’re red, by the way. [Jaz]Well, it’s your color, right? You know, the Australian cricket team. I love cricket. Do you like cricket? [Lincoln]So cricket, that’s a game where you have sticks and you hit balls with them or something? [Jaz]I sense what you’re saying. [Lincoln]There’s two games people get interested in. One they have a ball and a stick and the other one they just have a ball. [Jaz]Yeah, I’m talking about the one with the stick as well. [Lincoln]Yeah, righto, righto. Righto. No, I don’t know very much about cricket. Well actually, to be fair, this will offend obviously a good portion of your audience but as a child I found the cricket ball quite hard and I didn’t really fancy trying to stand in the way of its progress towards the ground lest I miss and its hardness was inflicted on my face. I never really took to cricket for some reason. [Jaz]Maybe that’s enough trauma from a young age. But obviously you’re Australian, but there’s so much more to you than that, Lincoln, which is exactly why I wanted to bring you on. For those people listening and watching right now, very few people, probably some of the newer grads, maybe, that’s my perception, who don’t know who you are, well, I’m going to give a small introduction, in my own way, of you, and then I’d like you to tell the more official one, if you like. So, Lincoln, to me, you are someone who I’ve been learning from for many years. I saw you create the Facebook group, Restorative Implant Practice Excellence some years ago. How many years has it been? [Lincoln]Five. [Jaz]Five years ago. So I’ve been qualified for seven years, yes. I remember in my first year out of dental school actually, joining this group. And I loved what it was about. Everyone posting full protocol moving away from just the before and after. I love the ethos behind it. So since then I’ve been following what you write, because you’re a good writer. You blog your videos, your restoring excellence Academy. I went to, I flew from Singapore when I lived there to Sydney to see you in Pasquale. And when you came to Singapore, I came to your RETP course. And that’s where I took this photo. Do you remember this photo? [Lincoln]Okay. Yeah. Yeah. I think we should put that photo away. It’s a pretty dodgy photo. [Jaz]Well, yeah. [Lincoln]I want anyone who’s looking at this photo, anyone who sees this photo to know that it was not my idea. It was yours. [Jaz]No, this photo would be far worse if I was facing the other way, so it’s not too bad. [Lincoln]It’s too far. Look, it’s early in the morning here, like at night, it’s not over there, but this is before breakfast here, so you need to- [Jaz]For those of you who are not culturally aware, this is Lincoln giving me an Indian blessing. So this is a, I was blessed by Lincoln and I’ll never forget that blessing. So Lincoln, that’s my crappy introduction of you. Please tell the few people at home who don’t know who you are a little bit about yourself and what you do. [Lincoln]Ah, so I’m a general dentist. I’ve always had a general practice in the same place for 20 years and all I try to do is dentistry the way I was taught, which is actually a lot harder than it sounds. And I have had a few educational adventures along the way, so I think this is like my third evolution of educational adventures. And so currently I’m a dentist. Part of the time and the other part of the time I teach and run a teaching company. That’s where our really, our goal is to bring education closer to the dentist. So, instead of dentists traveling so far to get education, we bring the education to them. So, that’s where I am now. And I have been very fortunate to get many benefits from dentistry. And look, different personalities cope. Dentistry is a tough business. It’s a very, very difficult profession. It is difficult technically, it’s difficult emotionally, and it’s difficult. You can do quite well financially, but that’s also not easy. So it is difficult on every level. And so, part of it is helping people understand that actually is normal. So a lot of when I teach it’s normal to struggle in dentistry because it’s really hard. It’s not that there’s something wrong with you and everyone else is just sailing along. It’s just a really, it’s a really difficult thing to do. And to do it well is even more so. That’s really what pushes me every day is to one, do the best I can for my patients and two, to help other people do the best they can whilst acknowledging that dentistry is tough, it takes training, it’s stressful, it’s- Some people I know get trapped in the profession like they’re earning a good living but they don’t really like it and if I can help a few people not end up that way, that would be great but that probably happens in every profession to be fair. [Jaz]That’s true, but I like your mission, I think it’s very noble and I think what we’re going to be talking about is exactly this stuff, the bigger picture type stuff, because when I was thinking about, okay, so if Linc’s going to come on the podcast there’s so much, literally so much you’ve taught me over the years from tiny things like stopping bleeding when you’re trying to try and impress or take a scan or for a crown and everything’s profusely bleeding, little hacks by using what’s your, I’m trying to think what the favorite… [Lincoln]My favorite’s Viscostat Clear. [Jaz]That’s it, Viscostat Clear. Soak it in there, leave it for a while, and all those little clinical gems that I’ve picked up, but if I just focused on that, I think I’ll be doing a disservice. Because I think for you, I want you to focus on the bigger picture stuff. So I’m going to go through with you just five of the many, many hundreds of things you’ve taught me, the bigger picture type stuff. Because I think if we can download these sort of core principles that you’ve taught me into some of my listeners and watchers, that would be I think that’ll make a great episode. [Lincoln]Okay. Well, I will do my best to come along for the ride. [Jaz]I know you will. So let’s start straight away. So number one thing that you taught me. This was when, this is something I learned from the blogs that you write, but then also when I came on your RETP. So that’s Rapid Efficient Treatment Planning course when I saw you in Singapore, and this is basically when I am communicating with my patients and I’m presenting a treatment plan, when I was a few years qualified, I’d noticed that sometimes their body language would change as I’m speaking to them. And sometimes these men, typically these men, would start folding their arms, okay? And I was trying to think to myself, wait, what is happening? And I saw myself losing control of the conversation and I feel like I wasn’t being listened to anymore. And then when you taught me that actually this patient is going through grief and that was a real light bulb moment for me. So please can you just tell us about grief, the stages of grief, and how it applies to communication treatment planning? [Lincoln]It’s not actually how it applies to treatment planning, it’s how it applies to everything. So, first of all you need to understand what grieving is, because we associate grieving with death. Okay, but grieving is not death, grieving is a sudden shocking change in your life. So, and that can be different levels, okay. It can be like more shocking or less shocking but anything that it causes us to suddenly go, oh wow, you know like to stop and things that we thought were true are suddenly not can cause grief. So, things that can cause grief besides the loss of a loved one. Okay, a whole bunch of dentists around the world suddenly got confronted with the fact that their practice was going to be shut for six weeks, or eight weeks, or twelve weeks, and they didn’t know how long. Okay, that’s a sudden shocking change in your life, and so you will go through grief. So the first thing you’re going, and you need to understand the stages of grief are not a fixed pattern that you follow step by step in equal amounts of time, like you might skip one stage, go straight to another stage, or you might do all the stages backwards, or you might get stuck in a stage for months and months and years and become bitter and angry and depressed and whatever, okay, but obviously there’s usually an element of denial, like we will all recognize this in ourselves that when we were told our Practices, we started to get the idea, our practices might shut, we’re all going no they won’t, no it’s not necessary, it’s not going to happen, this is just going to be like the flu all of that sort of stuff. Okay, so that’s, and then you can get angry and go, this is ridiculous, and start trying to blame people and so on. And so this can happen in treatment planning as well. So the patient comes to us and they may well think that we never know how much other things cost in general like we know for retail stuff because you can see it online. But if you go to the stonemason and ask him to do a new benchtop made out of stone you just often there’s, we can’t appreciate the cost in another person’s business and so we can have ideas that are completely unrealistic and our patients have this too. So they come to us and they might be thinking, I want my teeth fixed, I got a budget of five thousand, that’s a lot for me. And then you start talking about, well, not only are your teeth got problems, but they’ve got more problems than you thought. And now you’ve got problems with your occlusion, which is a word they don’t understand. And then next thing you’re talking about four times more. So what you’ve done is you’ve given the patient a large and shocking change. And if you do that to a patient, for whatever reason, okay, I see you folding your arms right there. Okay. If you do that for whatever reason, you can push your patient into grief and they will go into denial like I don’t really need this dentistry, you’re just trying to rip me off, or anger, that’s ridiculous, or depression, oh my teeth are terrible, I’m just going to give up, I’m going to let them all fall apart, or bargaining like well maybe, and we’ll see a lot of bargaining with patients, so they go for it. Well, maybe it costs that much to fix it properly, but can you just, like, can you just patch up my front tooth that’s fallen out three times? [Jaz]Okay, so we’ll see this pattern. [Lincoln]Yeah, and so that is essentially your goal during communication and treatment planning is to never trap the patient in the corner with grief. So you need to think about how you communicate with them gently and give them space and time to adjust. Okay, and that also goes for not just good communication, but actually it’s just good sales. So really, so here’s the thing. You’ll hear patients come in and they go, I hate veneers because they always look terrible. And what you actually say to the patient is, you only hate bad veneers because good veneers you don’t notice. So people say, I don’t want to be a salesman in dentistry. Well, you only notice sales when it’s bad. When someone is really, really good at sales, they just seem like a really helpful person who solves your problems. So that’s what good sales is. A good sales is a great thing to be. You listen, you work out how you can help someone, and you do it with sensitivity to their budget. That’s good sales. Okay. So but bad sales you notice. Like bad sales is trying to push something down someone’s throat and that’s you know, that’s not. So you don’t notice, that’s why we often have this bad idea about people who sell because we only notice it when it’s bad. And also from a pure sales theory people, the vast majority of people are not ready to buy for 60 to 90 days after they talk to someone about a new product or service that’s a significant purchase. So, it just so happens that if you go through a treatment planning process properly and methodically and allow the patient space and time and so on, which helps avoid pushing them into grief so, then, it also it just happens that also correlates with the ideal amount of time from pure, like, straight up sales theory, like, and probably they’ve worked that out somewhere along the way that, that people need time. Okay. I don’t know. And this is very hard to do, particularly when you’re younger. It’s extremely difficult when you’re inexperienced and you’re not busy to be patient and take the time and let the patient take the time. So this is, ah, like I couldn’t deal with it. [Jaz]It almost goes against the grain of what some of the gurus, the sales gurus, teach you in terms of the C word, closing. And that’s where you came in and you explained the fact that yes, these patients are grieving and to recognize the stages of grief in our patients and then to give them space. So it almost goes against what they teach, which leads us nicely to the second lesson, which is beautifully easy is that when treatment plans get more complex, slow down. And the conversely when treatment plans are simple just be quick and that really really helped me to gain clarity when I was treating planning and communicating to our patients. [Lincoln]Yeah, and also the reverse is true. If you’re really fast, you’ll only do suitable treatment plans. If you slow down, your treatment plans will become more complex, so watch out. So, if you don’t like doing complicated dentistry, don’t do good consultations. That’s absolutely true. And look that it’s so obvious. It’s obvious to me now. It wasn’t always. Like imagine any significant purchase. So, when we start doing complex dentistry, it’s as much as a car. Okay, sometimes it’s a good car, sometimes it’s a second hand beater, but it’s a significant expenditure. And you can’t just go, well, it’s an investment in your health and all this nonsense. Okay, it doesn’t, there’s people who can’t afford good oncology who die because they don’t have enough money and you’re thinking that you can convince someone to have enough money for dentistry if they don’t have enough money. That’s silly. So but certainly any significant thing that we spend money on in our life, most people, there’s a few who won’t, like about 5 or 10 percent, but the vast majority of people will want to think about it for some time and they will need to understand it fully. So, for sure you should slow down. Now my practice has slowly progressed from a straight up general practice to one where the vast majority of my patients are complex. And you don’t need to take, you can slow down by using staff if you want to, you can train staff to do the slowing down process for you, so they can do some of the records and things, and they can draw out the process if you don’t personally want to spend the time with the patient over that period, but for sure, you can’t talk about really complex dentistry. Now, there’s a couple reasons why you can’t. In most well regulated countries, if you don’t spend the time, you’re not going to get proper informed consent. It’s just how it is. And what took me a really long time to realize is that informed consent is not a thing that gets between you and the treatment plan that you want to do. Okay, because first of all, if you really want to do a treatment plan, you are treating yourself, you’re not treating the patient Really? If you do informed consent really well, you actually get happier patients and you generally do better work so and like sometimes people say, well, if I tell the patient all of this stuff, all the things that could go wrong and so on, they might not go ahead and I go, that is actually the point of informed consent. It’s not how do I do a procedure and cover myself legally and convince the patient to do it anyway because I want to, it’s actually this is your chance to say no and, but when you do that with a genuine intention, then the patient will just recognize that you’re trying to do the best you can. And this comes, I’d like to tell you that this is because of great wisdom, but it actually just because I’ve made mistakes. [Jaz] Of course, of course. [Lincoln]Okay. I’ve done big treatment plans with inadequate, informed consent. And, well, it’s like Warren Buffett says, when the tide goes out, you see who’s wearing pants. So, when the complaint comes, you see who’s got good, informed consent. Because you don’t care about informed consent until someone makes a complaint or there’s a problem, or they go to another dentist who says your work wasn’t good, or they go to a regulator. And then you’re going through your notes and you go, oh my goodness, we didn’t write anything, you know, I haven’t got documents, I haven’t got signed things, I haven’t got anything signed. One case I had she complained about the cost of an implant or something, and we had a dispute. And I went through, and there wasn’t, there was no clear piece of paper, there was like a piece of paper that had the cost of the implant on it. But, it was all just, I felt embarrassed looking at it. So, watch, you don’t want to feel embarrassed when you re-read your notes in two years time. And, if you do all of that really well, if you spend the time to document properly, and to thoroughly explain what you’re trying to do, and why you need to do it, and give the patient time to think about it, and don’t let the patient make rushed decisions. So, I remember ten years ago, I used to be in Dentaltown a lot and there was a bit of a trend at that time of the patient wants veneers, I need to get them in the chair this Saturday before they change their mind. And now I think, what are we thinking? [Jaz]No way. [Lincoln]You want the patient to change their mind before you do the veneers, not after. Like, when they’re going you know what, I’m not sure I wanted to do this. I think it was your idea and then like you’re in trouble. So a lot of the slowing down actually just comes from me learning to do informed consent properly and then from that I started to see the benefits to patient acceptance. So my patient acceptance, like treatment acceptance, is super high. It’s like 95 percent even for expensive stuff. [Jaz]Can I just ask you a question on that note, right? So when you’re getting informed consent from a patient. Let’s say you’re going to be doing eight upper veneers, a small cosmetic case in eight upper veneers maybe and you’re consenting that patient. What techniques, what consent methods for example, I’m not a massive fan of signed documents. I don’t think they’re worth the paper they’re printed on. However, to satisfy the regulators, we may need that. But that doesn’t necessarily mean the patient has actually understood what’s gone wrong. So what techniques do you employ to make sure you have got that good consent that, like you say, contributes to patients liking you and saying yes because they trust you? [Lincoln]Just to back up, they trust you but also you said that the purpose of informed consent is to give realistic expectations. That’s really the purpose of it. So if you want to not use the word informed consent, let’s just use the term. Setting realistic expectations that you won’t disappoint. Okay? That’s what informed consent really is about. Okay? Like, there is a small chance that you could have a numb lip. That’s setting an expectation. Okay, I’ll do the procedure, but there is a percentage chance that you’ll have a numb lip for the rest of your life, which, unless you’re a saxophonist or a singer, you’ll probably live with. So, that’s what informed consent is. It really needs to be thought of as setting expectations. There is a reason why you should do written things that people sign, okay? And that is because people absorb information differently depending on who they are. I am an auditory learner. Auditory and visual. So I never take notes in lectures. Okay, I just listen and I look and then like for surgical procedures I can watch someone do it and then I can do it and not as good but I learn by watching and hearing I have right behind me on the shelves a textbook that is still in its plastic wrapping. It’s a great textbook. Okay, people have told me how great it is, okay, it’s still in its plastic wrapping and that’s not that I don’t learn by reading. It’s just that it’s not my preferred method. But for other people it is. So you can imagine me being an auditory person and I’m very good at verbalizing things. I want to teach the patient all the stuff by speaking. But not all patients learn very well that way. So, and there’s a lot of things they forget. Like they come in a week later, I had a patient recently and he said, So, are you saying my denture is going to be removable? Not fixed on the implants and I said yes that’s right because if you remember our conversation the fixed option was going to be another 10, 000 or something and you couldn’t afford it so we’re going to do a removable option at this point. The patient had forgotten. So the reason you do written is to cover more types of communication. So for me doing so first of all, eight veneers is not a small cosmetic treatment plan for me, okay, so- [Jaz]No, I thought for you, I was thinking more in terms of you, I was thinking more in terms of you because I see all the full arch cases that you do, so I was thinking in the mindset that, okay, for Lincoln, eight upper units would be nothing, so that was where I was coming from. [Lincoln]Sometimes eight units you can spend nearly as long doing them as, but and it can be a lot of work in eight units but, so I have, first of all, the most important thing is you kind of got to be slightly paternalistic, which is you’ve actually got to, first of all, satisfy in yourself that the patient understands what you’re talking about and that they are comfortable actually wanting this procedure. I quite commonly tell the patient, I’m not sure if you’re ready for this, okay, and this is very difficult to do without a lot of experience, so I’m not sure that you could do it two or three years out, but and there’s a whole bunch of things that I won’t let the patient go ahead for, so, like if they come in for implants and they’ve got uncontrolled periodontal disease and they smoke, okay those two things, okay, I can cope with the smoking if their gums are perfect, but I cannot cope smoking and perio together, absolute contraindication. And so one of those two things changes. Well, preferably both, but at least, if they smoke, but their gums are perfect, I can cope with that. If they have perio and they smoke. Absolutely no go. And this, you might say, well that’s very wise, Lincoln. That’s because I did a full arch implant case, which I’ve now removed. Six years later, and we’d lost 50 percent of the bone in two years. So that type of thing is very hard to learn. So what we were talking about informed consent and how I do written. [Jaz]So I was just saying, yeah, I mean, I think I love the way that you phrase it into realistic expectations to the patient. And just so we also touched on the, I mentioned about the forms. I’m not a big fan of them. But you raise a good point that people are different, people absorb information in different ways. So I take your point and I respect that. Is there anything else that you want to touch on in terms of slowing down and consent forms how to actually get the consent in terms of, is it just forms? Are there any other techniques that you might use? [Lincoln]So, there’s a few things. Obviously, almost every single one of my patients has a full set of photos, so we’re going to show them their teeth on the photos. That also is part of the, both the consent and the acceptance process because people are very visual these days, and they, if you show them their teeth with the big hole in it, there’s just no doubt that it needs treating. Okay, and actually most people think their teeth are worse than they really are. So that’s, you show people a really healthy set of teeth and they go yuck. Okay, because they don’t, they think their teeth are all white and they’re full of stains and stuff. So, the consent process for me involves photographs, I show them all the radiographs. It takes time. And the more complex the treatment, the more time it takes. So it’s not uncommon for me to have spent two hours with a patient before we lay a scalpel or a burr on their tooth. So and it often the consent process also involves preliminary treatment to see whether you can stabilize the mouth. So it’s very common as part of my consent process or realistic expectations or just good professional behavior to put the patient through, say, a perio program or an oral hygiene program or a caries reduction program and see how that goes. And so there’s a lot of my patients who I basically come in going, I want a makeover or I want a, essentially what they’re asking for is a rehab and I’m saying, not until your mouth is clean, okay? So, because now you go, oh, that’s pretty tough to look at that much. A wheelbarrow full of money in the eye and say no, but actually all you need to think about is how much fun it would be to do that dentistry and then give the money back. Yeah. Well, it’s not very fun. So you, it’s not that hard to, and it has a side benefit. When you stop trying to rush, so right now, like we’ve come out of Corona, my practice is booked up. Okay, we’ve got tons of new patients, super busy. When I say tons of new patients, tons of new patients for me is not the same as I hear people say like I see 50 new patients a month whereas for me a busy week is I see like 4 to 6 new patients a week. The benefit of slowing down is first of all your acceptance rate tends to go up. Secondly, you start to get really busy but you won’t start to get really busy for about 6 to 12 months after you start this process because it takes time for the machinery to start working its way around. And thirdly, from a large corporation point of view, the best way for a dentist to operate is to have a space tomorrow. Because you can fit in a new patient in a way that requires no loyalty. So, if you have a toothache, the patient will go pretty much anywhere to get it fixed. From a dentist’s mindset point of view, being booked up for two or three weeks is far better. So, dentists do their best work when they’re not worried about filling tomorrow’s. So their best consultations occur when they’re booked up. And how do you get booked up? Well, I can tell you how not to get booked up. How not to get booked up is to massively expand your practice and put on 10 more staff when you, the moment you get slightly busy. So once you start getting busy and you start getting a little bit of a waiting list to see you, don’t be too quick to put on another dentist. That’s your goal. I mean, if you want to become a business owner with a large stable of dentists, then go for it, and that’s acceptable and it’s appropriate for a lot of patients, but if you really love your dentistry and you really want to do stuff that’s a little bit more complex and a little bit more challenging, then don’t be in a hurry to add more capacity because… [Jaz]Brilliant, so that’s not rushing in both those ways. So that’s lesson number two. When treatment plans get more complex, slow down and generally not to rush. And you put some really lovely gems in there about the consent process, which I’m sure people gain a lot of value from. You touched in there about the value of photos. So I’m actually going to skip to number five of the five things, which is you taught me to take photos of every patient every time. Now I was already good at taking photos, but it was, you’re very strict with me. You said to me, Jaz, you must take photos every patient every time and repeat every patient every time. And when I got into that discipline. It just makes sense. I mean, a lot of my listeners and watchers already know, I’ve said in many episodes before the importance of taking photos and whatnot. Can you just briefly summarize to those new grads, maybe just the value and how much we can improve by taking photos? [Lincoln]Ah, look, there’s probably some, probably soon we’ll have some way to video the teeth or scan them or whatever, but first of all, we weren’t the ones who can’t, like, orthodontists have done this for a long time, so you might think of orthodontists as like the original cosmetic dentists, okay? Every single one of their patients is documented, and in fact a lot of specialists, prosthodontists, everything. So, if you’re going to high level specialties, then you have to document everything to this level all the time. And they do it for good reason, because you actually can sit there and ponder the case, you can follow the case, you have a track record, but you’re never going to remember what the distal buccal cusp of the 2 7 looked like in five years time. When the patient comes in and you’re trying to work out whether it’s got worse or not. So there’s many benefits. For me, number one is I can plan better off a photo than I can in the mouth. This is because of the nature of our eyes. Our eyes have tunnel vision. We always, our eyes are very bad camera and there’s only a tiny spot right in the middle that has high definition. And also our eyes have a massive computer program behind them that lies to us. For instance, right now. Everyone who, almost everyone in the world can see their nose all the time, but your brain filters your nose out. And now that I’ve said that you notice that you can see your nose. So and our brain filters out the part of the eye where the nerve comes in, it filters out all the blood vessels and all of this, where it’s just like patching over the information with extrapolation. And anytime you’re doing, say, cricket, your eye is not actually telling you what you see, it’s telling you what it thinks you will see in about 60 milliseconds time to allow you to have time to react to stuff so you don’t get run over by buses and hit in the head by cricket balls, otherwise you would actually not be able to catch a ball. So, our eyes lie. So, photos pretty much don’t, unless they’ve been photoshopped. And so, the photo forces you to see everything. If you look at a photo of someone’s mouth, you go, oh, look. Like, when you look at it with just your eye, you focus on one thing. You go, oh, look at the big chip on their front tooth. And you’re ignoring the fact that there’s blood pouring out of their gums on the other side of the mouth. And so, you take a photo, it forces you to look at everything and you’ll also notice this because you’ll go to a wedding and you’ll take a photo of the bride and groom and then you get home and look at the photo and you’ll realize there’s a palm tree growing out of the groom’s head, which you never noticed when you were taking the photo, okay, because there’s one right behind their head and it looks like there’s a tree growing out of their head, but when you were there, you never noticed that, so the photograph you can see more because it shows you everything all at once and it doesn’t tend to draw the eye to one thing so you ignore everything else. And secondly, the process of taking photos trains your eye to see more. Because the moment you take the photo you realise that the photo doesn’t look very good because there’s a whole bunch of problems. There you cut out an amalgam to do a composite. Take a picture of the tooth and you think, oh that’s a lovely cavity prep, and then you look at it and immediately you notice there’s stain everywhere, all over the margins, the fissures, there’s amalgam dust all over the rubber dam, and this attention to detail you can’t see, so you can see better when you take photos. Communication is better, you can show the patient, they’re very visual, it’s very, very easy to show someone that their teeth are worn. When there’s a picture of their teeth being worn right in front of them on a 60 inch television. For planning, you can use it for smile design, you can follow cases, I have cases. I just saw a patient yesterday, I saw 2009, when she was mid teens or late teens. And now I’m seeing her again. And I can actually look, she has ironically for this, she has a protrusive pattern of parafunction with like she has every sign of high levels of occlusal activity that you could imagine. So she’s got breaky facial, she’s got large masseters, she’s got huge lingual tori, she’s got thick bone around her teeth, she’s got teeth that are generally flattened, her incisors are shortened, she has significant pain in her temporalis and all up the top of her head where the temporalis attaches, so she’s got everything. And so then I can look at the photo from 2009 and go, have her teeth worn significantly or not? You, you could never remember that. And it also saves time. Okay, regulations are different in every country, but I’ve looked at the regulations here. It doesn’t say you have to chart teeth. It says you need to record the teeth appropriately. And so in Australia. recording the teeth appropriately, there is nowhere that it says you have to sit there, go on a little diagram of a tooth that looks like a circle with sides, which is not representative of a tooth, and click a button on the mesial to show a mesial filling. Like, compared to a photograph where you can see that that’s amalgam filling, or it’s a composite filling, or it’s not actually It’s on the contact, it’s on the buccal cusp, but on the mesial end of the buccal cusp from a forensic point of view is much more so it saves time. [Jaz]That was a paradigm shift for me, Linc. When I saw you do the live exam on your RETP course and you had to go look around for a couple of minutes and then a decent look around and then you had all the photos and you sort of said that exactly what you said there. Why are we charting teeth? I still haven’t got to the stage where I can quite implement it in the UK. We’re just so used to going through our system of charting, the mesial, then the middle and whatnot. But in my ideal world, I would like to follow your model. I think it’s great to have a good close look, but then have the photos and then the nurse can just follow along and the assistant can follow along and just do the charting for you. It just makes so much more sense and you can give the rest of the consultation for the things that matter, i. e. informed consent. [Lincoln]So the thing that’s interesting actually is that my exam process, in a standard, an RETP, the online version is on rightglobal.com now, so if you can’t ever come to the live one, and we’re about to change the live one to be much more comprehensive and focus more on really complex stuff rather than just the whole range of things because the original RETP is online now. [Jaz]Can I just say as well for those listening and watching, I paid a lot of money for RETP and I got every penny’s worth. 1, 600, 1, 700, how much ever it was, and it was so worth it for me. It was a great program. And then part of, when you launched, right? Global. And I was like, wait for 30. I get to access the whole RETP and all those other full day programs, which by the way I paid also thousands of dollars for. Interfere into this episode and just tell you about Ripe Global and Luke from Ripe Global. He has very kindly given the Protruserati a discount code. So I’m just going to read these out. So you can get, I mean, I’m sure you’ve all seen Ripe Global. They’re everywhere on Facebook, social media. All these amazing cases, video content, free monthly masterclasses. I mean, what’s not to like? It’s been fantastic. But I’m going to share some coupon codes that Luke has kindly provided so you guys, the Patruserati, can get a discount. So if you want to join the standard monthly membership and you’ve been umming and ahhing, now is the time. You can use the code RIPELEARN, that’s R I P E L E A R N. Ripe Learn to get 20 percent off their monthly membership. If you want to pay a year in advance, you get 30 percent off and that’s Ripe Annual is the coupon code. Ripe Annual. And if you want to get 30 percent off the premium annual memberships, you get extra videos, extra content. It’s Ripe Jaz. Jaz is J A Z, just one Z. So Ripe Jaz. And again, if you go to protrusive.co.Uk to the episode under the show notes, you will have access to all these codes in case you join later, but the expiry for all these coupon codes is 31st of January, 2021. So if you’re listening a few years later, I’m sorry, you miss out. So if you’ve been sitting on the fence, now is the time to really capitalize on this coupon code for the Protruserati and join and watch these amazing clinicians share dentistry in a way you’ve never seen before. But then also, I hadn’t done Alina’s program, I hadn’t done several other programs, so okay, it was still like I wasn’t kicking myself all that much because there was still so much for me to gain from that, but I just thought the value of that was just mind blowing. [Lincoln]It is. And look, the best way to do something is to do something that has a good purpose. And our purpose is to make education more widely available at a price that people can afford. And to make it better. So and you can do that with online when you have the ability to scale and so RIPE Global is really built around that idea that we can make education both better and more accessible and less expensive but you can only do that with scale, so you can’t do that being expensive, so and it has been going terrifically well, but the so RETP is online there, but the key part is that, you can do a very thorough exam. So my standard exam is most of my patients have a complex issue, so they’re going to need a full arch radiograph. So anyone who mentions implants or any type of complex, I’m going to get a cone beam. I like, I’m just not, once you get used to cone beams with your treatment planning, you just really can’t do without it. And people go, well, a lot of people like to then have a song and dance about radiation. First of all, the amount of radiation that we generate in a patient’s life compared to like medical people is inconsequential. That’s the first thing. And secondly, very rare for a dentist to get sued for taking further records. It’s very common for them to get sued for not taking further records. And I’ll give you an example of not further records that I haven’t been sued for, but which I have had stressful moments over and paid money out on. And that’s where an implant goes missing. So like you place an implant and then a week later it’s gone. And so the obvious thing is it’s somehow fallen into the patient’s mouth and they haven’t noticed it. And, but the most common thing actually happens to it’s gone into the sinus, and in the sinus you can’t get an x ray of an implant unless you do a full arch radiograph. And, so the first, I didn’t realize this when I was inexperienced and I, cause it’s always when you’re doing a simultaneous lift. So you do a simultaneous lift with implant and the lift pops and the implant or they put too much, but who knows what happens. And the implant goes up into the sinus. And if you take a PA trying to find it because the patient’s lying on their back, the implant has always fallen to the back of the sinus where you can’t. You can’t, you can never get that on the X Ray, so. Anyway, so it’s always, almost always full arch radiograph of some sort. So an APG or a cone beam and then we take a full set of photographs. And we do the same process pretty much every time because then it’s really fast. Full set of photographs which takes me like a minute, 40 seconds. I immediately give the camera to the assistant to upload the photos, so they’re done by the time I- [Jaz]You still take all your own photos, I think, yeah? [Lincoln]Yeah, I do because I think about outsourcing it. Sometimes it gets outsourced when it’s a patient. It comes in through therapy rather than through, or what you’d call hygiene. So we have new patients that come in via the hygiene department. So they’re just like your regular check up type patients. And Caitlin will take the photos for them. But if the patient is coming in to see me, specifically, it usually means they’re complex and I’ll take it. Because while I’m taking the photo, I’m looking at their teeth and starting to think. So it doesn’t really help me that much to have someone else take the photo. [Jaz]Sure. [Lincoln]And it still takes a minute, 30 seconds. And then in the chair if they’ve got any interproximal areas where I need radiographs like bite wings or PAs. Now, I will tell you that I have a flat fee for new patients. So it’s not expensive. It’s just a single fee. It doesn’t matter how many x rays, photos. Whatever, everything in the first visit is included, and it’s not expensive. So, whilst the average treatment plan that I do is quite expensive, I am one of the least expensive for new patient consultations. Now this kind of goes against people’s philosophies a little bit because they go well, if the patient wants to do something extensive, they will pay a lot for a new patient exam, but actually not true because if you go and test drive a cheaper car like a Kia or a Great Wall or something, okay, you won’t pay to test drive it, okay, and that’s a cost to the dealer, but if you go and test drive a Bentley, not only will you still not pay to test drive it, even though it costs a lot more to test drive a Bentley than a Kia, They’ll probably give you champagne and some nice French cheese to go with it. Okay, so when you’re spending more, you don’t actually expect to pay more for a consultation. You expect to pay less and get better service. So, and the other part of that is that when you have a flat fee, none of my patients have concerns about radiation or x-rays, but when they have to pay for every single x ray, okay. [Jaz]I never thought about that. [Lincoln]When my patients pay for every single x-ray individually a la carte. They quite commonly have concerns about if this is necessary, okay? So what I’ve discovered is actually there’s a strong correlation between patients’ radiation concerns and how much they’re paying for the x-ray. So they have big concerns for cone beams and it’s not because of the number of micro receivers they’re getting, it’s because of the number of macro dollars they’re paying. Anyway, that’s so whatever full arch radiographs I need, now sometimes you’ve actually got to look at their mouth and go, but most of my patients come in and go, look I want an implant or I’m thinking about replacing my back teeth. I mean, you’re never ever going to do a consultation for anyone about replacing their back teeth without a cone beam. It would just be ridiculous, right? You know, unless they’re just had bum surgery for cancer and radiated their jaws and whatever, but even then he’d probably still take one. So yeah, well, maybe not because of the radiation will be an actual time to not use radiation if they’ve just had been irradiated for cancer. But yeah, so, but there will be somewhere and if I’m not sure, take an OPG. So if you’re not sure whether you need OPG or a cone beam, take an OPG because if you take an OPG and then you take a cone beam, the patient’s got almost the same amount of radiation as a cone beam. But if you take a cone beam and they only need an OPG, well then they’ve just got it like, ten times as much, so. Full arch radiographs if needed. Photos. Intraoral radiographs if needed, so I can look around the mouth very quickly and decide if they’re needed. And I’m doing it in this order because those things take time to upload. And to be available. Then it’s muscles of mastication, headache history, smoking history, TMJ assessment saliva glands, lymph nodes, soft tissue, pathology, check perio diagnosis, occlusal diagnosis, ortho diagnosis which we record all of that, and of course the assistant is typing, so by the time I finish examining, the notes are very comprehensive and done. And then I go back to the consultation. So the actual exam part of my, say one hour with a new patient who’s got complex needs, the actual exam part, even though it’s incredibly thorough and our notes are much more extensive than average, takes about five minutes. Which leaves 55 minutes for finding out what their goals and concerns and what their long term objectives with their mouth are. And then showing them the state of their mouth. And pretty much these days I never ever treatment plan complex stuff on the first visit. So I never would. I don’t do it for a few reasons. I don’t do it because they haven’t had time to consent. You can’t consent to complex procedures instantaneously. They haven’t had time to understand what they want to do. And it’s just not effective like I’m always going to treatment plan basic urgent care and then see them again for a second consultation in 6 to 12 weeks and almost never on the first visit. If you present complex treatment plans on the first visit, your acceptance rate will be like 30, 40%. [Jaz]I’ve definitely learned that first time myself, absolutely. [Lincoln]Yeah. If you go through a process of being professional, as in like doing what a dentist should do, which is making sure they’re healthy and stable and they can maintain their mouth before you do complex work and getting proper planning and taking your models and getting a diagnostic wax up and doing a mock up to check that you haven’t made them look like a horse and all of this stuff, that whole process takes time. And if you go through that whole process, your acceptance rate goes up massively. And one of the reasons it goes up is because if you give someone a treatment plan after six months, Interactions with you and your team, so they’ve come in, they’ve seen me, they’ve seen my therapist, they’ve had perio done, they’ve had oral hygiene, they’ve had a couple visits with her, they’ve had some fillings done with her, I’ve done an endo that was urgent, and then they come back for a consultation after that amount of relationship, and I give them a treatment plan that’s 27, 000, and they can only afford 19, 000, they’re going to tell me, because they have enough relationship to say, it’s too expensive. Can we do something that’s not so expensive? And most of the time you can. And so part of having really high acceptance rate is having enough communication, interaction between you and the patient so that they can tell you whether it works for them or not. Now, sometimes you do have to say, look, this is not the right time in your life to do this because, you know, we’re this type of dentistry is better not to do until you can really do it well and right at the moment I’m going to make too many compromises. It would be better for you to spend nothing than to do half a job. So let’s keep you stable. We’ll keep your maintenance cycle. We’ll maintain your teeth as best we can. Make sure you don’t lose any more. But this is not the best time for you to do it because we have to make so many compromises. You probably won’t be happy and you’ll have still spent most of your money. [Jaz]I love that and I think I’m going to make that the snippet, the opening snippet of the podcast, what you just said there, because I think that’s such a difficult thing to come to terms with, to say to a patient. Just like you said earlier, you see you got the wheelbarrow of money sort of analogy, if you like, to actually say no, but for the right reasons. I really love that. In the interest of time, Linc, I’ve got to move on to the next points. How are you doing for time? [Lincoln]Yeah, I’m fine. [Jaz]You’re fine, yeah? Okay, fine. So we covered those two. Let’s talk about the fact that the patient in front of you, there’s no evidence for how to treat the patient that’s in front of you. So you do, you came to UK and for tubules, you did a little bit about torpedoed by the literature and that, that was a bit of a flavor and also RETP courses as well. You mentioned that there maybe 72 ways to do a restoration, for example. But there’s no evidence to say what’s the best for that patient, that unique patient in front of you. And when I absorbed that from you I really started to go with my gut instinct. I was I became better at just being a bit more decisive rather than really pondering every small nuances, which really probably wouldn’t make that big of a difference. .So if you just expand briefly on that. [Lincoln]So there’s actually two parts to why you found it easier and one of them is communication. So if you are ever unsure what to do with a patient you haven’t asked the patient enough questions like if you said anything I could do endo but I could do an implant but I could do endo but then what if the endo doesn’t work and then I have to do an implant? Well ask the patient. It’s very simple. You say, look, I think and as dentists, because we’re not well trained. So dentists are not well trained. This is not a criticism of universities. They just don’t have enough time to train a dentist. Well, it’ll take about 12 years. Okay. And we would, it would take as long as ophthalmology, because what we do is about as hard as ophthalmology. We’re a surgical specialist who is trained for as long as a general medical practitioner. Actually, less long than that. So, there is a reason why you don’t feel competent when you graduate, it’s because you haven’t been trained for long enough. So, we don’t have confidence as dentists for the early part of our career. And often, we keep that up for a lot of our careers to actually tell the patient what’s best. Because we get so trained in, have to let the patient, we actually can’t let the patient make the decision of what’s the ideal treatment for them. We can let them be involved in the decision. They can guide us to what they want to achieve and they can say no. If you have a patient who’s got a tiny incisal corner off and then you offer them all the available options including an extraction and they say, well, just pull the tooth out, okay. You can’t, there is nowhere in the world, it’s defensible to say well the patient, I offer the patient all the options for their small distal incisal chip on their 2, 1 and they chose to have their front tooth extracted. That’s, so the idea first of all that you gave the patient all available options is not true. You never give the patient all available options. Secondly, the idea that you are removed from your responsibility in any way by what the patient chooses is also not true. So, if you go to a surgical specialist for, say, a sore knee, and he looks at your knee and determines that you need an arthroscopy, okay, to do something or other he doesn’t give you 19 options. He gives you two, which is do the arthroscopy or don’t do the arthroscopy. Okay, and so that’s the, most of the time in dentistry, we give people too many options and it’s because we haven’t listened. So, now the problem with the word evidence based dentistry or evidence based medicine is that people forget what it is. So, and it would be better to be called knowledge based dentistry because mostly, There is not a study or a group of studies that directly relate to this patient. So you’re taking your knowledge. So if you’ve read a lot of literature, you’re taking that knowledge. But it doesn’t ever directly, or almost never directly, apply to that particular patient that’s in front of you. So because for it to do so, all of the patients in the study, or studies, and there’ll be like seven, there’ll be like a hundred studies at least for one single clinical decision will all be on populations different to your patient. So, unless that population of the study directly relates to the patient right in front of you right now, they’re all 37 year old bricklayers whose mother had severe caries and father had a denture from the age of 20. Then, there’s too many variables, so but, we also forget that if you look at when Guyatt and Sackett wrote the paper on evidence based medicine, it was using the best available evidence and combining it with the patient’s wishes and with your clinical experience, okay? One third process of evidence based medicine is the best available literature. Two thirds of evidence based medicine is the patient and the practitioner. It’s not 99 percent is the best available literature and 1 percent is the patient and the practitioner. That’s absolutely not true and it is a misrepresentation of evidence based. And the word evidence is often used to argue with people without actually any support. So if you want to argue with someone or like if someone says something and you don’t want to believe them, you just go show me the evidence. So, it’s mostly a debating tactic. And a lot of the time when we go to a lecture and they show us evidence, if you actually read the evidence, it wouldn’t support what they said anyway. So, it’s quite commonly that they’ve only read the, not always, but often they’ve only read the abstract. And the abstract sometimes the abstract doesn’t even follow. So you can’t, so you do, all of us use the best evidence that we have available to us, okay, and you can’t read everything, particularly if you’re a general practitioner. It’s impossible. But what you can always do is spend more time listening to the patient. So, and helping them understand the consequences. So what I like to do in my practice is very simple. It’s work out what the patient has, work out what they want, and find a way to get from what they have to what they want at a price they can afford. [Jaz]Wow, nice dentistry. [Lincoln]Without long term regrets. You’ve always got to have that bit in there. Took me a long time to work that bit out, without long term regret. So that means, if someone comes in to me and says, I want you to pull out all my teeth and do a full arch implant case, because I’m sick of maintaining my teeth, I sit there and go, you do realise, that in 10 to 15 years time, or 20 years time, all of your implants could be failing, and I could be removing them, bone grafting and redoing them, and that the teeth can fall off your fixed prosthesis, and I could be redoing it, and every time I fix your fixed prosthesis, it might cost a thousand dollars, because I’m not going to guarantee it forever. A lot of maintenance cost. Can you afford that? And so that’s the difference between a consultation where you go I’m meeting what they want at a price they can afford without long term regrets. So, like I get a lot of patients, a lot of ladies come in and they want nice teeth and they don’t want ortho. And I go, well, you’re 35. I have patients who are 95. If I cut your teeth up now, particularly that heavily, when you’re 45 you’ll still want to look beautiful and when you’re 55 you’ll still want to look beautiful and if at 55 your teeth are all snapping off and I’m doing implants, which is great for me, you will have regrets. [Jaz]I’m getting deja vu. I’m getting flashbacks from RETP. [Lincoln]I didn’t, I think when you were there I wasn’t as long term focused because I was still, I still had to get slapped around by life experience a bit more before I can have some of these viewpoints. [Jaz]No, no, this is four years ago. No, this is exactly the sort of stuff you taught me then. And the, that exactly, that exact dialogue where, you know, I know that when you’re 55 you’ll still want to look beautiful. I remember the first time I said that to the patient, I felt like, yeah, it’s Lincoln inside me. No, it’s a really great thing to say to patients. I really do think it’s a great way of putting it into perspective for the patient, you know? You still want to look good. Yes, I know it’s what you want, to look good, but I know that when you’re this age, you’ll also want to look good. And that just really, when I said that to patients, they’re like, oh, crap, you know, that. Yeah. [Lincoln]Yeah. And look there. There are also cases to be fair, where I have done ortho and then I’ve done veneers and I should have just done veneers. Like you’ve got mild crowding. Sometimes you go, okay, I can put the patient through six or 12 months of ortho, and then I do veneers, and then I spend the rest of my life worrying that they’ll relapse okay. Of their orthodontic states after I’ve done veneers. And I should have just that tiny bit of crowding I should have, it would actually been more minimally invasive to the patient to have only done veneers. Because I put them through two procedures, I could have put them through one. I’m not talking about cases where you’ve got massive crowding, like where you’ve got to cut into dentine. I’m just talking about ones where you’ve got mild crowding and you’re so focused on doing ortho for every case that you do ortho unnecessarily for a case that probably should just be a veneer case. But what’s really important with treatment planning is make a decision, take responsibility for it. And then move on. Okay. You, you, if you agonize for 17 days over a trim plan, it’s probably not going to get any better and people will still be able to question it and argue about it and say it was wrong no matter how you do it. So you make the decision, make it quickly, talk to the patient. If you can’t make a decision, ask the patient more questions, make your decision, live with it, move on. [Jaz]Beautifully said. And that leads us a link to the final of Lincoln’s Lessons, and this is about something that I struggled with a lot in the early years before I came to RATP, and you know what? I haven’t mastered it, and I’m gonna get better at it, and I know I will. But it’s about how uncomfortable dentists can get, and particularly, I do believe that the less experienced you are and also depends on your mindset, on your limited beliefs that you have on money, okay? So I would find it difficult early years to charge above a certain point because that point was where I started getting uncomfortable and you helped me massively to overcome that barrier and so if you could just give a flavor of that element of RATP in terms of why are we so uncomfortable with discussing fees at various stages of our career and how we can overcome that. [Lincoln]We’re uncomfortable discussing fees because we are one of the only types of healthcare. If you’re in private practice, that is almost completely unsubsidized for anything extensive. So, like if you have a, if cardiologists had to just sit there and tell the patient how much it was going to cost for, to have a stent put in your heart in full, you know, paying full freight. They would be uncomfortable too, but particularly if they had to do that when they were 22 and they weren’t fully trained they were still a registrar, their first year of cardiology training you had to sit there and look the patient in the eye and go it’s going to be 27, 000 pounds for this, is that okay? Okay, they would be uncomfortable too, but they don’t get to do that and by the time they do have to do that, they’re usually 45, they’re well off and they have a office receptionist who does it for them, so that’s part of it. Part of it is that we are in a surgical specialty that pays, patient have to pay full freight. So that’s part of it. And we have to start doing that early in our career when we don’t have experience, we don’t have a lot of confidence and we don’t have a lot of money. It’s very hard to talk about something that costs more than we personally can afford. The other part of it is that we get beat on in the media all the time, so we just generally have this self consciousness about costs of dentistry because we’re always getting hammered for it, and it’s not our fault, okay, it’s not our fault that dentistry is expensive, everything is expensive, it’s just most things are subsidized by the government. So, there’s a few reasons why and also We’re not very good at communicating costs in our early days so we do get a lot of rejection and it takes time to get over that rejection and particularly if you start trying to present big treatment plans in your first visit, you will get a lot of rejection. I still would if I did that. So but I call it the emotional price. Everyone has a price where when their treatment plan goes above that price, they get uncomfortable. So, every person will be different. Like for some people, it’s going to be 2, 000, 2, 000. Well, when, mostly when you’re a graduate, it’s really low. It’s like 1, 000. And that’s because as a graduate- [Jaz]I could, I could tell you when I was first year out of dental school, because of the national health system that was working under at that point where the maximum barrier of the health fund, the treatment was something like 250, right? So that was the ceiling of anything that you could do. That was within the NHS. So then if they wanted a fancy aesthetic option that was perhaps not in there, then as soon as it got to about 300 pounds, I was like, whoa, I’m going way above that other barrier. So that was a limiting belief that I had. And yeah, that was very difficult to overcome at that stage in my career. [Lincoln]Yeah, and it is There’s several things that overcome it. One is realizing that it’s there. That’s the first thing. So it’s like any type of psychological boogeyman. Once you can give it a name and look it in the eye, it’s less scary. So, you know, everyone has an emotional price. That’s the price where your treatment plan goes from being uncomfortable to comfortable. And I have one. It’s just got bigger over time. So when I first graduated, it was 1000. I remember the first time I did an 11, 000 treatment plan, I actually was so afraid, I had to practice saying it, so that I wouldn’t just choke. I would sit there going, Okay, and this treatment will cost, choke. I can’t say it, the words won’t come out. Okay so, and we train people in RETP and you can watch that happening online, but the practice helps. So practicing something uncomfortable, you don’t avoid discomfort, you just confront it. So if you’re doing a treatment plan that’s more expensive than you’ve ever done before, practice saying it so that you can say it, deadpan. Like it shouldn’t be like, ha ha ha ha. Should be like the weather. Today it’s cloudy and raining. Today the treatment plan that you need to meet your goals is going to be 15, 000. Is that going to work for you? Okay, and it’s okay to say it’s expensive. Don’t like I get all these courses and they come up with this like as if you can just change the words that you use and you know, yeah, like, oh, it’s going to be an investment in your health. That’s nonsense. Like, first of all, investments grow in value. Okay, your teeth depreciate. You can’t like do your set of ideas and then sell them on eBay for more in five years time. That’s not true. Okay, so they amortize really, it’s like a 100 percent write off in the first year, so And it’s okay to say it’s expensive. It is expensive. Your dentistry, they go, look, how much will it be? Look, it’s going to be expensive. And, and in the first visit, part of my process now for softening people up to the price so that they don’t get a big shock when we finally get to it is to give them a range right up front. So the very first visit, you always give the patient a range on their overall treatment plan but it has to be massive. Like, it’s common. I gave a patient yesterday a treatment plan range because we won’t plan her treatment. It was a new patient. I won’t plan her treatment for about 3 months. Do exactly what I say, okay? And the range I gave her was a minimum of 12, 000 and a maximum of 100. Now, that’s much less threatening, and then I say, look, it’s like a house renovation. How much does a kitchen cost? It depends. It depends if you get Gaggenau appliances and fancy marble bench tops, it’s going to cost more than if you have LG and Lemonex. So teeth are the same. If you do a hundred square meter kitchen with a butler’s pantry, it’s going to cost more than a tiny little one. So the patients can understand that. So, I give them a big range in that way that they don’t get a shock. But as far as your emotional price goes, you need to practice. It’s harder when you need money. So like try not to be financially stretched too much like if you have if you start a practice and then you immediately buy a big house and two fancy cars- [Jaz]And the student loan. [Lincoln]It will be more difficult to talk about the price of expensive dentistry than if you don’t, okay? Because you, it’s always harder when you need it. As your wealth increases, it gets easier because as your assets go up, and it doesn’t seem such a large amount to you anymore, so- [Jaz]No one ever spoke about that until I came to RETP. No one ever spoke about that, you know, maybe it’s because you’re a dentist and some of these people in sales are not dentists, but it was the first time I heard it. In that way about that discomfort and why we get it and it is to do with our own wealth as well and I never heard it and it just made so much sense to me. [Lincoln]Yeah, a lot of is actually like psychologically. It’s like a projection. We’re putting ourself In the patient’s shoes, and then we’re going, okay, if I was them, could I, would that be comfortable for me, okay? But then there’s also other things like rejection, we’re afraid of being rejected and we’re afraid of the patient saying that we’re a rip off to the neighbor, And, you know, getting put in the media, like dentists ripping everyone off again, and so on. So there’s a whole bunch of things. And, we all have different philosophies too, like some people just have a philosophy that dentistry should be the bare minimum possible and other people have a philosophy that we’re basically real estate developers of the mouth and that both of those are fine and a good example of that is that I love the fact that Yosemite National Park is very underdeveloped like for a big American park there’s not a lot of development in there but I also like some of the Italian coastline that’s been heavily populated for thousands of years, and it’s also beautiful. So both, untouched and touched by man can be beautiful in their own way. So I think that there’ll be philosophical differences to come into it as well. But definitely everyone has a price that they find it difficult to treat and plan over, and their treatment plans will tend to stay just under that, and it’s good to recognize what your price is. So, you know, just ask yourself, am I comfortable with a 1, 000 or 1, 000 treatment plan, or 2, 000 or 20, 000? At what point are you starting to feel a little bit tight in the tummy? And for me, it started at 1, 000, then it went up to like about just over 10, 000 for quite a long time. And then I started doing rehabs, it jumped up to 50, 000 Australian. And then it stuck there for years and years. And years and years and then, then it got stuck at like 80 and I don’t know what it is now, it’s probably 55 or 60, 000 pounds is my emotional price now but I don’t really know and also you kind of get, you just get used to it, like, and not all my treatments are expensive, like yesterday I saw a patient who needs a filling. And a scale, and that’s fine. I’m not too posh. So, yeah. I like doing fillings. They’re kind of easy. [Jaz]Well, there we have it. Ladies and Gents. Lincoln Harris still does a distal occlusal and a lower premolar. And look, yeah, I’m only adjusting there. I mean, your work is inspirational. You are someone I look up to a lot and I will continue to follow your teachings and especially with RIPE Global. Can you just tell us, just before we finish, what have you got planned? What’s the future of RIPE Global for the next couple of years? [Lincoln]So we’re just being, RIPE Global, we expanding massively with our online education, but we want to make it so much better. So we actually now employ, did you watch the movie Extraction? [Jaz]Not, not yet. [Lincoln]It’s about Chris Hemsworth. [Jaz]Yeah. I saw bits of it. Yeah. I saw bits of it. It looks, it looks really cool. [Lincoln]Yeah, so our cinematographer is the same guy now, so, ah, we yeah, so that’s how we push the boundaries. [Jaz]So that is cool. [Lincoln] Look, right level is so simple. We want to make education better, more widely available, and lower cost. And how do you do that? You just take it closer. So, stage one is significantly increasing our online content and making it better and making better production values and really stepping up the quality of the online, which is, to be fair, quite tricky during coronavirus because we have a director. So our content director is actually a movie TV director and we can’t travel. So it’s a little bit tricky at the moment. But that’s step one and step two is teaching facilities in multiple continents so that they’re closer to the audience and particularly the high quality ones that I like to use in, like the ones we have in Sydney, they’re not available in everywhere in the world, so and the way we teach hands on, It’s driven by aviation. When you can’t learn to do dentistry just theoretically. It has to be repetition. You can’t like do one crown prep and then you’re good to go. You need to sit there and you need to do like well, normally in the first, our first hands on module, we do 20 crown preps in a day and a half. And that’s not because we want to teach people to be fast, it’s just that to train the hand you have to do things again and again and again and again. Okay, like none of us would fly with a pilot who had read everything about flying but had only landed a couple of times. Experience counts, so to really ramp up the quality of teaching so people get and with the online it makes it so much easier. You can put all of the theory online, people can have it done, and when they come to the hands on they just do hands on, they’re not sitting there spending two thirds of the hands on. Listening to a lecture and watching a demonstration. So that can all be online first. So that your time is much better value. So that’s the third, second step. And the third step is to become accredited as an education provider. So and you know, to do that people say, well, why? We’ve built the company so that we can list it on the stock market in a few years and you go, well, why? Because I don’t want to sell out. I don’t want to have to sell the whole company to a venture capital one day. So there’s a ton of people investing in it right now and from all over the world, there’s like 20 different countries, people who have invested in RIPE Global. And actually quite funnily, one of my patients also invested and he owns a software factory. So he’s like causing the queries and helping fix it. It’s vertically integrated. So anyways, that’s RIPE Global. Make it better, make it more widely available, make it less expensive. [Jaz]Well, I think it’s a great vision. I look forward to when you set up in Europe. I think I don’t know if you’re allowed to reveal where I think Prague was it? [Lincoln]Oh, look, Prague, Prague was definitely our first but, we obviously have to wait until we can travel again and then we will go and look at it more closely when we’re ready so and then probably, I’m thinking the first places we’re likely to go is, Prague and then probably South Asia and then potentially Middle East but we’ll see. [Jaz]Well, that sounds amazing. I’ll put all the links and stuff for those that are watching, listening in usual places on the website and whatnot. But definitely worth checking out. And I’ve recently contributed to RIPE Global Arts due to goop soon. And I’d like to get involved even more. So it’s a great thing where you are welcoming contributions from all over the world who can add absolutely to this community of expertise you have is fantastic concept. [Lincoln]Yeah. And I think that’s where we want everything, so we’ve got endo stuff coming soon. There’s a lot of restorative stuff, so obviously there’s a lot of my restorative stuff, there’s a lot of occlusion stuff from Michael Melkers, there’s soft tissue grafting, there’s bone grafting stuff, and there’s a whole bunch of endo lectures coming soon. We want to have everything, and we don’t just want to have like little webinar y things, they’re appropriate sometimes, but we actually want full on a two day lecture on one topic. You can watch all 12 modules, and Get CPD because we are accredited for the GDC. So the and for the U S and New Zealand and wherever else as well. So, but we are really pushing to how can we do this better and as soon as we can travel, the TV production team and the cinematographer will be off to all of our teachers and I mean, you can already start to see that the effect on the quality of the content that’s coming out now from having a director who works for us full time, I said to him, I want education to become cinematic and he’s delivering, so- [Jaz]I’m salivating. Honestly, I’m salivating and I’m really excited for the future. You’ve got great UK guys like Tom Sealy on board as well, and I’m a massive fan of his. He’s a good friend. So look Linc, thank you so much for coming on podcast. I really appreciate it. Honestly, to me, you really are someone, a massive role model and to give you a time up to come on the show after you’ve taught me so much over the years, and I’m actually looking forward to learn even more from you. Thank you so much. [Lincoln]No, no worries at all. And you’re welcome to learn more because the way I’ve learned most stuff is by painful mistakes. And so, I’m sure you’ll do that along the way as well because you can’t progress unless you do. [Jaz]Absolutely. Well said. Well said. [Lincoln]Thank you for having me. It’s been a pleasure. And great to catch up with you again. Jaz’s Outro:You too, Linc. Thank you. Protruserati, thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. I always appreciate it, that I always really appreciate you coming all the way to the end to hear my little outro. So obviously I’m hoping you gained a lot of value from that and I’m hoping I picked good lessons. I mean, I know loads of you out there are Lincoln Harris fans, or you’re already part of Ripe Global, so I’m sure you have your own five or six lessons that Lincoln has taught you. And I’m sure, I mean a lot of these I covered were nonclinical. You can’t even believe the number of clinical gems that I’ve learned from Lincoln Harris. So Lincoln, again, thanks so much for all you do for our profession. And once again, if you’d go on the show notes on protrusive. co. uk or on the Protrusive Dental Community Facebook group, you could find those coupon codes I shared with you. So you can get your discount for 31st of January, 2021 for Ripe Global. So thank you so much for Ripe Global for offering that to all our members. And I will catch you in the next episode in 2021. Thank you.
undefined
Dec 28, 2020 • 51min

Which is the Best Matrix System for Class II Restorations – PDP053

TIME SENSITIVE – 50% off Maciek’s Online Contact Point Ambassador Course! Click here https://youtu.be/xVWlZbzSrKE Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! It’s the big debate in General Restorative Dentistry: Which is the best Matrix band to rule them all? In the red corner we have the trusty circumferential Siqveland and Tofflemire bands that got us through dental school and have served billions of restorations…but surely they have no place in contemporary adhesive Dentistry anymore? In the blue corner, we have the sexier, younger sectional matrix systems that are the future (and hopefully the present for many of you!). But even within this category, there is a plethora of choice. Are bioclear celluloid matrices the King of Class II composites to create beautiful, voluptuous contact areas with an enviable seal and an Instagram worthy photograph? Or are the tougher, heavyweight metal sectional bands the one true matrix to rule them all? ‘But there are so many brands!’, I hear you cry. You’ve got Palodent, Garrison, Tor VM to name just a few. Surely one is champion? We haven’t even started talking about the plethora of Restorative Rings yet to get the ideal separation and adaptation of the matrix – even they differ from brand to brand. It’s no wonder that it’s sometimes easier just to pick the disposable circumferential matrix band and be done with this restorative debate… Oh but the wedges! Wooden? Plastic? Teflon floss? Wait, what? Yes you read that correctly. Maciek Czerwinski shares with us the Teflon Floss technique as a substitute for a wedge. It IS very likely the perfect Wedge! https://youtu.be/mEYpDtSNJUg Ladies and Gents: The Teflon Floss Technique! You’re welcome. Most importantly, what is the best matrix – ring – wedge combination! If you have ever struggled with an open contact, an imperfect cervical seal, a collapsed matrix band or a cheeky wedge entering your cavity (hopefully not all for the same restoration), then this episode will blow your mind. As promised, the Matrix Selection System: Matrix Selection System has really helped me with Decision making for Class II Composites https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=u16rST2H5sk Teflon Floss Technique Check out Maciek’s impressive Facebook page to stay up to date! Be sure to sign up to the newsletter for episode updates! If you are in the UK and Ireland and want to avoid fake Tor VM matrix bands from eBay, buy from a reputable source: Incidental Ltd If you enjoyed this episode, you might like Rubber Dam with Harmeet Grewal! Click below for full episode transcript: Opening Snippet: And probably like 1 of 20 ideas, 1 is good. So like teflon floss technique is really something that really changed my approach for matrixing and to be honest, I just switched almost completely like from the traditional plastic or wooden wedge to the teflon one... Jaz’s Introduction: Class two restorations are not easy, let’s face it. Matrix selection and matrix adaptation is only easy if you don’t use magnification, I mean the first time I start using magnification, that’s when I started to notice all these gaps and imperfect cervical seals on my matrix bands. And then we start getting into wedge modification, wedge selection, wedge enhancement with ptfe, rubberdam inversion, these little fiddly details will drive you nuts. You know what? All these challenges are part of the beauty of daily bread and butter dentistry. Protruserai, we’ve got an absolute treat day, were really going to give so many gems thanks to Maciek Czerwinski I mean, you’re going to absolutely love this episode because for me, class two restoration, I love doing, okay? Because they’re not easy and take it’s taken me years to master and I’m still learning and I’m still improving, day by day, thanks to awesome dentists like Maciek Czerwinski, who’s so selfless in sharing these tips like every little daily challenge that you can think of Maciek has a hack for it. So you’re gonna love this, we’re going to tackle all sorts like how to ensure that you don’t get any sort of gaps under your matrix, the most common question that he gets, and the reason I got him on is to choose, which is the best matrix. At dental school, I was only taught the Siqveland as a champion. And the second best one was Tofflemire, that’s when I was taught. There was no hint of any sectional systems. I only learned them when I got out of dental school as a practicing dentist. And you know what they were a steep learning curve, getting the whole ring properly positioned, the matrix correctly positioned without deforming. I mean, all these things are stressful. And of course, when you’re getting the right isolation as well, I mean, class two restorations are a steep learning curve. And you really can feel really proud when you get a lovely contact that are nice curve with the correct seal. But it’s not easy to get that but after this episode, I’m hoping it’s going to be a little bit just that little bit easier. The Protrusive Dental pearl I have for this episode is very much relevant to class two restorations. Sometimes, if you’re using a sectional band system, you place a sectional matrix band in and you’ve got your cervical seal great, you’ve got your ring on, good but not perfect. So along the proximal walls buccal and palatal for example, there might be these gaps. Now, it’s not the end of the world because when you place your composite, you’re gonna get some flush buccally, you’re gonna get some flush palatally, and you can just disc it away. But if you spend a little bit of time getting that seal perfected buccally and palataly, then it just means an easier and quicker and less messy process at the end, you don’t have to tidy up as much. So how can you improve your seal? If the ring isn’t 100% doing his job? Well, what you can do is use balls of ptfe type, of course what else and then you feed that in, so that when you then put your ring on, it’s gonna create that added compression on to the matrix band to hopefully improve your seal and this can be used also for the cervical seals. So the gingival area, if you find the matrix band is not fully adapted to the cavity, even though you’ve got the right wedge in there. Sometimes all you need to do is wrap the wedge in ptfe. And obviously, part of this episode one cool thing that you might learn is the Teflon wedge technique. Now, I do urge you to perhaps watch this episode, as well as listening if you’re usually a listener to the podcast, I’m always I really appreciate you, Thanks so much. But for this one, I think you can if he does have a few cases and they are amazing, right? You should definitely catch us on protrusive.co.uk, on Facebook or on Tubules wherever you usually consume the video version. So do check that out and I hope you find that pearl useful. But to be honest with you, the whole episode is just a massive Protrusive Dental pearl. So Maciek, Thank you so much for absolutely a really amazing episode, which we’re going to go into right now. Main Interview: [Jaz]Maciek, Welcome to Protrusive Dental podcast. How are you my friend? [Maciek]It’s really nice to meet you. And it’s a great pleasure for me that you invited me so yeah, it’s really great honor for me. [Jaz]No, honestly, it’s great because you are someone who I have seen and learn so much from your social media presence, the detail that you go into with the restorations that you post with the dentistry and what I love about your dentistry, Maciek, is it’s not all like fancy. I mean, you got you do fancy stuff as well don’t get me wrong, okay, but it’s not all fancy class fours with 27 different layers and stuff and texturing, you do the daily dentistry and you document it so well, because ultimately, what this podcast episode is about is one of the most difficult things in dentistry, which is to do well, is actually the humble class two or the isolation and the matrixing and that sort of stuff. So the reason I got you on is because every now and then on the Facebook groups, people are, dentists are asking the question, the question they’re asking is, which is the best matrix, okay? And since about a year and a half, every time someone asked that question on Facebook, I am there straightaway. And I post your photo, the MSS, the Matrix Selection System. And that photo has educated so many dentists because now they understand a bit more. So before we dive into the first question, which is, which is the best matrix now know how you can answer it. Just tell us a little bit about where you’re from? Okay? A little bit about yourself Maciek. By the way, we had a chat earlier and if you’re an island, you will call Maciek, magic. And I quite like the name magic. But to me, I’m trying to say in a Polish way, Maciek. So Maciek, please over to you. [Maciek]Thanks, Jaz. I’m from Poland, from beautiful city that is Toruń. This is the city of Nicholas Copernicus. So I still work with my dad in a little single office, dental office. We’re in one office, we’ve got two dental chairs. And I started my dental story, probably something around like 11, or maybe 12 years ago right now. So Time flies really, really quickly. [Jaz]You’re, so your father and yourself, you both run the practice together? [Maciek]Yes. And to be honest, at the beginning, I thought that this is a very good advantage of possessing my father nearby because you know, when ever I had an any problem with the difficult extraction, with some prosthetic planning, and I’ve had some doubts, it’s always much better to have more experienced doctor nearby you. However, after sometimes I realized that it’s not so cool situation for me, because I took everything from my dad. So I had only my dad, not like many dentists like in big dental offices. And I took also his style of work that at the beginning was really cool. But later on, it was a huge problem for me to switch to do something in a different way than my father. And yeah, that was probably the biggest shift in my career when I decided that I have to change something because it wasn’t enough for me. [Jaz]That’s very interesting. I’ve seen your YouTube videos. And I believe when you’re teaching like with the Teflon floss technique, and we’ll come on to that later all the nitty gritty. But I remember I think your surgery had a microscope, right? [Maciek]Yes. [Jaz]So how long have you been using the scope for? Is this something that your dad inspired you to use a microscope or is this your you sort of discovering your own style of dentistry? [Maciek]The funny situation is that it wasn’t my dad who pushed me into the microscope, I’m trying to push my dad to try the microscope, but it’s not so easy, because you know, when you are experienced, it’s probably much more difficult to change your style of work. So right now I work with microscopes, probably for more than five, maybe six years. And at the beginning, it was probably the most expensive light in my dental office because I didn’t use it at all. So I bought it. And it was waiting for only difficult cases because they thought that this is only about the microscopic thing. But later on, it turned out that when I tried it, and I was trying the microscope more and more almost in every single case, after two weeks, I couldn’t just work without the microscope. So the funny story was the fact that at the beginning, I couldn’t afford the microscope and they but I really wanted to work on it. So my story was that I was purchasing the microscope from different company to try it. So they give me the microscope for like, one week, two week and I was just taking, like 10 microscope from different companies just to carry the microscope in my office. But after half a year of trying different scopes I decided okay, that’s the moment that I have to buy it and probably [Jaz]What did you buy? So you tried all these different companies? I’m just curious. Which one did you go for? [Maciek]You know, I was trying to Leica, I was trying Ziess, I was trying Kaps and the Kaps was my final choice. And when we talk about the ergonomic about the optics, it’s really, really good microscope. [Jaz]Fantastic. But today, I’m just setting the scene so we know a little about you, your level of work, your working in the scope, but really today is about this segment of the episode. Every episode has a theme, and today is really about matrix selection. So tell me, when did you come up with the matrix selection system? How did you think to organize it? Why did you think this was an issue that dentists need to learn about, because I see that you’re very active in dental education, which is amazing. Again, I learned so much from it. But tell us a little bit about which, in your opinion, is the best matrix and tell us about the matrix selection system. [Maciek]The funny story about the matrix selection system is the fact that I invented it, after the very good party. So I have no idea why. But suddenly, there was like the, you know, that’s something that Okay, let’s think about the matrix. Why, because probably, I had always a lot of problems with matrix ring. So you know, I develop the Success Stairs sequence it and that was at the beginning this sequence just for my work, I didn’t realize that it can be helpful also for other people. But later on, it turned out that you can even make a courses from the restorative treatment, and people will really like it. So I’m really happy about it. But in fact, that was the sequence just for me, just to improve my work, because at some moment, at some point in my career, I decided that I will not go on to hide my problems, and I will try to solve it. So whenever I had a problem, I just took the photo of the problem. And after the work, I was thinking how I can change a little bit to be better next time. At the end, I almost didn’t have any problems. But the last part of the most problematic part was the matrixing. So I didn’t have any problem with the isolation with the safe preparation of carious, with anatomy or anything other but the matrixing was always 100 the biggest one, [Jaz]I’ll say, what are the common problems that you get with matrix? Let’s just go over it like, you know, open contacts. And that’s what are the main common challenges we face as dentists when we’re doing good standard of Class twos and just Restorations in general? What are the main problems that you found in your journey that led you to go deeper and deeper and deeper to learn to improve to the standard that you’re working out today? [Maciek]First of all, the biggest problem is was the fact that I bought the microscope. So before microscope, I didn’t have the problem with matrix adaptation, because I didn’t see it. But when I bought the microscope, and suddenly I saw every single detail, then it turned out that I really got a big problem with matrixing. So at the beginning, the problem of matrix adaptation, so probably all of us would like to have the perfectly adapted matrix. And it is so frustrating when you see this little gap inside, and you just try everything, you just take the bigger wedge, you push it with your [knee], your patient is screaming, because there is some pain. And still, there is no anytime stirred up the matrix. And that was probably the biggest problem. Later on, the problem with wedges that when I placed the wedge, it totally damaged my isolation and there was a leakage from everywhere. Another [overlapping conversation] [Jaz]The issue I get as well is when you put the wedge in and then it actually displaces your matrix fully come out, move around. These are old issues. But the funny thing, Maciek, is all these issues that we face, and I know gonna say a few more, but I just thought something interesting. We are stuck inside this problem. Okay? Let’s call it a single tooth, right? You put the matrix inside and you’re experimenting, you say to nurse, can you get me a different size wedge? I want to try this matrix, okay? But the funny thing is, the nurse is not seeing the problem. And the nurse is probably thinking just fill it, just fill it, right? Because every other dentist, they just fills it. Why are you asking those? So the nurse probably thinks that we’re really crap dentist because thinking here “Hey, this other dentists, he spends half an hour, okay, the first matrix are given always fit. And now you will always spend one hour and you will need seven different matrices to four different wedges, a whole tape of the Teflon for every case.” So the nurse is thinking, ‘why is this dentist not very good?’ [Maciek]‘How bad you are?’ [Jaz]Exactly. [Maciek]Yeah, that’s right. You know, the good thing about it is the fact that when we start work with rubber dam and we’ve got final, we’ve got time to spend some time to play with the matrix. So definitely, it was really cool for me at the beginning that I don’t have to think about the cotton rolls, I don’t have to think about the tongue or cheeks. I can finally work a little bit on the matrixing, so that was okay. However, you know, I don’t know how much time or what was the biggest amount of time that you spend on choosing the matrix. But sometimes let’s be honest, we can spend like half an hour trying different matrices or trying to adapt the matrix in a different way. And probably if you spend like 30 minutes, at the end, very often we are not very satisfied from the final result. So that was my really big problem, I decided that let’s try to check what we can do. And the good thing is about the isolation about working under the microscope. And probably the biggest shift in my career was the fact that I realized that I can make a mistake, that’s the first thing, but I’ve got time to correct it. Because sometimes we just play the matrix, we see “okay, it’s not very cool. Okay, maybe it will be better next time.” But the thing is that even if we spend like 20 minutes, some time, it’s good to start from the very beginning, and just try to find the perfect solution for that and just not to hide the problem, or at least, to think about it at the end of the day. And this is cool when we take a photo and you can check maybe what wasn’t okay. Can we correct something? Can we do something in a different way? And when I was trying to find some solution about the wedging and I was trying to develop this Teflon wedge, that was the very cool adventure from the beginning because now sometimes I think too much I think, do you know the MacGyver? Did you watch the MacGyver movie? [Jaz]I never watched it. It was a show that is coming in the evenings. And he was a detective right? [Maciek]Not the, he was like more like the special agent. So he was doing almost everything. So if there was any problem, he could take just like the pencil and he could build the shuttle or the plane with the pencil. So that was the really cool guy. And I was watching MacGyver, like for whole my childhood. So maybe this is the reason that I was trying to find some solution also for dentistry, and probably like 1 of 20 ideas, 1 is good. So like, Teflon floss technique is really something that really changed my approach for matrixing And to be honest, I just switched almost completely, like from the traditional plastic or wooden [wedges] to the Teflon one. And it helps your [Jaz]Most of my listeners are listening right now. And they have no idea what the Teflon floss is. But what we’re gonna touch on that in a second, but I just want that one, two line answer, but I’m waiting for which is, which is the best matrix because this is what everyone wants to know everyone wants the money answer, they want us to Hey, which is the best matrix. So what is the matrix selection system which by the way, I’ll need your permission, I will post a photo on the Protrusive Dental Community Facebook group and on the website so people can see what I mean about the different types of cavities and why it may be different matrices. So which is the best matrix? [Maciek]The answer will be not easiest as you probably know, there is no like the universal matrix. So depending on the case, we’ve got many different options to choose. And probably if you asked me like three four months ago, I would tell you that the metal matrices are the best one and because you’re asking me this question today I will tell you that today I am trying to use like more and more celluloid, transparent matrices and I see more and more advantages of doing it but probably I will be more objective in one month so probably there will be some 1:1 ratio between the metal and the celluloid so they’re just different and we can work that way. [Jaz]Absolutely. They work differently but even then what dentists that I think the trap dentists fall into is that they want to buy the one solution that will fit every situation. They want to buy, they want to spend the money once they want to buy one matrix system that will do all the class twos, class threes, everything okay? But I’m sorry to break it to you all but from what Maciek has taught me from his MSS and what I learned from failing so many times myself is that there is no one magic matrix solution. Every cavity will be unique with its own curvatures, own in even every cavity need a different wedge, different matrix, different way of isolating, some will remove, some will need gingival removal, some will not and in all these aspects is something that I’ve learned from a lot from your posts actually. So one on the other on that note of things that we learn from Maciek, your Teflon floss, please describe to the listeners and people who are watching, what is the Teflon floss technique? And it’s Teflon floss or Teflon wedge? We can talk about it obviously because there’s [Maciek]Obviously. Teflon floss is like my trademark so let’s stay with Teflon floss. [Jaz]Let’s stay with Teflon floss. Okay, so what is a Teflon floss and when is the ideal situation to use it? [Maciek]And to be honest, like I told you before I switch almost 100% into the Teflon floss right now. So I’m using it like almost all the time, maybe not 100% but probably 98% of the cases I will going to use the Teflon floss and Teflon floss is something that we can call individual wedge. So when you ask me about what is the best matrix system. And they told you that there is no one, the universal one. So we could, you could ask the same question about the wedge. And the good thing about the wedges is that the Teflon floss is something like more universal one, because it can adapt to every space that we’ve got. So at least I don’t have to choose between the small or big or medium wedges, or the plastic or wooden one, I will just take the one Teflon floss that will adapt to almost every space. So this is a really cool option for us. And the second very good option is the fact that it’s not stiff because a lot of the problems connected with wedging was because we work on the stiff way this, so like the wooden one or the plastic one, and they will gonna move our rubber dam, we will lose the isolation, or it’s difficult to press it inside the interdental space. But the soft wedges like the Teflon floss, give you completely different options during the wedging. This is like the completely different vehicle for matrix adaptation and completely different scenario because I often regret that I in the past that I couldn’t use, like the two wedges from the both sides from the palatal and the in the lingual side, because sometimes we would like to just push it from the both side. But with the plastic and wooden, impossible. With the Teflon floss, we’re using two separate Teflon flosses, we’ve got two wedges that we will pull from both sides. And we’ve got the matrix adaptation from both sides and because the force is going from both sides, then we will not move the rubber dam. So there are many, many advantages of the Teflon floss and project. [Jaz]No, no, of course, but make it really make a tangible. So you I did appreciate that you were using it so often. I mean, I’ve seen your cases. But it’s good to learn this from you that actually you are actually depending on your Teflon floss 90% of the time rather than a wedge whereas I’m mostly still wedging, but occasionally from what I learned from you, I am using the Teflon floss. And I love that adaptation you get. So instead of a wedge, use a Teflon floss. Now, do you have a photo that you can share the screen and show an example of the Teflon floss. And of course, I will also put your YouTube link that you kindly explained for the Teflon floss, which would be really great for everyone to see. So in those situations, you want a much nicer adaptation then the Teflon floss is the one. So I made the co host. So you should be able to share an image if you have one? [Maciek]Okay. Can you see this right now? So we’ve got slides around the comparison, [Jaz]I just wanted to because a lot of people listening you see a lot of people listen, and I need we need to also describe what’s happening on the screen as well. So you’ve got the middle matrix, the yellow matrix is what is the name given to that matrix is the bioclear, right? Diamond wedge. [Maciek]Of course. So on the picture, we’ve got the comparison of three different wedges. The first one is the wooden wedge that is covered with Teflon and I was using this for some time. The middle one is the the wedge from the bioclear company that I also from time to time use together with the bioclear matrix system. And the third picture is the Teflon floss or maybe better even call it the part of the Teflon floss that because you can see only the wedge here. But the whole idea about this wedge is the fact that it’s connected to the floss. So there is also that you can see on the picture, this part that the figure of one is the part where we scroll the Teflon on the dental floss and on the dental floss, we have to place the knot, then it’s much easier to scroll the Teflon tape around it. And then we can produce something that in shape looks like the wedge. But the whole idea is the fact that this wedge will adapt to this face. So if you want, Jaz, if I should play them the movie about how to use that or do you want me to play the movie? [Jaz]If you play it, then what we can do is for those who are watching, it’ll be on Instagram, on YouTube and stuff they can they can watch this. For the audio? I will remove it. Don’t worry. So yeah, play it and then the people who are more visual, okay, you can still be able to see it. [Maciek][movie playing] So on this picture you can see exactly the full Teflon flosses and as you can see there is a floss and there is a knot on the floss and around the knot there is the scrolled Teflon tape and on this movie you can see exactly what idea is behind the Teflon floss so when we pull it, it will fill the gap and it will adapt the matrix perfectly and because we’ve got two teflon flosses in the same time, it will adapt the matrix from the both sides. [Jaz]So you pull on one side and you pull on the other side, the two teflon flosses. [Maciek]Sorry, Jaz, I will just okay, can you repeat the question because there was a music in the movie. [Jaz]No problem but I can’t hear the music by the way so that’s all fine. So you’ve got two teflon flosses one on either side, so you’re pulling buccally and you’re also pulling from the palatal side, the two teflon flosses? [Maciek]Exactly but on this film I was just recording it only for purpose of the film to show how it’s working but the whole idea is that you have to pull it in the same time. So we shouldn’t on this film i was pulling it from one side and later on from another one [Jaz]But in that situation, I was going to ask while you’re finding somebody is that sometimes it can happen with wedges as well you place your wedge or maybe you do the Teflon floss. And although you get a very good cervical seal, you lose the contact. So what is your advice in those situations to now that you’ve secured your cervical seal of the matrix which is so important? How can you then what do you need to do to get a better contact? Is that a sign that you’ve chosen the incorrect matrix or can you improve it? [Maciek]So you know at the beginning, I felt that this is the biggest disadvantage of the celluloid matrix that when I was pulling the two Teflon flosses, the Teflon was going inside the matrix. And then we was losing the contact point. And that was the problem. This is why I thought that it’s much better to use the metal matrices with the Teflon plus technique, because it’s much more difficult to deform the metal matrix than the celluloid one. However, from probably a couple of months, I realized that it’s not such a big disadvantages because if we’ve got the transparent matrix, we can take the bow applier. And we can burnish the matrix from the inside. And that is another advantage of the Teflon floss technique. So with the transparent matrices, you can just do what you want. And even if you’ve got the Teflon inside the matrix, you can just push it deeper from the outside using that plastic or you can use the the ball burnisher and to burnish the matrix from the inside. So this option you get only with the transparent matrices with the metal one if we if you choose the like the very hard the metal matrix, it’s very difficult to have the Teflon inside the matrix. This is why this is probably my the best possible mix for deep margin elevation cases when we connect the third saddle matrix that is really hard matrix with the Teflon force technique. And to be honest, the matrix adaptation of very deep cases with the saddle matrix and Teflon floss is really really easy. So this is like my best possible mixed for the deep margin elevation. But when we talk about the beautiful contact points by beautiful contacts and the curvatures, the profile, then we the transparent matrices, we’ve got more options to do. [Jaz]That’s awesome actually use the saddle matrix myself today. And I should have I probably should have used Teflon floss technique but I was lazy, I just use a normal wedge I managed to get a good result. But it would have been better if I use a Teflon floss but in this situation that I use it today, sometimes the caries is so deep that you just want to get a nice seal. And then I will revisit in the future for indirect restoration, which is the long term one, but I really admire how you, you know, execute to the perfection so many times to get the seal and the nice contact. It just reminded me seeing that video that you showed at that point. Do you tend to use a ring thereafter? Do you always use a ring and which is the best ring? Because a lot of people say that Garrison ring is the best. Some people say the Palodent ring is the best. Some people say the one that comes with the bioclear is okay and even the Tor VM comes with the ring. Any advice on a ring that you prefer? [Maciek]Yeah, to be honest, there are many features of the rings. But the most important one is that the separation force. So we need this strong separation force if we want to use the thicker matrix and we like to work on the thicker matrix because then it’s much more easy to put it inside the cavity. So my personal choice would be the Palodent thing, because I don’t like when the ring invade the internal part of the matrix. So when we compare for example the Garrison they have this small team that goes inside the matrix and very often result is the fact that it will therefore make our matrix so with the Palodent one will just let the matrix go exactly like the matrix one so we’ve got more natural profile of the matrix, this is why I really like Palodent ring. What is more Palodent is pretty strong ring. However, I can tell you in the secret that I’m working on my own ring and all the [Jaz]Can you create and call it the ‘magic ring’?. Can you call it, you have to the ‘magic ring’? [Maciek]It definitely is the ‘magic ring’. I will not tell you everything about it but because I wanted to check it out but the thing is that I can make the as big separation as I want. So the first tries are really promising so I hope that in the near future I will show it [Jaz]When it does come out because it because I you know I really admire everything you do and the fact that you’re in now being inventive and being creative. When it does come out. Please share it with me. I want to share it to the world. So that’s amazing. Tell us the magic ring. I’m very excited by the magic ring. Right? [overlapping conversation] Maciek, Go for it. [Maciek]Sure. Only because I you know I was starting to inventing this new ring. That is the reason that right now I’m using the more transparent mattresses because the biggest problem with the transparent mattresses was the separation effect that was too small and very often, we finished without the contact point at all like with the biofit from the bio clear, it’s just too fake. And the separation effect is not not too big, but with this ring, there is no any problem. So that is the reason that I can use the transparent matrix more and more, [Jaz]Someone like you, myself, doing lots of posterior dentistry. A lot of my patients are 50, 60+ the majority of patients and so I’m having these deep caries issues, removing old amalgams. So I’m very excited for the magic ring. I’ve asked you a number of questions ready. The next one I want to do to really get value for everyone listening is what is your number one tip if despite a tight wedge, let’s say if you’re using the most people using wedges, a lot of people listening is the first time they learned about the Teflon floss. Now maybe they will start to use a Teflon floss. But what advice can you give to someone if tight wedging and using a ring, there is still a gap at the cervical seal of the matrix. What is it that needs to be done at that point? [Maciek]You know, when I discovered the solution for your question, I was so surprised because the solution is so so easy, but nobody tells me that before. So I can show you the presentation because I think the much better to describe it on the photo, Play the presentation. [Jaz]Let me guess is it like holding a probe and just actually keeping the probe at the bottom? [Maciek]No, it’s even easier. [Jaz]Oh my god. Okay. I won’t say it. I’m thinking of something. You will have to believe me if I tell you, I’m thinking Teflon balls, I’m thinking balls of Teflon, being fed buccal and lingual, to tighten the seal. [Maciek]Now, it’s very often it’s not about the wedge, I thought that the biggest problem with this little gap is because I don’t have proper wedge. But when I got the perfect wedge like the Teflon floss, sometimes I still got this problem. So it turned out that this is not about the wedge. But this is more about it’s not even about the matrix, but it’s even the matrix position. So if I can show the presentation, so we’ll take this case. This is like the our daily bread, like very easy. Second Class cavity on the premolar [Jaz]Just share your screen, Maciek, you gotta share your screen. [Maciek]So this is our daily bread, the simple class two filling in the first premolar. So after the isolation, after the safe preparation, we’ve got pretty simple case to adapt. So after placing the proper matrix, after placing two Teflon flosses, after placing a ring, what we have to do is just to pull the two Teflon floss and as you can see there is a little gap right here, that can be really frustrating. So why is that there is. So what is the problem? So the problem of this gap is not that there is not enough pressure from the Teflon floss. But this is the because our matrix is very deep under the cavity margin. So this is the cavity margin. And when we really like to work with the very big matrices, because we just will, it’s much easier to push it with our finger. But then our matrix goes very deep under the cavity margin. So when we’ve got the margin right here, it’s very difficult to press this matrix, especially when we use the thick one, the hard matrix, like the metal one, it’s very difficult to press it like here. We can see this gap even even more on this picture. But look what happened when I removed the matrix and the ring, looked at the Teflon floss adopted the whole space in the perfect way. So this is not the reason of the wedging or the matrix, but what we can do is just to take the same matrix and place it in just a little bit different position. So we can go so deep with the matrix placement and this is also the very cool advantage of the Teflon floss technique that you don’t have to remove the wedge but you can take the matrix out and you can place it one more time. But right now in much better position. So right now we are with the our matrix in this position. So we are much closer the gap and look that there is almost no gap at all. [Jaz]simpler, that is the right you know, to do that. [Maciek]Just move it, move it a little bit [Jaz]A tiny bit coronal [Maciek]And there is no problem. So you know, this is the answer is so simple, but nobody told me for many, many years and I was trying to push more,Teflon, I was trying to take more bigger wedges or making this strong push on this. And there was no any positive effect. But why don’t we just move the matrix up, it will solve a lot of problems. And then we can make the perfect contact point. And you can see that also in this situation, also, what we can do is just to move a little bit the matrix, and suddenly, from the little gap, there is no gap at all. So it’s so easy. But nobody’s saying that. So that’s not [Jaz]Nobody’s telling that, but also, I really liked your diagram that you had there. So again, this is something that I’m gonna have to put in the video portion of the podcast and not the audio. But for those listening on audio, what basically Maciek is saying is, sometimes when you have that gap is not because of the lack of seal, the seal is there. It’s just the matrix is a little bit too gingival, and you’re getting that over curvature. If you lifted up more coronally for those listening, then you can actually get rid of that suppose that gap. And with the Teflon floss, as you showed, you don’t even have to remove the wedge, which is your Teflon floss. So that is amazing. I think you’ve answered that really comprehensively with a such a simple way. So that’s awesome. I saw your Okay, so we already asked his question about you already answered it metal versus celluloid? And sometimes you will change your mind and and they’re both great. And maybe you said maybe the metal one could be more favorable in the long term. But they’re both good. And you use the bioclear. You use the just named the different matrices that you use, what do you have in your practice? Daily. [Maciek]I want more time to share one photo with you, because I think that will also answer our To be honest, I wanted even to start this presentation, we have this photo, because this is the cool thing about the dentistry that in the same patient, in the same case, we can choose different solution. And using just the different matrix we can get like the totally different final outcome. So as you can see, we’ve got the three different matrix in the same cavity, and we have the metal one. With the metal matrix, it’s sometimes very difficult, especially when the space is pretty wide between the cavity and the adjacent tooth. So it’s very difficult to catch the contact point. But when we’ve got more curved matrix, and we don’t have very current metal matrix, this is why we like the celluloid matrices, like the biofit, or like the bioclear, we can get totally different outcome. So we can get the beautiful contact point or even instead of the point we can call it even the contact zone that it’s also much better for in the long term. And I don’t know if you had this situation, but sometimes we’ve got the patient with the diastema to close. And this is our like the, this is our goal to call it, if we don’t have the proper matrix, sometimes the visit will be a real nightmare, because we’re not gonna finish that. So, we will try to burnish the metal matrix, we will try to move it but the final result will be really really bad. This is why it’s very good solution to have like the at least couple of matrix from the different scenarios. So, this is why I started the matrix selection system. So one of the features of the matrix selection system is the fact that we will have different distances between the cavity and the adjacent tooth and we can divide it into the field medium and the wide situation. This is why it is good to have like at least couple of matrixes from every group and then it will be much much easier to finish the whole treatment on the single visit because without the good matrix, it’s sometimes impossible. [Jaz]I totally agree. And this is why I like the matrix selection system so much so for years, you know I was trying to find also I was trying to use a Palodent for everything but then I realized from your teaching that actually no I can’t sometimes I will have to use the bioclear because it has the extra curvature. Sometimes I when I discovered Tor VM I think it’s from tomorrowtooth.org oh my gosh, stiff. I like the sort of convexity it has several advantages in certain cavities compared to Palodent so this was amazing. And your success stairs. Matrix selection system really gave me some clarity on that. But one question I have on that because you mentioned is that sometimes you have the patient with the posterior diastema where the space is just too big. And yes, maybe you can use the curviest bioclear matrix you have. But at which point do you say no, this is going to be indirect. What is your threshold to say no, this will be indirect? [Maciek]That’s very good question. When are we talking about the wide situation. So when there is like the huge diastema, when we talk about the direct way, and when we talk about the, for example, the bioclear curved matrix, when we’ve got the two teeth, and the distance is pretty big with the maximum amount of space that we can cover is probably something around three to four millimeters. So we can get the extra curvature of the matrix on everyone, like two millimeters. So when we summarize it, this is like before, four millimeters, the funny thing is that it will be not much more easier for our dental technicians to get the very wide space. So this is why To be honest, right now, a lot of the works I will do in a direct way, because I can be much more accurate than the in doing this in an indirect way. So I was told that if you’ve got a problem, if the cavities too deep, or you’ve got the problem with the matrix adaptation, then you should go to indirect way. But from my experience, right now, the best possible option for me when we talk about the accuracy is the good matrix adaptation. And it’s difficult to beat that. If you adapt the matrix in a proper way, your technician will have very big problem to be so accurate as you in doing that in a direct way. So right now I’ve got very few solution to be honest. So I’ve got direct filling and the vertical crown that I am a fan so that only because I’ve got the tooth just to solution for my patients, it’s much better choice for me. And for my patient, it’s much easier to make a decision because that was also my problem. [Jaz]If my directs were as good as yours. I probably won’t need a technician either. So But okay, this, we’ve covered a lot of ground here. And we talked a lot about the nuances and nitty gritty in your visuals, the cases you showed were amazing. The question I asked at the end is a question that again, a lot of people ask, right, and you probably had loads your message in the past about this is how do you restore the last molar? So let’s say you’ve got the do have the seven they don’t have a wisdom tooth. What is your hands, what is the nice technique to get the best cervical seal in those scenarios? [Maciek]Yeah, when we talk about the distal cavity of class two this is almost everything is problematic because the problematic is the preparation because when we work with the rubber dam, there is the arm of the clamp. Very often the core isolation is also difficult so it’s difficult to place the clamp to catch the cavity then there is a problematic because of the safe preparation. When we talk about the preparation we will the [microetcher] or with the prophylactic powder. And also matrix adaptation. Of course, is a problem. So my trick, or maybe it’s not even mine, but I can show you some solution for for that, [Jaz]because quite often they’re very subgingival because of the distal gingiva is always higher up. [Maciek]You know, the funny thing about the distal cavity is that always this will be a member of your family or it will be your friend, or your wife or your mother in law. So the most difficult case always in the family. So the case that you can see this is the friend from my high school, and he came to my office and Maciek just helped me because I began to have the caries on when I saw that case, and I thought you know, you always want to show to your friend how good dentist you are when I look at this photo, I said, Oh my goodness, this will be a really a nightmare, because this is like the biggest nightmare for all the dentists. So what we can do when we talk about the matrix adaptation, so I really like the technique that was presented by Steven [Popanion]. This is the technique that we can call the matrix in matrix. And this is a really cool technique when we can use the the matrix system with the clamp like the also like the Tor saddle matrix, and we can place another matrix inside, and we can pack the Teflon in between the one matrix to another one. So then we can add up the matrix in a perfect way. This is the one thing that we can do. There is also the second option to do that, that we can call this single Floss technique that we can also use the Teflon floss but this time, the single one and when we’ve got the the Teflon on place, then we can just place the celluloid matrix. Of course it’s not very easy, but it’s possible. So also we need celluloid matrix, it’s much easier because it’s not so stiff, but also with the Teflon floss because it’s also not stiff, we can pack the matrix in between. So this is possible. So those are two techniques that I’m using to adapt the matrix on the distal site. And of course, it’s not easy. Sometimes it looks very easy on the photo, but we have to remember that sometimes we have to spend like five to 10 minutes to finish that. [Jaz]That’s awesome. The only thing that I sometimes do for the last molar that you hadn’t shown the slides just yet maybe you use it is the use of the Hallerklammer Clamp? Is that something that you use? [Maciek]You mean, the the gold one, right? [Jaz]the very different shape sort of the long one that you put in the premolar, and it moves your rubber dam more buccal and palataI. I quite like that. And then that has helped me in the past in that situation. Have you got an experience of that? [Maciek]I have never used. I saw that clamp. And to be honest, I wanted to even to buy, but probably I will, because I really like the new things. But you know, I always try to do it in this way. I am not so sure if there is no any clamp on the last tooth, how stable is the rubber dam? But you can tell me because it [Jaz]It depends, you’re right. If you’ve got enough clinical crown height at the distally, then it’s stable. But if it’s you don’t have enough critical crown height, then it slips off. So that is more chances than what you have to do before it slips off, you have to quickly put your clamp on. And usually in that one, you have to use a circumferential matrix, you have to put your matrix on. So you have to put your the circumferential matrix on to stop the rubber dam from coming up and quickly tighten it. So it has some challenges, but it gives you a bit more space. And you know what, Maciek, I think you should get the Hallerklammer Clamp just for the patient who say who says No, I do not want rubber dam and they deny it and they’re claustrophobic. But you put this clamp inside [Maciek]there is no such option in my life [Jaz]I like that. I like that you’re far too cruel. But in those situations, this clamps I kid you not it just moves the cheek and the tongue. The fact that you know that patient with a fat tongue, who will not tolerate the rubberdam for whatever reason, it just moves everything out away. So it’s great. So we covered a lot there. And that’s amazing. Maciek. I know we’re in a COVID world right now. So it might be difficult by no sometimes now and again. You’ve been to the UK you go around the world I think you’re going to Denmark soon to do some teaching, is that right? [Maciek]I hope so. But because of the COVID you never know what will happen. But yes, the plan is for January to go to Argos and to make their the Success Stairs course this will be probably the fourth edition of this course in Denmark. [Jaz]Amazing. Yeah, obviously you know you’ll keep those people listening from Denmark obviously. Check them out. But you’ve had you’ve come to the UK before I believe with the with the Stephen Kerr, you’ve set some courses that before right? [Maciek]Yes, we organize the course with Ian Kerr. Incredible dentist from UK. I really love this guy. And it’s probably because we talked with Ian probably also make the course also in the 2021 in UK, so maybe it will be a good option to meet, [Jaz]Please, I would love to and please do send me the links before that I can just post it to everyone because I you know everyone will see the level of what they are doing. And this is a daily problem that we have. So please do send me that stuff. So when the time comes in 2021 we can give you a good welcome in the UK. But anyone you know people listen from all over the world. Where can they find out your course calendar and the content and your lovely content that you have on on Facebook and on YouTube? How can we see more of it? What are the channels we need to follow? [Maciek]Sure, there are like two options. So I’ve got the channel on the YouTube and that is called the Success Stairs. And there is the the web page on the Facebook. So this is probably the best source to if you want to see the cases that I’m presenting this is the best possible options. So I will send you the link that you can paste in this presentation. [Jaz]I’ll put it in my show notes to those listening protrusive.co.uk/matrix-system. I’ll name it that episode. And then in the show notes, there’ll be all of Maciek’s links, the link to his YouTube video and the Teflon floss, it will all be there. So check it out. Maciek, when you’re next in the UK do let me know I’d love to come and meet you in person. But for now please, please, please keep posting these daily challenging dilemmas because honestly, we learn so much from all the time. So thank you so much for coming on as a guest. I really appreciate our chat today. [Maciek]Thank you, Jaz, that was a real pleasure for me also. So thanks a lot for invitation. And I hope so that we will also have the another meeting soon. [Jaz]Thank you very much. Jaz’s Outro: Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. Hey, if I was five years ago, just one or two years out of dental school. I heard Maciek and his pearls that would have saved me so many individual sort of moments of absolute grief and agony when I’ve been sort of fiddling around these matrix band. So if you found this useful, and you know, a dentist who really, really struggles we all do we have these daily struggles of class two restorations, right?nd if you think they’ll benefit from this episode, please do share it with them, send them on WhatsApp or email them, that’d be really appreciated. That’s how the podcast grows. So thanks so much for listening all the way to the end. And finally, next episode will be anterior midpoint stop appliances part two, so AMPSA part two, to finish off on the splintember, which was I mean amazingly successful, and of course with the splint course launch coming up, so you can go to www.splintcourse.com to pre register for that, but I’ll tell you more about that in the next episode. I hope make it I’m going to make it an really impactful episode so you can get started with anterior midpoint stop appliances straight away. Thanks again and I’ll catch you in the next one.
undefined
Dec 23, 2020 • 45min

Implant Assessment for GDPs: from Space Requirement to Ridge Preservation – PDP052

Learning Dental Implants can be confusing. There are so many layers of complexity, from space requirement, restorative components and surgical nuances. This 2nd part of the 2-part series on Implants with Dr Hassan Maghaireh looks to guide us through the fundamentals of assessing your patient for implants. https://youtu.be/VZfWZf1lpoU We cover A LOT of clinical Implantology for GDPs Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! How do you assess the Implant space for the right mouth in the right patient? When patients ask how long Implants last for, what should we tell them? https://youtu.be/COtd1bpx0Jg How long will my Implant Last? How to respond to this? Can you place implants on Smokers? What is the protocol? Bisphosphonates – at what point are implants contraindicated? How can you tell if it’s going to be a complicated case? How about Perio Susceptible patients and placing implants? How will Parafunctional patients fare with implant restorations? Who should take the tooth out?! GDP or Implant placing Dentist I routinely section molars. Is that a good practice? What is ridge preservation and when to consider this? Protrusive Dental Pearl: How to use a pencil to draw line angles for anterior aesthetic composite restorations. I learned this from Dipesh Parmar on the Mini Smile Makeover course (next course in 2021) https://youtu.be/JDEibGUHA1w Please do not use your wife’s Eyeliner If you enjoyed Dr Hassan’s style of teaching, do check out the BAIRD Implant Course. If you liked this episode, you will love revisiting Complete Dentures with Mark Bishop! Click below for full episode transcript:  Opening Snippet: Name two patients gave you hell in these 35 years. And he said, people who had history of periodontitis before having implants are going to get or at high risk of getting peri-implantitis after having an implant, so there will always be at high risk. And people who have parafunctional habits will always go into grind and break these implants for you... Jaz’s Introduction: Hello, Protruserati. Welcome to Episode 52 of the Protrusive Dental podcast. This is the part two of the implant series with Dr. Hassan Maghaireh. Hope you enjoyed that part one we think about when you’re actually getting into implant when you’re thinking about starting implant journey. Is it right for you? Because that was the last episode. In this episode. We’re getting a little more clinical, reassessing, like what’s suitable for your first case? How would you assess the space, the mouth, the patient that might be suitable for implants? What are the patients to avoid? What about smoking? What about Peri-implantitis? What about bisphosphonates? So you really look into the nitty gritty clinical details about selecting patients that are suitable for implants particularly if you’re starting out. And in fact, I had to listen to this episode again, because so many gems in there about the timing of extraction. Sometimes I wonder, should I be the one extracting this tooth? Or should the person who’s placing the implant be extracting it? So we cover that as well, as well as something I do a lot which is sectioning molars. I’m a big fan of sectioning and elevating molars. And I asked Hassan, Dr. Hanssan what he thought about that, is it right that I’m routinely doing this? Is that a good thing? Or can we run into trouble? So lots and lots covered in this very clinical episode with Dr. Dr Hassan Maghaireh. This episode is sponsored by enlightened smiles and mini smile makeovers. So I want to share a great pearl that again, I get from Dipesh Parmar from the MSM course, which I went on over a year ago. It’s one of the best composite courses or courses at all I’ve ever done. The setup was great, the hands on was awesome. The food is always on point. Thanks to Payman Langroudi, that man. So the pearl I want to share with you is about line angles, right? So when we’re placing our restorations, let’s say composite restorations direct and we’re wanting to create those perfect line angles anteriorly. How do we do it? But you might have seen the trick where we can use a pencil to draw the line angles, and I’m going to show you two different ways to apply the pencil. And because I’m in the studio and not the practice, I don’t have a pencil. So instead of a pencil, I’ll be using this video and eyeliner. It’s my wife’s eyeliner. The funny thing is, I don’t even know if this is eyeliner or not, and I’m just assuming it is. So maybe the ladies can correct me but I think this is eyeliner is Maybelline ‘maybe it’s Maybelline’. Anyway, I’m getting distracted. And she’ll never know because she doesn’t listen to the podcast anyway. So I’m going to use it in two different ways. So if you’re watching the podcast and great, you’re gonna get see it. If you’re listening, I can describe it in a way that’s useful if you want to draw where your line angles want to be. So if you want to draw where you would like for the line angles to be, you should draw it with the tip of the pencil, like you’d normally use a pencil, right? So you draw it in, you know, left and right exactly mesial distal, exactly where you would like the line angles. So then you can use your soft flexed disc or burs or whatever you’d like to use to recreate exactly what you’ve drawn. Right? Now. If you want to see or assess where the line was currently are, so you know whether to push them in or bring them out. It’s a different way of doing it. So you have to hold the pencil, or the eyeliner, in my case on its side. And if you hold it on its side and you just brush against the tooth, the height of contour the tooth, ie the part of the tooth that sticks out the most, which is the line angle will pick up the pencil. So if you want to assess where the line angle currently is, you use the pencil on his side, if you want to draw where you’d like your line angle to be, you use it normally. So that’s a little tip on how to use the pencil. Now, how can we use it clinically in the best way obviously you won’t be using my wife’s eyeliner clinically, you the best bet you have clinically is using those clicky led pencils. So click click click because the beautiful thing about that is once you’ve used it, it’s been the patient’s mouth, you just break away the lead and then you click click click and you know that there’s no contamination there. And of course you can use one of those light cure covers plastic sleeves when you’re using it. So this is like the most infection control friendly way of using it. So hope you found that useful. And thank you again to MSM, minismile makeover for sponsoring this podcast. Episode now right over to Dr Hassan Maghaireh on a very clinical episode part two of the implant series. This is all about assessing your patients for implants. We even go all the way in depth from you know, from the start, we start basic all the way to talk about rich preservation. So, follow along, and I’ll catch you in the outro. Main Interview: [Jaz]Okay, Dr Hassan Maghaireh, Welcome back to this part two that we were doing on implants. So the theme’s implants. The first episode, we talked about where your true self as well, we talked about the implant journey, getting into implants, some challenges, the role of mentorship and continued development. And this one, we want to make a little bit more clinical, because you mentioned something fantastic in that first part whereby, if you’re a general dentist, and you don’t provide implants, we still need to give our patients the option of an implant. And then if a patient turns around to us and says, am I suitable? What’s involved? Is it as simple as this straightforward? We need to have some background knowledge. So I’m hoping this episode will just scratch the surface about that topic. So, Hassan the question to ask is, how do you know that the patient in front of you, the mouth in front of you, or the space in front of you, is correct for an implant versus a different approach? How do you even begin thinking about this massive topic? [Hassan]Okay. The first thing you need to remember that when you look at a space, you need to be looking at like in bigger picture, rather than looking space that can mouth, look at the patient, okay? And as the patient comes to you asking for an implant, try to look at that patient as a series of risks and start to tick box. Do they have that risk? Do they have that risk? Do they have that risk? And if they don’t. Have all the threads, then you could say right, it’s safe now to proceed to dental implant therapy. To keep it simple. The only absolute contraindication for implant dentistry is as simple as uncontrolled medical or dental disease. Everything else is suitable. So you’ve got a diabetic patient, their diabetes are well controlled, perfect, no problem. Is their diabetes uncontrolled? then we cannot go ahead with implant dentistry. We’ve got someone with perio, is perio well controlled? Yes, then we can go ahead with implant dentistry. Their perio is not well controlled, let’s stabilize the perio and then talk about implant dentistry. Now there are some medications which can complicate the implant work. And the most popular ones are obviously Bisphosphonates. And I highly recommend looking at the document by the ADR called the white paper. And it’s basically it’s a consensus document done or the review document done by one of the professors invited by the ADI and it summarizes the guidelines. When is it safe to go ahead and put implant for someone in bisphosphonates or all the grip of that medication and when is it isn’t safe. To summarize that document, basically anyone on intravenous bisphosphonates is a high risk. And that’s to do with the fact that people who take intravenous bisphosphonates, they take it in high dose. So that’s one thing to remember, anyone taking oral tablets for long, long time, which means more than three years that also become medium risk. Now, all of this bisphosphonates less than three years can be a minimum risk, but the risk is there. And you need to be talking to patients about the exact risks involved in having implant dentistry while being on these medications. Another good thing to do with people on bisphosphonates or similar medications is basically to go for a staged approach. So try to you’ve got a patient needing three teeth out, take a single tooth out and see how things go into here. And then if that heals, well, you could move to the second tooth and so on. And then [ ? ] well after tooth extraction, you could say right, then maybe implant too can be safer. There will be some preoperative and post operative antibiotics needed and you need to have a minimum traumatic surgery. So I would highly recommend go and check that white paper by the ADI and I think it’s available for reference. [Jaz]I will add that on the show notes on the website, Protrusive website and the Facebook group as well. So that’s a really good point, and it’s good knowledge to have about bisphosphonates when it comes to you know, surgery, extractions and implants is no exception. So if when your patient, your little old Mrs. Smith comes in, she wants to have some implants to restore her sort of ability to choose something. And she has been on implants where the oral implants for seven years, you can think okay about the white paper and then that’ll help to inform you what the next step is, would you refer? should you place,? whatever you need to do. So that’s a good point. I’ll make that available. [Hassan]So the thing is about oral bisphosphonates that, nowadays, you know, GPs prescribed it regularly. And some GPs wanting to make it easier for their patients rather than taking the tablet once a day, they start offering to give injection to the patients, like twice a year or what whenever. So they move them from a low risk to high risk, although their medical history hasn’t changed. So don’t assume that, oh, she’s only osteoporotic, surely she’s not on injections, some of these patients are on injections, and you have to be double checking that. [Jaz]That’s a good point, because I just assumed if they asked what’s your [inaudible], there’ll be an oral and it’s the more the cancer risk, or whatever that would be taking the infusions at all very severe. So yeah, it’s a good point to double check your medical history. [Hassan]So basically, going back to the very first point, unstable dental, unstable medical diseases all these people want to keep away from. Now, as you go into implant dentistry further down further deeper, you need to start to think about, okay, what are the things which can complicate the future treatment? And I remember was attending a lecture by someone who had 35 years experience in implant dentistry. And it was a beautiful lecture at the end of the lecture, the moderator asked him and said, name two patients gave you hell in these 35 years. And he said, people who had history of periodontitis before having implants are going to get out at high risk of getting perio-implantitis after having an implant. So there will always be at high risk. And people who have parafunctional habits will always go into grind and break this implants for you. And I watched your episode about stents. And it’s really amazing. And I think this is something else every dentist needs to know about. Because if you’re going to offer implant dentistry to a patient, like it or not, they become [inaudible] implants. And you become somehow responsible for this long term success of these restorations. And this is where communication is very important at the very beginning. Because like it or not even in the United Kingdom, you will have patients thinking that the fact they’re paying you 3000 4000 pounds per implant that said, it’s going to be there forever. And they will forget the fact that they bought a car for 20,000 pounds. And that car is not forever. So I think that sort of education needs to be there in the assessment visits to our patients that, you know, yes, you’re having an implant, but there will be lots of maintenance and review visits needed afterwards. [Jaz]Just the flash question, Hassan, when a patient asks you, how long will my implant last? What do you say? [Hassan]Well, that’s a very good question. Because obviously dentists are under pressure to say, my implant will last you for life, don’t worry. But actually, you worried because if you go to the person and say, I cannot guarantee them, but do you worry that this patient might go somewhere else? So the best way to do it is to go and say, and this is why I say evidence based studies. So basically, it’s not my theory, it’s proper research, suggests that if implants are looked after really well, we can have a survival rate of 95% up to 15 years, maybe longer. Having said that, the same study suggests that if you fail to keep the implants clean, and if you get gum disease around your teeth, and your implant, your implant going to fail within the first couple of years. So basically, I’m making it clear that we will do everything to make sure you get that long term survival. However, it’s a two way equation. I need your help and your support to look after by two brackets your implant and I think patients need to understand that it’s their problem. They came to us with a failing tooth. They came to us with a missing tooth, and we’re doing our part and I genuinely believe every dentist is going to be an honest dentist trying their best to help the patient. But the patient needs to understand that they have in a role in these long term success should they wanted to be there, [Jaz]That’s a really great point. And it’s the same thing I talked about parafunction splint, you know, the reason I coler in my splints and then they grind it, and then they see the markings is that so they can begin to own the problem, because quite often, they have no idea that it’s there. And then when they see, and then they own the problem, to just start that, they to own that implant and own the problems that could happen with their implants, because it’s in their mouth, and they need to uphold the basic level of care and maintenance as well. So I’m sure that’s drilled into them excuse upon in some from the beginning as part of the consent process. [Hassan]100%. And that’s the other thing, you know, in the consent process, you talked to them about pre operative assessment, and then you talk to them about what we’re going to do during the surgical and restorative stages. But then the third part, which is as important is what’s going to happen after completing the work, and this is, again, where we’re talking about general dental practitioner, you know, every dentist should have the absolute minimum knowledge on how to maintain a dental implant, at least how to diagnose peri-implantitis, how to diagnose continuous bone loss around the dental implant, and when to refer that patient back to the dentist. I had one of my lovely referring dentist bless her, she referred me a central incisor case, I’ve done the case everything went perfect. And then they for one reason or another patient driving with teeth at night, the screw went loose. So then the patient went to see his dentist and then don’t worry about it, we’ll wait for it until it comes out. She didn’t know that you biting on a a tiny loose screw is going to break that screw. And then that case was sort of converted from a simple case where you tighten the screw in three minutes, to a very complicated case where we have to put the patient through one hour of screw removal, which was very stressful for the patient and for us as well. So these little things, I mean, this is an invitation to every single dentist to go and look for these open evenings, continuing education conferences, they need to know about implant dentistry. And I think that’s something you and I covered in part one. [Jaz]Absolutely. And I think you raise a great point, if you’re a general dentist and you know, we’ve all seen it, the patient that comes in and their implants are swiveling around. And if you don’t know anything about that you think oh my god, what’s happening? the implant’s loose. You know, if you’re newly qualified, like, Oh, my God, what’s happening, I need to call someone This looks really serious. But it’s just as simple as just removing the implant restoration composite that’s on top and removing the ptfe your cotton revolute place there and just giving a little Titan quarter turn whatever, and then putting the restoration back and your patients are happy and you’ve avoided this complication. So it’s about that, just like I said, again, that level one, level two knowledge which is which is so key. And we don’t get that why certainly didn’t get that in my undergraduate to the extent that I’ll be confident to deal with that situation. Unless I had and sort pursued extra courses and knowledge to do that and or add mentorship and guidance. Hassan, that tell me about smokers? Because that’s a huge one, right? My patients smokes. And I need to let’s say refer them to my, our in house dentist who places implants. Is there any point where an implant dentists will say no, I definitely will not. Is there a minimum number and the evidence says that if you smoke above this point, there’s no implant for you. If you smoke between here and here, we might do it if everything else in our favor. Do we have a magic number? [Hassan]Yes. Well, I mean, we have very good research from Professor Bain. And he’s basically he’s a British Professor based in Scotland and he’s done amazing research on smokers and implants in the mid 80s, early 90s and at the time, it showed that smokers will have higher risk of implant failures okay? But then that most of that research was done on machined implant on the polished implants which let’s say the old style implants. Now, more research was done by Professor Bain and his group and other you know, research in the dental literature. When we have the modern implant services which are implant services treated differently, to encourage better osseointegration it shows the actually smoking will not really influence osseointegration as we felt before, having said that, we do have good research showing that let’s say if we talk about survival and implant dentistry 97% as a smoker, it goes to mid 80s so there is a risk. And that’s to do with the fact that we know, when you smoke, you’re going to affect the oxygenation to the little capillaries supplying blood supply to the bone and the surrounding bone. When you smoke, you’re going to get high risk of wound dehiscence. When you smoke, that normal flora inside your mouth gonna be converted into very aggressive bacteria. So that balance inside your mouth is not going to be right anymore. So you’re always at higher risk of having complications. Now, if you are a smoker, and you have a perio disease, that’s when you get like synergetic negative effect. And that’s when things start to even cause more damage. Now, to summarize, when it comes to implant dentistry, some research suggests that if you smoke 10 or less, you’re classified as light smoker, and that will not have as negative effect if you’re heavier smokers 20, 15 cigarettes a day. That’s really number one. So I’ll go talk to smokers. And I tell them, do you know what I know you will never stop smoking, despite whatever I’d say at least cut down to less than 10. Having said that, there are very good articles and studies showing stopping smoking for about 60 days or so will bring you back as a healthy person when it comes to blood oxygenation, and good healing abilities. So there are some random control trials done on rats. And they found that these rats who smoke they have very low bone density, very low ability of healing. But then when they make them stop smoking on within 60 days, they come back to as healthy as the control group. So stopping smoking does make a huge difference. [Jaz]I couldn’t keep a straight face that I’ve just got this image of this rat holding the cigarette. [Hassan]I have the image of the Big Bang Theory. Well, let’s say men. Yeah, [Jaz]Sheldon. [Hassan]Sheldon. His girlfriend, Amy? [Jaz]Okay, I forgot the name of the girl. Yeah, [Hassan]She’s, like studies on monkeys, if you remember, I’m giving them about six. So rule number three, we talked about, you know, smoking less than 10 is better than heavy smoking. Rule number two, as we talked about stopping smoking makes huge difference. And first, all that negative effect. And rule number three, smoking itself can work with implant dentistry. But I go to the patient and say, don’t come and ask me why I had no papilla or why I have recession after my surgery. So don’t expect to get cosmetic implant dentistry or aesthetic, soft tissue come to if you’re a smoker. And rule number four. If you need bone grafting, or sinus grafting, it’s an absolute contraindication in my book, because this is where things start to be more complicated. I will now with confidence, say I will never do sinus graft for a smoker. I will hesitate 100 times before I do bone blocking grafting for a smoker. Because anything needs advanced surgery needs huge amount of blood supply, smokers will just won’t work for them. [Jaz]Brilliant. That’s a nice little summary. So less than 10. 60 days you mentioned and really to avoid it in patients who might need advanced work and to tell the patient is that not expect a cosmetic benefit from the soft tissues. That’s a really nice, I’ve certainly gained from that myself. So when I’m seeing smokers now I have a bit more confidence speak about them and be make sure that my referrals to my Implant Dentist are more appropriate. Of course, I’ll send it to my Implant Dentist anyway to have that chat. But I can have that little bit of confidence in myself that you know we’re on the same page. So that’s grant. And lastly I want to talk about clinically because we there’s so much we could talk about and I want to make it most valued for those listening mostly GDPs, when you have a patient who has an unrestorable molar, let’s say and it may or may not have a apical infection, how do you decide between ‘Hey, should I send it to my, if they’re asymptomatic, should I send it to my implant dentist to assess before the extraction or should I extract the tooth then send it or can I can you predict whether something will be an immediate placement or will the implant dentist or wait a bit? How do you even begin to come to those sorts of decisions? [Hassan]Okay, obviously I mean different implant dentists will like to work differently. Okay. But I think the most important advice is try to communicate with your implant dentist. Personally, I prefer to see them before having the tooth out. Because as an implant dentist, one of the things which will help us to predict the long term survival of this case, and to decide how to manage this case is to look at the tooth before it’s been out and know why that specific person needing to lose that tooth, was it due to perio or was it due to infection, or just unresolvable cracked tooth. So that makes a huge change in the workflow and in the long term survival. So that’s number one. Number two, try to think about an upper molar. And sometimes this upper molars have roots, either touching the floor of the sinus or sometimes even poking into the side. And you know, the moment you take that tooth out, the sinus flow will just collapse all the way down. And the way I described it to my patients, I tell them, think about posterior teeth, like a pole supporting a tent, you remove the pole, the tent drops down. And the same thing happens, the moment you take a posterior tooth especially if it’s touching the sinus or bulking to the sinus, you’re going to get what we call Sinus pneumatization, expansion of that air cavity, which will complicate the implant case later on. Because that patient might need to go through sinus elevation or sinus grafting. Now, if we did decide to take that tooth out, and maybe go for ridge preservation in the same visit, take the tooth out and pack some process bone into the socket with some soft tissue graft on the top. That will minimize bone remodeling in that area and preserve the outer shape of the ridge and keep that sinus floor high up. So then that case will be straightforward case 12, 16 weeks afterwards. Why I’m saying that? Because you know what we said there are people who do implants. But to do sinus graft, you need to even have more advanced training, and you need to even pay more for your indemnity. So not every Implant Dentist can deal with sinus grafting because of either they don’t have the training or they don’t want to pay this for time indemnity. Okay, so we’re talking about the difference between like 3000 pounds versus 12,000 pounds for indemnity for example, if you touch the sinus so by doing this, you avoid getting your patient through sinus grafting. And another important reason some patients especially in England, you’re going to or Glasgow or Scotland or UK in generally, you’re gonna have people with really inflamed sinuses, thick lining or infected sinus and it would be nice to not do any surgery close to the sinus. So by doing this ridge preservation can help. So in general, my advice to you whether it’s anterior or posterior, the moment you and your patient reach a decision that this tooth unepairable and beyond repair, refer to the implant dentist while the tooth still there, it will make a huge difference. Now, what protocol your Implant Dentist gonna go for, don’t do the very detailed assessment. And then we can decide to go for immediate or early or delayed. Anything within the first 24 hours called immediate, anything up to eight weeks according to Cochrane classification called airly and anything after that, we call it delete. Now this is Cochrane Collaboration classification. The ITI has a different classification is to do with the healing process. Fresh extraction socket, type one. Soft tissue healing but not bone healing, and that’s type two. Soft tissue healing with partial bone healing, type three. Soft tissue healing and full bone healing, type four. So the difference between the ITI classification and Cochrane classification, Cochrane is more time scale, while ITI is more like biology and certain healing process because type two for a molar let’s say after eight weeks time, that molar will be type two. The central incisor will be type three three, for example. So you know what tooth you’re dealing with. Each of them has its pros and cons. You know, I know some people like immediate because it says patients having too many surgeries and, you know, get the workflow quicker. But then immediate have some risks, if especially if they’re done in the wrong patient, you need to have a scan to check the bone volume, to make sure there is no latent or sleeping bacteria if you like or infection in that area, you want to make sure that the person has thick gum thick bio type, because if you have the thin body type, you might get recession, you want to check that lingual plate is intact or not. So there are certain criteria, a person need to know whether this patient is suitable for immediate or not. Cochrane Collaboration through their systematic reviews found that the safest is to go for early because with the early, where you if you have any remaining infection that would be gone, most of the remodeling would take place. So when you open the surgical site, you know what you’re dealing with. And you haven’t lasted too long, like delayed, so you don’t get too much bone shrinkage. But yeah, I think it’s all about communication. And I’m sure every Implant Dentist would love to talk to you as a referring dentist about what, you know, the best way forward. [Jaz]I mean, everyone has their own clinical preferences. So definitely what you mentioned that have an open conversation to say, yes, you said that generally, it’s nice for the implant dentist to see the tooth. And it makes so much sense to me, you know, to actually all those reasons that you mentioned, for them to have that opportunity. Because you know, you don’t always get that opportunity. So when you have the opportunity, we know this tooth needs to come out, to have that chat, to have the scan, potentially stent or whatever, that can all happen with the implant dentist. And that’s a really good idea. But to have that open conversation. So even just to send an email or some photos or some x rays to your implant placing dentist if you’re not placing yourself can carry a lot of weight I think. The next question I had is, do you or would you always section and elevate upper molars, which is like a routine thing for you to do? [Hassan]That’s a very good question. Because, you know, preserving the bone can make a huge difference. And the way we teach and the way I was taught that rather than taking an upper molar, try to section it into three small anterior teeth. So imagine this big molar with three roots section into three small roots, and then they’ll come out easily. So that case will be converted into an easier case. And then the chance of you damaging the bone will be much less. Definitely that’s the way forward. But the question is, what do we do after having that tooth removed? Are we going to leave it? But are we going to do immediate placement, or are we going to do ridge preservation? And that’s where and this is another invitation for general dental practitioners to know more about ridge preservation even if they don’t want to do implants. Imagine you’re taking that upper pemolar , let’s say you’re taking up a second premolar out. And the treatment plan is to go for a bridge, just a conventional bridge from the first premolar to the first molar, right? So you remove the five, out then you do nothing, what’s going to happen to the ridge? It’s going to collapse all the way right? Buccal Lingually. So you come to restore it, you have two options. Either your lab technician gives you a nice looking tooth with like a ridge lap. So you don’t see that collapse. But then that ridge lap going to attract food, so it’s not going to be hygenic restoration. Or you go to your dentist, to your lab technician say no, don’t get me ridge lap, give me enough of a contact. So it doesn’t trap food, but it’s going to look ugly. Well, if you’ve done ridge preservation, it’s going to preserve the ridge for you. And then you can have a nice looking but also hygienic restoration. And hence, this is an invitation for every single dentist to look into ridge preservation techniques. Even if you don’t want to do implants and it’s simple. You take the tooth out, you clean the socket really well, you debribe the socket really well. Either with an excavator, or if I can say there are very good, deep granulation burs you could buy and then they clean the socket really well for you. They remove granulation tissue but they don’t remove bone on your slow handpiece and then you decide what bone material you’re going to use according to whether you’re going to leave it and not and put implants at all. So you could use xenograft calf bone for example. Or you could if you want to come back and put an implant then we can use allograft or alloplast and then you get a little piece of the gum which you can take it from the retromolar area, cut like a circle and stitch on the top, obviously that’s a very simplified way of it. But what I’m trying to say it’s not complicated. You don’t need to be someone really experienced in oral surgery to be able to do ridge preservation. And I strongly believe every general dental practitioner should know how to do ridge preservation, even for conventional dentistry. [Jaz]Hassan, I love the point that you made about actually forget implants, even for a bridge to do that socket preservation, it really brings the point home really nicely. So I really appreciate you making that point in that way that you did it. That’s really clever. And I think it’s a really good skill I can be really I’ve been a few courses that takes heads. It’s not rocket science, I have say, a silly GDP that myself, I think it’s very possible to pursue. And I think it makes a great difference. So the last question I have as a GDP, who wants to learn more about implant dentistry about the clinical side from you just a flavor is just on the very theme of let’s say, you remove a premolar and then you get that buccal, lingual sort of resorption natural healing process if you like, Is there evidence that early or immediate placement implants or preserve bone or is that false thinking? [Hassan]Okay, there was an old school of thoughts thinking that immediate placement will preserve bone and that’s false thinking. There are very good study on animals, random control trials, john, where they took it tooth out and then put an immediate implant and they found on no change in the bone loss. Let me just throw out some numbers here. Your buccal lingual bone shrinkage will depend on the biotype of that case, if you have thin biotype which means thin gum thin layer plate underneath you’re going to get 50% buccal lingual bone loss so that ridge of eight millimeter can go to four millimeter within the first 24 weeks which is huge damage. If you have thick biotype, you get up to 20% buccal lingual shrinkage within the first 24 weeks. So that’s sort of evidence base fact. Now people thought okay, let’s put an implant there and stimulate the ridge and see what happens. They found the same level of bone shrinkage. Other study said Okay, what about if we put an implant and do immediate loading to stimulate the bone even better, they found no difference, you will still get the same level of bone shrinkage and the risk here if you put a wide implant as people used to do in the past, to get good stability in that socket as the bone shrinks, these threads will start to get exposed and you start to get a dirty implant infected area. Therefore, nowadays even if people want to go for immediate placement, we know that we go for a narrower implants and allow for a little gap and that little gap will be filled with bone. So if we get that buccal bone shrinkage, the process bone will stop the gum collapsing further down. And we get our primary stability whenever we do immediate placement from the apical 1/3 rather than the coronal 1/3. So we always go for longer implant getting bone stability from the bone beyond the socket. So to summarize, no immediate placement will not minimize or stop bone loss. Putting diamond in the socket will not stop bone loss. So bone loss will take place just because you and I and everyone else listening are humans made it biology. [Jaz]Should you be doing socket preservation for every single extraction, then? [Hassan]Okay, personally, if I want to use the correct term, I like to use ridge preservation because we cannot preserve the socket. Okay? So that’s number one. Number two, depends what you’re gonna do afterwards. If I’m doing a conventional bridge, I will do ridge preservation. If I’m doing, if I’m placing an implant after the year, I will do bridge preservation. But if I’m placing an implant after eight weeks no, I mean, eight weeks is good enough for blood clot to form nicely. I will come back, place my implant and do my guided bone regeneration at the time of my implant placement. [Jaz]Amazing. Well, that’s a lovely sort of overview on some of the clinical aspects, you know smoking, you quite quite correctly said ridge preservation, and a few patient related factors such as bisphosphonates, which are such common things that we see in practice, day in day out. Hassan, any closing comments on clinical implantology for the GDP, or the ones who are sort of starting out in their implant career. [Hassan]I like what one of my friends told me the other day, you are, the average of your best two friends that the two best friends you have. So my advice to you always try to link yourself with successful people. Because you know, try to always be part of the group. And by doing that, you’re going to have motivation to take you forward, you’re going to have this push from your colleagues to become a better dentist. You need to be closing your eyes, not while you’re driving, but later on, closing your eyes and try to think Where do you see yourself five years down the line, how to target and work towards that target. And if you see yourself five years down the line doing implants dentistry, pick up the phone, and start asking friends look for a good course. And don’t allow anyone to put you down getting into this beautiful field of dentistry. It’s one of the most rewarding aspects of general dentistry is to try to build something out of nothing, or restore people’s confidence. I know putting veneers are great. I know straightening the teeth is amazing. But do you know what? I think there is nothing as good as converting someone from a conventional denture to a fixed bridge and giving them their life back. So you know, guys, the market in the United Kingdom needs more Implant Dentist, just to give you an idea. UK has the least number of implant dentists compared to Europe, when it comes to comparison number of implant dentists per population. And there is huge potential there for you, go for it if you think you can do it. But if you want to do it, remember, it’s a marathon. It’s a continual education, just like any other aspects in dentistry. Thank you very much. [Jaz]Hassan, Thanks so much. And any details of Hassan course? Is it part of the BAIRD? Is that the umbrella for your course? [Hassan]I am the scientific advisor. I’m the head of the Scientific Committee of the Bridge Academy Implant Restorative Dentistry, which is B-A-I-R-D. And please, if you have time, you can look at our Facebook page or our website, which is baird.uk.com. And we do run short courses, long courses. And we do collaborate with different universities in the UK and in Europe as well. And you know what? Pick up the phone come and speak to us, even if you just want to have a chat about how to pursue a career in implant dentistry, or whether you want to double check if it’s the right thing for you or not. [Jaz]That’s amazing. Hassan, I just want to say as well, I think the next step for anyone listening or watching this, and you haven’t started on the implant journey is would you agree, Hassan, maybe the next step is to pick up the phone and maybe find the person in your area who’s placing implants at the moment. And hopefully the pandemic is going to be by the time this come out on the downward slope. And hopefully, you can start shadowing some Implant Dentist, Wouldn’t that be great? [Hassan]Golden advice, Jaz, golden advice. [Jaz]I got it from you, my friend. Hassan, Thank you so much. I really appreciate you coming on and sharing your sort of journey, ideas about getting started and also a few clinical things that a lot of dentists tend to ask misconception dentistry about, you know, ridge preservation stuff. So really appreciate all that. And I wish you all the best. And it’s been great connecting with you. Thank you so much. [Hassan]Thank you Jaz and good luck with your beautiful podcasts. They’re very useful. And well done. Keep up the great work, man. Thank you. [Jaz]Thank you so much. Jaz’s Outro: So there we have it. Thank you so much for listening all the way to the end. Listen, if you found value from this episode, if you’d liked the implant sort of themes that we covered and you like the content I’m generating, please do me a favor and share it with a friend who you think will benefit. If you want CPD out of it currently it’s on dentinal tubules. So if you’re tubules member, check it out. You can get your CPD by answering a few simple questions. If you’re not a tubules member, then that’s just another added value you can get from tubues so check them out. And again, I really appreciate your listenership always, please do hit that subscribe button. I’ll catch you in that next episode. Thank you.
undefined
Dec 19, 2020 • 48min

‘My patients are choosing cheaper, inferior options’ – GF002

When you present your patients with the ideal options, but they end up choosing ‘patch-up’ Dentistry…this is a real world problem, and we will tackle it in a comprehensive way in this Group Function! Thank you Anonymous Dentist on Instagram for sending in this BRILLIANT question: Hey jaz! I’ve been listening to your podcast and I’m a huge fan!I especially enjoyed the Chris Orr one and the communication one.I just wondered if I could have some advice please..I’m working across two practices at the moment, 1 fully private and 1 mixed practice.At the mixed practice, often patients with broken teeth don’t want to pay for crowns/onlays even though I spell out the benefits, often they will go for a replacement amalgam (which I hate doing) or a large private composite (again risk of debond due to the size)What would you recommend? If a patient doesn’t want to pay for a crown /onlay but you’ve spelt it all out then I’m not sure what else I can do?Thanks in advance! X Anonymous Dentist in the UK, Instagram https://youtu.be/Y9xGee14LMg Real world problem in Dentistry…what is the solution? Full episode above You all know what happens when you get Zak Kara to give a quick answer….there is not such thing! Dr Zak Kara goes way beyond the call of duty and delivers us solutions in his signature comprehensive fashion! We tried to steer away from the NHS vs Private Dentistry debate too much – but definitely your environment and the values of your patients plays a huge role. Thank you so much for sending this question in – if anyone has a question they want to submit, do contact me via the website or send your question via DM on Protrusive Dental Instagram. If you found this valuable, share it with your associates and principals. If you liked this, you will also like Zak’s gems on Communication in Episode 10! Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! Here are some comprehensive notes/episode summary was written by fellow Protruserati, Taha Adamji – Thank you, Taha!: PDP GF002 – Communication with Zak Kara – patients always choosing the inferior option ROLE PLAY  Building rapport as you’re coming up/welcoming them in  E.g. How was your journey in today?/How’s your day going today? Feel free to put your things over there and take a seat – give them clear direction when they come in about what to do  What can I do for you? My molar broke – yes I heard, (Receptionist name) told me you’re having a bit of trouble with a tooth on the UL  I’ve had a look through your notes/X-rays/photos etc – from your previous visits – this shows you are well prepared to help them  Sorry to hear that/ that can happen sometimes (empathy) Is this the first time this has happened to you or has it happened before? (History)  Am I right that it doesn’t/does it hurt right now? Is it rough to your tongue/uncomfortable? Patient mentioned the clinic/gave praise Thank you/that’s kind of you to say, I’m reassured by that/what do you already know about us?/it’s your first time seeing me /you saw (x) dentist previously is that right? – all shows you have taken the time time to read their notes/are interested in them and their past experiences Patient apologised for not coming  That’s no problem/Don’t apologise/there’s no need to apologise. What we do here is always blame free/judgement free dentistry Let’s see how we can help you with this problem tooth today: Because this is a “get you of of trouble type of appointment”/urgent/emergency appt, the aim for today is to focus on that one tooth I’m not going to do a full health check/exam today if that’s okay, I’m going to focus on this main problem for you But let’s also check there’s nothing else urgent going on and then we’ll see if we can get this problem solved for you by the end of the visit  What did you hope or expect was going to happen today? (Check expectations) “I was hoping it could be patched up and then I would be on my way” that’s definitely something we could do for you to make it smoother/perhaps take away that sharp edge so that it’s more comfortable  Does that sound okay to you? “How long is that going to last me” Well why don’t we take a bit of a look at it/I’ll put my magnification on/mask up (emphasises you’re going to look at it carefully, in detail)  don’t over promise too early – investigate it first, don’t make any assumptions about treatment options yet  Often when a tooth breaks there’s a reason behind it / did you have an idea on why that might have happened in your tooth’s case? “ I shouldn’t have had that chocolate” Patient/dentist may tend to focus in on the tooth in isolation only – but we need to look at the mouth and the patients as a whole   what is the patients goal here?  any pain to resolve? Roughness/sharp edges – we are going to solve this today  Long term goal/expectations? Examination  Let’s put the chair back and have a look your tooth but first: I’m going to ask you to bite together, let me have a gentle feel of your glands under your chin Let me have a gentle feel of your jaw joint – so open nice and big for me  Check the soft tissues etc  Demonstrates to the patient that you are checking not just the tooth but the whole mouth  Keep signposting exactly what you’re doing as your doing it – try not to have a silent examination – describe everything you’re doing as you do it  the word gentle – implies not going to be rough, taking your time, nothing sudden  Describe in lehman terms for the patients benefit and for the nurses – any technical terms means write this down: I can see the very back tooth – is broken down to a large extent/a quarter of the tooth missing/the inner wall of the tooth is missing/the existing silver filling is still in place  Checking if TTP/palpating: Lets have a gentle feel of the tooth/ I’m going to gently tap/press on a few teeth if that’s okay/and number them 8,7,6,5 “If that’s okay?” Press and see if any response – don’t just start whacking teeth with the mirror handle unexpectedly Co-diagnosing with the patient: How about we translate this to English for you in just a second I want to keep you in the loop I know dentists are weird, we talk in technical terminology because we’re trying to sound clever  Checking with a perio probe: I want to gently feel around the tooth to check where the edge of the broken section of the tooth is To check if it broken below or above the gum line – and that makes a difference – we’ll come back to that for you I want to take an X-ray of this tooth (nurses name) if that’s okay – so that I can see the root end of the tooth (knows it’s a PA)  Takes X-ray We’re going to get that developed then we can see it on the screen  In the mean time let’s take a photograph/intra oral camera/scan of the tooth to have a closer look and we can show you  Tap on the shoulder/Why don’t you have a sit up I’ll bring the chair up, feel free to take the glasses off, we’ll take a look at the x-ray and photos together?  Would you like me to give you a bit of an overview of what’s going on? Need to relate everything that is happening to the context of the patients life Demographic  Their expectations What has been done before/what is normal for them – constant patch ups  Cost/budget/practice plan fees Time/effort required  The patients inner monologue/beliefs and values about their teeth – normal for them to lose teeth? Very difficult to change a patients mindset, takes a long time  Instil your values, of comprehensive care to your patient base through your content-  blogs/Instagram/newsletters? patient base becomes self selecting  if they want things patched up that’s completely acceptable too – they need to understand the implications of this however  Shows photograph of broken tooth “Errr Is that what my tooth looks like?” Can you imagine having a job where we have to look at this all day long? (Jokes lighten the tone) Can I give you summary of what I can see here? So there’s 3 things we’re looking at here: Bone support Is the tooth well embedded in its foundations – roots of teeth and bone is like a tent peg in the ground/molar has 3 roots like your fingers in a bowling ball – really well embedded  Does that make sense so far? Chunking and checking – give bits of information then check they understand it – so that’s the first thing  2. Structural stability  The second thing – and the main reason you’ve come to see us today – we need to check that the tooth is mechanically sound  Did you know a silver filling is not glued inside the tooth? It sits inside the tooth/the channel in the middle keeps the filling in place- like a pear shape – it’s deeper at the bottom than at the top  Can you see how thin this part of the tooth is – it’s so fragile – I can imagine that is what was going on before it broke on the other side  You know when a bridge falls down over a river – can you imagine it wasn’t the last car that drove over it that caused it to collapse – it was actually the fact that it probably going wrong for some time – does that make sense? What I’m trying to say is this tooth hasn’t instantly broken from a bit of chocolate – it was probably heading that way for a period of time 3. Biological seal  When you have a filling inside of a tooth it needs to be sealed all the way around the edges because it’s a bacteria seal  if bacteria manage get in and around your filling they can get underneath (I know this sounds a bit horrible) but that means the filling is leaking And that leakage around the edges can soften the foundations   a lot of people come to see us thinking they have broken their tooth on a olive stone or a chocolate – but probably the tooth and the filling has been deteriorating over time because the filling is sitting on soft foundations  Patients value the explanation – because it matters in terms of what our options are next – can I show you why? Can I show you a picture of somebody else who has been in a similar situation to you?  Get out iPad with photos to show example This is Jane who came to see me (always put context with somebody’s name on it – that matters because they can visualise that this was a real persons tooth) Here is Jane’s tooth with a silver filling in it – luckily we preempted the breakage in this tooth – can you see that tiny wall of the tooth is starting to crack – we realised that this was going to break at some point so what we did was we removed the filling – swipe on the iPad to show the filling removed Can you see the dark brown foundations underneath there – this is deteriorating underneath Can you see that the wall of this tooth here is very thin? – it’s so fragile that if i’d left that in place, Jane would be coming back a few weeks or months later and even this part of the tooth might have broken off as well So here is what we did – we have filled in the missing tooth structure – we shaped down the tooth to a degree and put a strong cap over the top and this binds the whole thing together  Like having a helmet on top of a head/jubilee clip It prevents flexing of the thin part of the tooth from from breaking  Can I ask you how much of a risk taker are you? The reason I ask you that is because today what I’d recommend is that I’m going to seal this section for you because we want to reduce the chance that surface of the tooth become sensitive at some point – it will also make it a bit smoother so your tongue won’t keep going there/feels a bit more comfortable for you  The reason I ask you about risk taking is because it depends how quickly we want to proactively do something for your tooth – the longer we leave it the higher the chance that the other thin wall of the tooth is going to break away  If you don’t want to do a larger MODP amalgam or composite – maybe don’t offer it? or present it in such a way that it is not a good option? If we want to do something that will help keep your tooth in your mouth for a long period of time i.e. hopefully years, decades and if your lucky – the rest of your life  then we need to do something proactive and strong  to protect this thin wall My worry with this tooth (patient name) is that if the remaining part of your tooth breaks off and you come to see me there may be no tooth left to rebuild – so let me ask you well how would that make you feel? (some patients would not be that bothered at this stage – just take it out – but others may really want to prevent this situation) If the patient is still choosing the ‘subpar’ big filling option – then you could play devil’s advocate and ask them – how long would you expect it to last for? Because they need to understand that this will probably not last very long  If they are chipping bits of tooth off everywhere why might this be? NB: Can place a direct composite core overlay – as an interim measure – allows you time to assess pulpal health/periapical issues Always present the best option first  “If it was my tooth…” ? for all the reasons I’ve explained, with the photos etc the tooth would really benefit from protecting these thin walls by putting a cap/onlay on there as you will get the longest lasting result – this will cost £x and I think it will last you a long time You have the option of going for a big filling BUT I don’t think that it’s going to last you as long, and it will cost £x Talk about the better option for longer – not manipulative  “What would you do?” Just tell them what you would actually do (don’t dodge the question) honesty is the best policy don’t try to force them to make the decision themselves and avoid any responsibility because that may just harm your rapport with the patient (seems like you don’t care?) You need to have the context of the patient when knowing what the best option for them is going to be teeth are not in isolation – they in people’s mouths  What are their life circumstances and approach to dealing with a problem in order to find the best solution for them Is the patient okay with continually patching things up or do they value having something that is going to last a long time  do they know how long the patch up will last for and the cost for each time to have it fixed?  Would they rather pay more to have a longer lasting option?  Or are they okay with losing the tooth if it breaks down further?  maybe its better/in the patients best interests to not offer the subpar option? There isn’t just the initial financial implication – but also to do with the number of repeats –  They may be back again soon paying the same amount again to have it fixed  Unlike building work – if everything goes horribly wrong – you can knock it down and start again  but with teeth once it’s gone – the bit that mother nature has given you – is gone  Click below for full episode transcript: Jaz's Introduction: Hello, Protruserati, and welcome to another group function, the second one, and this is such a mammoth topic. So, thank you, you know who you are, you sent me a question on Instagram, and I hope we have delivered, and the best person I've found to answer this question, it's a huge mammoth topic around communication, basically. [Jaz] I’ve got Zak Kara, and the question is, I work in two practices, and again, I’ll read the whole question out when we get into the episode. But it’s along the lines of, I work in two practices. One’s private and one’s public funded or in the UK, we know that as a mixed practice and my patients keep choosing the cheaper, inferior options. So this dentist is finding that she’s having to do a lot of really large, ambitious composites and a lot of MODBL sort of amalgam restorations with a dovetail inside and just patch up dentistry. So she says, why is there such a big difference? Even though I clearly spell out the benefits. Patients are still going for the inferior option. Why is this happening? So, I got Zak in to really tackle this in a big way, as Zak would do so. So, initially the point of group function was, hey, let’s make, helpful bite sized 10-to-15-minute episodes. But Zak, what can I say? He’s a comprehensive dentist. He’s a comprehensive guy. So, he really went no holds barred. We have a full on discussion. There’s some role play in there. And you know what? It was all quite kind of fun. And I sort of streamed this as a live. It kind of failed, but then I premiered it and those people who watched it for about an hour and a half. It was live on the Facebook group. You guys gave some positive feedback. So I hope you guys listening, enjoy this. Let’s go right into onto this mammoth, mammoth question. Welcome to Group Function number two with one of our fan favorites. This is Zak Kara. Zak, welcome to the show once again. [Zak] Hey, Jaz, how are you doing? I can’t believe you caught me on a Saturday night for this. We must have uber dedication to this cause or something, or I must really like you. I don’t know. [Jaz] I can’t think of anyone better. I know, but I can’t think of anyone better for this topic. And basically the purpose of group function, I know you haven’t tuned into the first one, is to help answer questions of the Protrusive Dental community or the Protruserati. And I’ve had absolute banging question, something that’s really, really pertinent. And I’m just going to bring it up on the screen. Now, I know you can only see the first part of it. And I just wanted to show this because it’s someone who’s a huge fan, which makes you feel all warm and fuzzy inside. And then, she said that she enjoyed Crystal and the communication one. But what she means by the communication one was your one. [Zak] No, it’s not. [Jaz] You know, that’s you. [Zak] Must be all the other stuff. [Jaz] So anyway, she sent this amazing question and I’m going to read it out so that those people who will be listening in the future can tune in and really follow what we’re saying. And so Zak, you can see it as well. So the question is, I read it out. I wondered if you could have some advice, please. Right. “I’m working across two practices, one fully private and one mixed practice.” So those people from abroad, not in the UK, a mixed practice is like public dentistry and fee per item private dentistry. And what one thing I think me and Zak have agreed not to go too far down the rabbit hole of to discuss too much about NHS and public dentistry, because it shouldn’t be about that. There are other points that we can tackle, which will be much more sort of universal and those are the concepts [that will flow]. Oh, we can, we can touch that. We can touch on that. And then towards the end. “So, at the mixed practice, so this is both the public and the private, often patients of broken teeth don’t want to pay for crowns and onlays, even though I spell out the benefits. Often they will go for a replacement amalgam, which I hate doing, or a large private composite, again, risk of debond due to the size. What would you recommend? If a patient doesn’t want to pay for a crown or onlay, but you spelt it out, I’m not sure what else I can do.” So let’s hide that and I’m going to join you back on Riverside. Okay, Zak, that is such a real world question. I’ve definitely been there. Okay. In the past before. Where do you even begin to tackle this? [Zak] Yeah, I completely agree with you. This is stuff that we have all wrestled with and we wrestle with every single day, isn’t it? It’s classic day to day judgment call type dentistry where, to be straight up about it, it just sounds as though whoever’s written this question, by the way, hi, and thanks for the question. And by the way, I love this group function vibe and I’ll try and keep this short and sweet with you because I know this otherwise turns into an hour and a half podcast. So let’s not go down that rabbit hole, but- [Jaz] We love those. [Zak] We do, but this isn’t the time or place. So, but basically it sounds as though. Whomever sent this question has done the damndest to provide the most kind of thorough, in depth discussion of pros and cons and alternatives and all that stuff you were taught as a dental student, which is totally informed consent, which is absolutely the right thing to do. But then her patients are choosing the worst option in her opinion, right? And it kind of gets to me, it gets you to a point, doesn’t it? Where you get, you bang your head against a brick wall and you think, are my patients just like all thick or not listening or what is it? Why am I not explaining this right? And I got to a point in my career where I realized that isn’t that it’s just, it’s often more to do with, I guess it all boils down to one main thing, which is context. So when you sent me this question, which is yesterday on WhatsApp, I thought to myself, that’s a really good question. I thought to myself, this is really, really good question because whoever sent this question probably doesn’t have the same values and approach to life as their patients. Right? In fact, it’s impossible to have the same values, approach to life, the same kind of way of managing and dealing with a problem. As every one of your patients. And so I find it quite ironic, that question we’ve always had from our patients over the years, which is what would you do? What do you say to that, Jaz? [Jaz] We have that all the time. I mean, I always say that there’s two ways to approach this one. One is just tell them what is it, what genuinely is what you do, which is often the best option for them. And that’s sometimes why that can be effective. The other way to do it is, and I’ve seen some dentists type this on Facebook in this sort of context of discussion and they say, oh, but I’m not you. And they go into that sort of argument, and that’s, I think that’s a terrible reply to a patient, right? You’re then sort of, you’re arguing with this patient, no, you have to decide because you’re the person behind the lenses. And I don’t want to be responsible for the decisions that you have to make. [Zak] Yeah, yeah, I agree. And it gets to a point where you almost end up losing rapport over that, right? The whole thing, I mentioned the word context. For me, it’s like the context of. And the thing that we’re not taught at dental school, major thing, and we hammered on this about this on the podcast, and I’m sure we will continue to talk about this in depth, it’s all about who that patient is and what their backstory is and what their dental experiences are and basically what their approach to life is. That’s one part of the context, right? So you kind of have to put yourself in this position where you actually need to just get to know what your, how your patient deals with certain life circumstances. And I know that sounds really fluffy. It’s the kind of thing where you’re like, hang on, patient’s come to me with a broken tooth and Zak you’re telling me I have to get to know their life story. Well, no, actually, I’m not saying you have to get to know it straight away. I’m saying that it’s part of the decision making process and helping that person find out what the right solution is for them under these circumstances, right? The other thing- [Jaz] But Zak, it’s interesting that she said that- [Zak] By the way, I just realized I’ve got a friend. It’s Ralph, by the way. [Jaz] Oh, hello. Awesome. This is amazing. Okay. What was Ralph there when you, [Michael]? [Zak] No, no, no, no. [Jaz] Oh, he would have loved that. Okay. He would have loved that. You’ve got to think of the cats, but it’s interesting how in the question, she said that she works at two practices. She doesn’t seem to have that problem in the private practice. So, how much of it is influenced by the demographic? How much is influenced, by the, again, the values of the patient? Is it that in one practice, the private practice, the values of the patients may be more in tune with the dentist? Or do you think it could be something to do with the way this dentist is presenting the options at the mixed practice because she knows that she has to legally offer certain options big to take a box for the whole public dentistry. It could be to do with that. [Zak] Maybe for me, it’s much easier. And to be fair, I’m giving you this an answer based on my own experiences too. So I’m clouded and biased by the fact that actually it’s been a little while since I’ve worked in mixed practice type environments. And there is a conundrum that you play, isn’t it? It’s a day to day little fight that you have inside your head of actually. What I could do right now is kind of offer the gold standard, the right thing to do and say, look, this is what I can offer you in the health service. Cause that’s what is the ideal. So you might look at this tooth. If I actually could break it down, do you want to break it down into the different stages of how I actually would approach this situation? So actually in the clinic- [Jaz] Let’s make it really tangible. She said she specifically mentioned a broken tooth. Let’s say upper first molar broken down. And you know that just as she said, a replacement amalgam or repair amalgam or maybe a large composite is not the best thing. This tooth needs cuspal coverage. This is what we taught. This tooth is a classic candidate for cuspal coverage, but the patients keep choosing the large composite option said. And the perception here is that it’s due to cost. Okay. That’s one perception. Okay. And whether it is or not, who knows, but the patient keeps choosing the large composite. So upper molar broken down, and now you are addressed with that patient. How would you approach that situation? [Zak] Okay. So let’s say this is the first time this patient’s met me yet. Easy enough. Okay, so patient comes in, we come up the stairs, we’re building a bit of rapport, we’re getting to know each other a little bit, and I’m kind of finding out a kind of background story of how this is the first time you come to see us at the clinic, or maybe they’ve seen a different dentist in the clinic. Let’s do it that way, it’s probably a bit easier. So patient comes into the treatment room, this is Tash who’s taking care of us today, or Antonio or whoever, feel free to pop your box, crazy COVID rules, pop your box in the corner, and come take a seat. And so I get the door, how’s the day going today? So Jaz, how’s your day going today? [Jaz] Yeah, yeah, yeah, good. I just, this molar broke down and yeah, I was hoping you’d just fix it for me. [Zak] Well, I heard, I heard, Jaz, who is on our front of house actually, sent me a message this morning, said that you were having a bit of trouble. So what’s the issue? What happened? [Jaz] Oh, yeah, classic. I was just eating chocolate from the fridge and it just broke away. It doesn’t hurt or anything, but I was just hoping you could just, fix that for me. [Zak] Sorry to hear that does happen sometimes. Is it the first time this has happened to you? Is it a sort of broken tooth situation? [Jaz] Well, I think it’s just, now and again, it happens, right? It’s happened a few times before and then dentists have just fixed it. Thankfully, it doesn’t ever hurt, thankfully. [Zak] Okay. Am I right in thinking it doesn’t hurt right now? [Jaz] Yeah, that’s right. [Zak] Is it rough to your tongue or anything like that? Is it uncomfortable? [Jaz] Yeah, it’s a bit sharp. I can feel it in my tongue. That’s why I’m here. It’s a bit annoying to my tongue and I thought, yeah, go to the experts. [Zak] Oh, that’s kind of you to say. I’m reassured by that. What do you know about us? Because first time we’ve met today, isn’t it? Have you been to see ex dentists who’s otherwise in the clinic in the past? Is that right? [Jaz] Yeah, I see the hygienist here and I think I’m about due for a checkup as well. So, sorry about that. [Zak] It’s all good. I can’t believe we’ve got into a role play situation here, by the way. Well, let’s go with it. Okay. So feel free. Don’t apologize. There’s no need to apologize. What we do here is always blame free and judgment free dentistry. So no sweat. It’s no issues at all. Let’s see how we can help you with this problem today, because ultimately what we call this is a get you out of trouble type appointment. Urgent appointment, emergency appointment, whatever you want to call it, right? And the whole aim of the visit today is to make sure we focus on that one tooth. I’m not going to do a full health check for you today, if that’s okay, but I’ll focus in on that one problem. Let’s make sure there’s nothing else urgent going on and then we can see if we can get that solved for you by the end of the visit. What did you kind of hope or expect was going to happen today? [Jaz] Oh, previously people just patched it up and I’ve been on my way. [Zak] Okay. Well, actually that might be something we can definitely offer for you today to make it a bit smoother perhaps, or at least take away that sharp edge for you. Does that sound like kind of thing that might be on your, does that sound, sound okay to you? [Jaz] Yeah, that sounds great. Is that, how long is it going to last me? [Zak] Well, I’ll tell you what, why don’t we have a bit of a look? Why don’t I have a, take a peek at the tooth. I’ll put my magnification on. I’ll put my mask back up. I’ll come around this side and I have a bit of a look and see what’s going on and then once I can have a bit of a photograph of the tooth perhaps or even a 3D scan I can show you what’s happening yourself. We can have a bit of an overview about what’s happening in the rest of the mouth because often when a tooth breaks there’s usually a reason behind it. Did you have a reason, do you have a kind of inkling why that might be in your tooth’s case or what’s happening? [Jaz] I don’t know. It was, I shouldn’t have really picked that chocolate from the fridge. [Zak] I know, it’s always the shock. It’s always the finer things in life, isn’t it? So what we’re trying to do at this point is gauge context, right? What I’m trying to do is, before you, so you focused in when you explained this situation, you focused in, Jaz, on the tooth. You focused in on the, it was been on upper molar and this, that, and the other. And, and what does, this goes back to sort of training from Panky Institute, for example, and what LD Panky always says is, always said, was, I’ve never seen a tooth walk into my clinic. And this is the thing we forget. We always forget what that patient’s goals are. So what I’m trying to establish very early on is, yes, okay, I’m thinking, bingo, this tooth isn’t painful today. Actually, that’s giving me an insight into possible diagnosis, isn’t it? I’m probably thinking, okay, why is it not sensitive? But the patient doesn’t need to know this at this point. Okay. I’m thinking there’s a roughness to the surface of it. So we need to solve that by the end of the visit. Cause the person’s going to be happy if we can tick that off their list. They’re thinking, let’s get this solved. Okay. The third thing that’s going on is, I’m trying to establish a bit of rapport to say, okay, I understand because this person doesn’t want to come in and think, oh, this dentist is completely unarmed. I’m saying, okay, I’m giving you the context of the fact that the other dentists in the clinic, I’ve maybe even at this point might say, I’ve had a look back at your records or your photographs or your x rays from your previous visits. So I’ve got a bit of an idea of what’s happened in the past and you should have done, right? So in preparation for your day, let’s hope it wasn’t sprung on you as a complete surprise. You’ve probably got an idea of what’s about what’s happening in this person’s mouth. And only at that point am I trying to just give myself an insight and maybe give the dental nurse I’m working with an insight into what might be happening by the end of the visit. Okay. But I’m also trying to kind of pitch myself at a certain point where I don’t over promise too early. And also I’m trying to kind of go, okay, what does this person know about me? Because this is all about your values too. Okay. And it’s easier with patients that have known you a longer time because you’ve kind of been on a bit of a dental journey with them. And the things that you offer or the solutions you might put out there are much easier because you’ve probably had some of those conversations in the past and you can kind of refer back and you kind of go, oh, do you remember the tooth on the other side? It’s kind of a similar situation to this and they can always refer back and go, okay, this guy knows me. [Jaz] I mean, history is so important. So, I mean what we sprung up to Zach here is a trickiest of all scenarios where this is a patient who’s cold to you. And the reason we picked it, or we went down this path is we want to try and make it more difficult because when you’re challenging your suggestions and advice you give if we test it with the most trickier situations, the ones where you already have years of rapport with the patient, they’re going to be so much easier, right? So let’s go with this trickier scenario. [Zak] Okay. So let’s say I put my magnification on important because you’re telling the person that I want to see things big. I want to be able to see things in detail for you so that I can help you best. I’m going to come around the sides. I’m going to pop the chair backwards. Let’s have a bit of a look. Okay, the chair goes back. I’m very fortunate to work in a kind of clinic where there’s a TV on the ceiling and they usually they’ll get a response because they’ve not been into this chair before and they go, Oh, there’s a TV on the ceiling and you go blah, blah, blah, usual stuff. Okay. So let’s have a bit of a look at your tooth. The first thing I’m going to do actually, though, this might surprise you is I’m going to ask you to bite together. And let me have a gentle feel of your glands under your chin. Let me have a gentle feel of your jaw joints. Open nice and nice and big and close a few times. And you’re trying to get into this person’s head and signpost the fact that it isn’t just the tooth we need to think about. The next thing we’re going to do is, it’s completely cold patient to me, I would usually do a soft tissue check, but let’s skip over that for a second, let me grab a mirror and see what’s going on. So what I’m doing at this point- [Jaz] This is something that is actually a highlight for those listening, because I know the way from my previous chats, how you actually do these checkups and something that you’ve spoken about before is people or dentists that do these silent examinations, like they’re just looking at going around and they’re just registering everything in their head, but the patient doesn’t get any value from that. And I love the way that you so openly speak about never have a silent examination and all these things that you’re saying right now, let’s have a look inside. Yeah. But this is the reality that I think most dentists, okay. Perhaps a lot of us are introverted and we are doing our checkups, like just checking around open close. Okay. You’re fine. But what you do and what you offer and what you discuss. Bring so much more value. So I just wanted to highlight that, all these things that you’re saying to me. Let’s have a look inside. You’re actually doing this. [Zak] Yeah. The subtleties of it as well. And I kind of intentionally do things like, I use the word gentle just for the sake of it often, because you kind of kind of instilling in this person that you’re not going to do anything rough. You’re not going to do anything sudden. We’ll take it step at a time. No sweat. Okay. So nice, nice and wide for me. And I’ll gently stretch the cheek with maybe my finger and I’ll pop my minger into place. And I’ll have a little bit of a look. And okay. So at this point, what I’m trying to do is I’m talking half in dental and half in English. And the dental nurses that I work with and I’ve trained have a bit of a feel for when I say certain things in certain ways, that means write it down because it’s technical terminology. And sometimes I’m doing it just for the patient’s benefit. So, what I can see is the very back tooth. So up the very back tooth, Gabri, is broken down to a large extent. There’s about a quarter of the tooth missing and we can see that it’s the inner wall of the tooth that’s broken away. I can also see the existing silver filling still in place. Okay, so I think so I’ll stop at this point. Okay, I’ll stop at this point and I’ll go. Okay. Jaz, would it be okay if I have a gentle feel around the tooth? So if you close a little bit, so at this point, I’m having a gentle feel maybe in their buccal sulcus and maybe putting my finger on the tooth. I never, ever, ever starts start whacking teeth with mirrors. That’s weird. Don’t do that. How about just have a gentle feel with your finger? Because if a tooth’s TTP, again, I’m thinking why is this tooth not sensitive? I want to gently tap on the tooth maybe or press with my finger. I’m just going to press a few teeth. I’m going to number them 8, 7, 6 and 5. Would that be okay? One by one by one you press and you kind of feel for is there a response from this person? Okay, look, I know that we all know this. We’ve all been to dental school. But there’s a different way of doing it when you’re kind of trying to instill certain things in people’s head. As you go, you’re not just doing an examination, you’re doing something where you’re co diagnosing what’s happening in that person’s mouth and in that person’s body. You’re trying to get into their head. Okay, why is this guy doing all this stuff? And I often say things like, as we go, I often say, how about we translate this to English for you in just a second? Because we don’t want to keep you out of the loop. Okay. I know dentists are weird. We talk technical terminology. It’s because we try to sound clever. Something like that is generally what I say. I try to sound clever. We talk in Latin sometimes. [Jaz] Blind them with science. [Zak] Yeah, yeah, best way. So at this point I’m kind of looking inside the mouth thinking, geez, okay, there’s a great big MOD amalgam. There’s a very thin buccal wall on this upper six, let’s say. The pallet of walls chipped away. And I have a little gentle feel, maybe with a periproba or Williams. And I say to the patient, I just want to tuck just want to gently feel around the tooth to make sure where the edge of the broken section of the tooth has been or is. I want to have a little feel to make sure it’s above the gum line because when it’s above the gum line that has a difference compared to, or that makes a difference compared to if it’s below the gum line. Again, I’ll come back to it in a second for you. Do all the way around. Gabri, I’m going to take an x ray of this tooth if that’s okay so that I can see the detail at the root end of the tooth as well as above the surface. So Gabri at this point knows that means a PA. She’s already got it ready because before the patients come in, we have a good idea about which tooth it is, right? So the PA holder comes out, boom, boom, boom, x ray machine into place, x ray beam into place, come across, press the button, happy days. Okay, we’re going to pass that back to Gabri so that she can go and get that developed so that we can see it. On the big screen in front of us. And in the meantime, when I take a quick photograph, so I’ll grab a mirror and I’ll take a photograph with my SLR, or maybe you’ve got an intro or camera, or maybe clever and you’ve got a 3d scanner and all the works do whatever you need to do. Sometimes I’ll just do a brief 3d scan of that area because it gives me a good idea as to what’s happening and they can see that you’re actually looking at the details. Jaz, why don’t I just pop, I tend to tap on the shoulder or on the bib that’s on the shoulder. Jaz, why don’t you have a sit up for a second, I’ll click the button on the floor, and let’s, you can feel free to take your glasses off, they’re a bit silly those anyway, and we’ll have a bit of a look at the x rays and the photos. How about that? Would you like me to give you a bit of a, would you like me to give you a bit of a, kind of a, maybe a brief overview about what’s happening? Does that make sense? [Jaz] Yeah. [Zak] There’s two things that’s going on in my mind. One of them is that, wait- [Jaz] Am I Jaz the patient now or Jaz the podcaster? I don’t know who. I don’t know. [Zak] Where I am either, mate. This was supposed to be done about 10 minutes ago. I don’t know why I’m still waffling on, but. [Jaz] It’s cool. Let’s run with it. Because no, you’re adding so much more value. I mean, this is the classic Zak, you know. I ask you a question, but you not only answer it, and you will answer it, because we’re getting there, but you’re also providing umpteen multiple, gosh, times value of what we asked for. [Zak] Thanks. [Jaz] So you are really adding so much value. ‘Cause people are following this long and I think the role play bit was just a genius. I think people- [Zak] Impromptu. [Jaz] Have a few laughs, but also it’s going to make it extremely tangible. [Zak] Okay, cool. [Jaz] Well look, so now you’re explaining to me, I’m the patient, you’re explaining to me. [Zak] You’re the patient. Okay. So what I’m thinking in my mind at this point is, I need to relate everything that’s happening to Jaz’s world and Jaz’s life, okay? And the reason why, to answer the question kind of in the context of whoever asked the question, is, that I’ve found in the past in some different practice types that people approach their problems reactively. So you have to put yourself in the context of where you are, what type of demographic you’re typically looking after, and what they have come to accept as normal. Okay, so if they’ve been seeing a dentist for 20 years and it’s patch up with GIC every single time, you’ve got to think instantly in your head, okay, whoa, slow this down because there is no point you coming along and thinking big clever stuff that you learned in textbooks, which has no relevance to their life. They don’t have the time, money, effort for it. They don’t give a damn because they’re used to waiting for stuff to break and hope to their cross their fingers that there’s something left to fix. Okay. [Jaz] And I just want to add to this one specific point because I work in a practice that has a well known capitation plan, right? So, people pay a monthly fee and everything’s included. They just have to pay the lab fee, right? So this is something that’s probably there in anywhere in the world. You have something like this now, get this. Sometimes I’ll say to a patient, okay, you need a crown or whatever, but they’re so used to having patch ups that even though it’s costing them a real absolute bargain, it’s a fraction, there’s only paying the lab fee compared to what a private patient would pay. It’s for them. It’s not about the cost or the fee at all. It’s just they’ve actually, they’re accustomed to getting patch ups. They’ve found these patch ups to be successful, painless, easy. And this is what they’re paying for. [Zak] And they use it as their insurance policy. They treat that type of kind of approach as, I tell you what I do is I pay my X pounds per month and all I can do, that gives me the opportunity to phone up at any moment something goes wrong and I get it solved within a day or two. Usually without any hassle or stress. [Jaz] It’s not sometimes about the fee, because the fee for, in these patients, I’m telling them, you can have a crown, which is the best thing for this tooth, it’ll last longer, it’ll protect your tooth, and it’s not so much money compared to a prior patient. But they’re like, no, you know what? I’ve had patch ups all these years. So again, it’s a value thing. It’s it’s what they’re used to. Exactly what you’re saying. [Zak] It’s also to do with the fact that some of some people have got this in a monologue and a thing that you will never, ever solve, which is that they believe that’s how the world is. Some people believe that it’s OK to lose your teeth. The type of patient who comes to see you and they go, oh, haven’t I done well to keep my teeth for this long? And in your head, you’re like, no, actually, it’s weird that you lost any of them, to be honest. Because your values are different. Your training and your professional training means that you approach the world in a completely different way to them. And remember that they believe in what their parents and their grandparents and then whatever else went through and there’s only so much emphasis and value that they’ll place on your professional expertise, and don’t kick yourself for that. That isn’t something you’re going to fix. It may be in a very small minority of your patient base. You can turn them around, but it takes so many years to change mindsets. And some of that can be solved a little bit with you putting out, for example, your own content. For example, if you’re a patient, your patient base is something that I’m always looking at. Your blogs or maybe have a great practice newsletter or something. You can kind of extol the virtues of what type of dentistry you believe in. And then you might become the person in that clinic, the lady or the gent or whoever it is, whoever you are that they come to because they believe in comprehensive stuff too. And you know what happens is your patient base is self selecting. You actually get the patients you deserve because if you believe in comprehensive stuff, and that’s what you do every day. And actually, you can quite fairly say to somebody that if you want to have something patched up that’s completely acceptable to me, what I can do to buy you some time, actually, should we go back to the role play? Should we do that? [Jaz] Let’s do it. [Zak] We should have some sort of video effect at this point. Let’s go back to that for a second, because at this point, I’m showing you a photograph of this broken tooth, right? [Jaz] Is that what my tooth looks like? [Zak] Yeah, isn’t it crazy? I can’t imagine having a job where you have to look at this all day long. So shall I talk you through? And do you know what? All of this stuff lightens the tone. It makes, it sets the scene for you’re not going to get old school weird dentistry here. And that matters a lot to me. Perceptions matter a lot to at this point I might show the photograph. and I will kind of give you a summary. Can I give you a summary of just for two minutes based on what I can see? Would that be okay? [Jaz] Sure. [Zak] Great. So there’s three things that we always look at on every single tooth. Whether it’s in a photo and x ray and the x rays coming in just a second, by the way. So some of the things I’m telling you, I’m going to mold around what’s about to appear on the screen. Okay. But basically I’m looking forward. Is your tooth well embedded in its foundations? Teeth are kind of a bit like tent pegs in the ground. So imagine there’s the ground, this is an upper molar tooth, so the ground is here and your tent peg is well embedded inside. In fact, funnily enough, your tent peg’s got three roots, like this. So it’s quite well embedded, a bit like, when you go bowling, you put your fingers in a bowling ball like that. It’s kind of really well embedded, okay? It likes it there. But what can happen over time is the foundations can shrink away. Let’s turn it into one single root because it’s a bit easier. So the ground and the foundations can shrink away. I’m checking on the x ray in a second to see, has it got good does foundations. That make sense so far? [Jaz] Yes. Yeah. [Zak] So that’s the first thing, but really the main reason why you’re here today is chunking and checking there. What was that? [Jaz] In the most basic of communication skills at dental school that we basically had was you keep chunking and checking. That’s essentially what you’re doing. [Zak] And I didn’t get that training. That’s good. I like the terminology. Thanks, Jaz. Thanks for embellishing as always. I wish you’d do this podcast together. So that was the first thing. The second thing. And the main reason you’ve come to see us today, let’s face it, is because every tooth that we look at needs to be mechanically sound, okay? One thing that’s important that you know is that when a silver filling is put in a tooth, just like yours, can you see on the photograph that it’s the channel in the middle of the tooth? Did you know that it’s actually not glued in place? Did you know that? [Jaz] No. [Zak] Okay. So here’s something that a lot of our patients tell us. They’re unaware that a filling stays in a tooth in that way. Basically a filling has to stay in a little bit like it has to be deeper at the base and narrow at the top. So it’s kind of, if you look at it, looking at it side on, it’s kind of like a pear shape. Okay, and the pear shape matters because what you see on the surface means it’s deeper, lower down, and can you see how thin, so fragile, I always go into that tone, I don’t know why, but I do, it’s so fragile, the outer wall of the surface of the tooth, that I can kind of envision that was what was going on on the inner wall of the surface of the tooth. And, God forbid, you know when a bridge falls down? Like, literally a bridge over a river. Can you imagine that it wasn’t just the last car that drove over it that caused it to fall over. It was actually the fact that it was going wrong for quite some time. Does that kind of make sense? What I’m trying to say to you is that this tooth hasn’t just instantly broken because of a bit of chocolate. It’s kind of been headed that way over a period of time, okay? And there’s another aspect to this, which is that I need to look at the tooth biologically. Because when you have a filling inside a tooth, it needs to be sealed all the way around the edges because it’s a bacteria seal. And if bacteria get in and around your filling, they kind of get underneath, kind of, I know it sounds a bit horrible, but basically it means the filling is leaking. And that leakage is, doesn’t mean you’re leaking by the way, that leakage around the edges is the thing that can actually soften the foundations. And a lot of people come to see us thinking they’ve broken their tooth on an olive stone or something or chocolate. And probably the tooth of a filling has been deteriorating over time. So the filling’s kind of sitting on top of soft foundations. [Jaz] Oh, right. No, no dentist ever told me this before. You’re amazing, Dr. Zak. [Zak] Thank you. That’s very kind of you. Zak, by the way, I don’t give the dogs that. That’s weird. But, yeah, that’s very kind of you, Jaz. And do you know what? A lot of people really value the explanation because it matters in terms of what our options are next. I’ll tell you why. Can I show you a picture of somebody else who’s been in a similar situation to you? Okay, so here’s a picture of my iPad. So here’s a filling inside a tooth. Can you see how we actually, this is Jane who came to see me, always put context with somebody’s name on it. That matters because they can visualize that this is this person’s tooth, not just any old tooth. Okay. So this is a photo of Jane’s tooth when she had a silver filling in it. And actually we luckily preempted the breakage of this tooth. But can you see how that tiny wall there is starting to crack? [Jaz] Yeah. [Zak] So the tiny wall of the tooth is starting to crack. And what happened is that we realized this tooth was going to break at some point. What we decided to do was this. So we removed the filling, swipe on the iPad. Can you see there’s actually a dark brown foundation underneath there. And they usually go- [Jaz] Oh. [Zak] Actually to you. And thanks mate. To you and me. As in dentists, we know that that is not to do with, it’s probably not even active carious tissue, right? But we know that a tooth is underneath. But to them, it’s brilliant because it always gets a response. So this is deteriorating underneath. You don’t have to say going wrong in a period of time. And can you see that the wall of the tooth here is very thin? It’s so fragile that if I’d left that in place, Jane would have come back even a few weeks or months later. And she’s broken that bit of the tooth off as well. So swipe again. Here’s a photograph of what we did afterwards and what we’ve achieved for her is we’ve filled in the missing tooth structure. We’ve actually shaped down the tooth to some degree and put something strong on top. And that strong cap on top binds it all together. Do you know what a jubilee clip is? [Jaz] I actually don’t. [Zak] Okay, that’s weird. Okay, why did I say, I said weird a lot today. [Jaz] I’m going to have to start a poll on the community group to ask, do you know what a jubilee clip is? [Zak] A jubilee clip is for people that know how to do stuff in their homes. This will be people who like DIY and have actually got their hands dirty in life. Not you, clearly, because you call someone- [Jaz] I suck at DIY. [Zak] It’s kind of to do with plumbing and DIY and stuff. Anyway, basically, a jubilee clip binds something together, okay? You basically put it around something like a pipe, and you tighten it up to make it seal together again, okay? And people get that because what it does is it binds the whole tooth structure together, and that means every time that you bite down on the top, a little bit like having a helmet on top of a head. You’re going to bite down and the force goes through the tooth, or in your case, up a tooth, up through the tooth, okay? What’s been happening in your case, and the reason why it broke almost certainly, is that the flex and flex and flex every day of that little thin section caused it to break away. [Jaz] Okay. [Zak] Does that make sense? [Jaz] Yeah. [Zak] Do you know where I usually go with it at this point is the x rays come up? Let’s just assume for sake for the sake of argument because it’s going to get way too complicated and way past my bedtime, the tooth has no pathology on it. For example for argument’s sake. It’s just a fracture of the tooth It’s pretty straightforward is we’re just going to restore it. Okay, so can I ask you a question Jaz? [Jaz] Yes. [Zak] How much a risk taker are you? [Jaz] Oh, depends. Have to buy me a drink first. [Zak] This is only a first day. [Jaz] Yeah. You actually asked that question to a patient. [Zak] Occasionally. [Jaz] That’s pretty cool. I like that. [Zak] Occasionally. [Jaz] I see where this is going and I like it. And I have actually put this in a gambling form, are you a bit of a gambler? I like the risk approach much better. ‘Cause gambling has negative connotations. So I would say well, I wouldn’t know what to say to that as a patient. I’d say, a little, I guess. [Zak] Okay. So the reason I ask you that is because today what I recommend is I’m going to seal this section for you because we want to reduce your chance that that surface of the tooth becomes sensitive at some point. It’ll also make it a bit smoother so your tongue won’t keep playing with it. We always do that. I don’t know why us human beings do that, but we do it. Okay. And the reason I ask the question about risk taking is because it’s all going to come down to how quickly we get round to proactively helping you with this tooth. The longer we leave it, the higher the chance that other thin wall of the tooth is going to break away. So to finally, finally answer the question of whomever, thank you again for whoever asked the question. If you hate doing amalgams, that are M. O. D. P. s, that are unretentive as hell, that you have to put pins in teeth for, that, you know in your heart of hearts you should overlay the buccal cusps for, but you’ve also got 30 minutes rather than an hour and a half, and also- [Jaz] Or just a large composite, that way it should have been cusp of protection, yeah. [Zak] If that’s the case, then perhaps, don’t offer it. Or maybe offer it in such a fashion that you go, this is well, you could say, look, okay, slight facet to this. Quite often I will place a direct composite because particularly for tooth in a situation like this isn’t giving us any symptoms. I will want to restore the core, protect the buccal cusp with an overlay. By the way, shout out to Nick Sethi and Riyaz Yasser. If you’re interested in finding out more about how to place onlays. So go and have a look at their onlay course because there’s an awful lot of information that we don’t know about adhesives. And we’re not taught at dental school. So, I definitely recommend you look into that. And placing an onlay direct like that gives us time. It gives you the opportunity to reassess the pulpal health of the tooth. To reassess it periapically to have somebody come back for a complete health check so that actually you can maybe convert this person into a comprehensive thinking person, and you are not going to solve that on day one. [Jaz] Yep. [Zak] So I guess that kind of answer the question, but I suppose what we’re saying is, if the person chooses the amalgam every time. Are we saying don’t do it? [Jaz] Well, I had a good think about this as well before I got you on. I was thinking, so look, I don’t mean this as a criticism to you, Zak, okay? But everything you’ve said sounds great when you are working with time. When you can really focusing and you have that diary time to build a report, although I don’t think you’ve done anything excessive or beyond, but let’s put ourselves in a situation where maybe in a public funded dentistry, NHS mixed practice, maybe a factor, maybe the difference is that this same dentist, so it’s the same dentist with the same values, the same hand skills, same language working in two environments and one environment, they seem to be taking up the treatment approach, which is best for them. And the one she recommends and the other one, they’re deviating from that. Maybe the difference is that in one practice, she has half an hour, whereas the other practice she has 15 minutes, which is it’s real well, right? Maybe it’s a time and the lack of rapport and the lack of having the ability to show the patient a photograph of an example case and to show them and you be able to give them the opportunity to use language like fragile, that you’ve got a fragile too. That’s one factor. [Zak] Okay, go on. What’s the other? [Jaz] But the other factor is, is how you present the option because you just made a great point there. Maybe if a large composite or a M O D B L amalgam is inappropriate and you’re just giving that option for the sake of giving the option was it’s not an appropriate option. Maybe you should say this tooth needs a crown and there’s nothing wrong with saying. [Zak] Maybe it would be so that we can keep this to take your teeth so we can keep this tooth in your mouth for a long period of time, hopefully years, decades, or maybe even the rest of your life if you’re very lucky. Then we need to do something strong and proactive, and that means we need to protect that thin wall, because my worry with this tooth, Jaz, is that if that remaining portion of the tooth breaks off, we could be in a situation where you come to see me and there’s no tooth left to rebuild. And if that’s the case, then, well, actually, let me ask you, how would you feel? And that question. [Jaz] Oh, I’d hate that. [Zak] Okay. So if that’s the case, then we need to do something proactive about it. So what you’re trying to do is kind of, again, contextualize that person’s goals, values, plans for the future. And if that person says, I’m never losing another tooth again, because that was a horrible experience and I hate the gap. And I’ve always wanted to do something about the gap, but everything just seems to go wrong. Let’s face it. Actually, I have said this so many times. If I hadn’t ended up in dentistry, I could very easily have been a terrible dental patient. I, my sixes are pretty heavily filled. Things could have gone pretty horribly wrong for me. And I could have ended up in a world where I hated dentistry because that’s not because I’m, maybe not doing the right things, but just because stuff happens and you tend to go down without getting too philosophical. We all go down a kind of directional path in our lives, right? It’s hard to remember what it was like to not know the stuff that we know and take the decisions that we’ve taken. You can’t backtrack. I find it really hard to remember what it was like not to know how to brush my teeth. Like, and to be honest, I didn’t really know how to brush my teeth until I was taught by a dental hygienist when I was in second or third year at uni. And. And that’s because I was a guinea pig patient, right? I had no clue how to look after myself and I actually probably wasn’t taught how to give OHI myself. But anyway, conversation for another day. The other aspects and things that I, to answer the question in a little slightly different way, if somebody keeps choosing the option that you think is the worst option of all of them, one thing that might be worth playing devil’s advocate with, and it does depend on how much, how in rapport you are with this person, is to ask, how long are you expecting this to last? Well, how long would you expect that to last? And they go, what do you mean? And that’s again the point at which you need to kind of rethink the whole situation because, if they, yeah, if they haven’t opted into the fact that we’re just space filling with this problem, then you need to kind of have them understand that actually when you take half a step back, look at your whole mouth, and if you’re chipping bits of teeth off everywhere, again, why do you think that might be? If you’re even watching this and you’ve got this far down the road of this, God knows how long supposed to be a podcast. [Jaz] By the way, I’m now having to convert this into a full PDP episode. It’s no longer a group function. [Zak] Sorry mate, how long supposed to be? 20 minutes? I don’t know, whatever. [Jaz] 10 to 15 minutes. My producer is going to charge me double the cost now to produce this is good. Let’s keep going now. Let’s do it justice. So it was going to be like, okay, how can we help this lady, this dentist who has a real world issue, and five, 10 minutes, boom. Some, some tangible tips, but you’ve actually gone way beyond that. [Zak] I can’t do it half. I can’t do it half fast. Sorry. [Jaz] You can’t. And you were going to whole hog. So we talked about the values of the patient. We talked about how we should potentially not only give them that one option, but then in a way you have your dentist that says, oh, but you know, GDC says you have to present all the options. Well, the GDC says that we are, we can and should give them a recommended option. The GC states that, you should give them what’s the best option. [Zak] It also states you should do what’s in the patient’s best interest. And that is a fundamental thing that we actually miss when we think about treatment planning, because we think about teeth in isolation. Teeth are not in isolation. Teeth are in people’s mouths and people have parameters. People have time constraints and funding constraints and they have context of their lives where they believe certain things to work in particular ways. Now, there’s only so much you can do in instilling the virtues of what you believe in their minds, in one solitary episode. So one solitary appointment, you can seal a tooth and make it biologically sealed. Try your best with a bit of Fuji. Classic bit of patch up dentistry to buy some time, but what I’m really doing there is bringing them back for a complete health check. And on a second appointment, you’ve got a better idea of how much they’ve won. Retain the information or some of which you gave him last time. Give him time to think about options for the future. Maybe I wouldn’t have given the full options about crowns and restorations or whatever on day one. I would have waited till the The complete health check, if you think they need longer, then maybe you, I’m not saying don’t work in a public health type clinic, but I’m saying maybe if you’ve got this, you’ve got this far down the road of listening to this episode, then maybe you are the kind of person that should be thinking about working in an environment where you’ve got so much more time at your disposal and technology at your disposal and invest in your magnification of photography, because if you can’t communicate with pictures, you’re so handcuffed. So for the future, that’s the direction that we’re going. [Jaz] That’s great. So also an opportunity for this dentist to reflect on there is a difference in these two environments that she’s working in, and that is one part of it as well. I was actually, I told you earlier in the, before we started recording that I spoke to a dentist the other day, and we were talking about communication. And one thing I didn’t tell you was it’s along the same vein and along the same theme of what we’re discussing about here, about how to talk to patients about the different options. And he was having the same issue. He was saying that I work in a run of the mill and just practice day in, day out. And my patients are just, they don’t want the private options, you know, fine. It’s a whole gray area about private options and just options. Let’s forget about that for a second, but they don’t go for the superior option. And then I asked him and I said, can you pretend I’m a patient? We actually did role play and can you present the options to me? And he said this, he said, We can do the big filling, it, it will help to restore your function. It will do the job. And that’s included or that’s, you know, 200 pounds or whatever, making up a figure. Or you can have this all singing or dancing option, but it’s going to cost you 450 pounds. Can you see what’s wrong with that? And I told him that, dude, the way you’re presenting is like, you actually just presented the better option, but then you sort of like, oh, but you know what is a lot more money. So I told him that instantly, here’s what you need to do. He needs to present them the best option first. Like, listen, if this is my tooth and for all the reasons I showed the photo I showed you, the tooth really benefit from protecting all the cusps and to actually put a cap on there will really mean you get the longest lasting result. This will cost 450 pounds and I think this will last you a long time. You have the other option of going for a big filling, but I don’t think it’ll last as long. It costs that much. Don’t you think I framed that in a much better way? [Zak] Do you know what you did? Is you used the but. So much more effectively. You used the but in such a way as to portray the negative implications of the worst solution. And that isn’t because- [Jaz] And Barry Alton talks about this as well, but Barry’s great at doing this. [Zak] And exactly that. You used a but in the right context and you timed that very well as well because you spent longer talking about the more recommended option, the more proactive option, and you skirted over the other option. And that isn’t because you’re trying to convince somebody that’s just that, in your heart of hearts that that’s what you’d have done. So say it, explain it. And, and having somebody understand how long it lasts and therefore how much investment you need to put into it to make it make that happen. Actually, one of the things we talked about again on the previous podcast is that, people forget that it isn’t just a time implication, sorry, a financial implication, but it’s also to do with how many repeats, repeat episodes with this tooth might arise over time. So it is that classic thing of you do something to try and patch something up, but you might be back with this tooth and paying the same amount again in however long, but actually the difficulty with teeth, unlike human, unlike buildings, for example, or building work is that a building, if it all goes horribly wrong, you can knock the whole thing down and start again. The difficulty with teeth is that once it’s gone, the bit that mother nature gave you is gone. [Jaz] I think that’s the fifth analogy in this episode. You’re always full of these crazy analogies. Not one of these analogies you’ve said on the previous two episodes. So there we are. You got these great ones. I mean, wow. I mean, again, I think we have now answered that question, of this dentist who’s feeling as though that the patients are choosing inferior options. So I hope I hope that helped you. I’ll message you once this is out so you can give us your feedback. See if you found that useful. I’ve changed my mind. I think I will put this a group function because we helped him answer a question. We did it in just a super comprehensive way. [Zak] Comprehensive dentistry. Demonstrate comprehensive answers. What can we do? I’m sorry, guys. I just talked too much. I need to go and get on with my life. [Jaz] No, no, no, no. But it was, it was good. It was good. It was useful. And you know what? I think what this shows is that this is such a mammoth. Topic and we couldn’t have done it justice in 15 minutes. Again, thank you so much. No, no, no, no. His name is John. Anyway, thank you, Zak. Thanks again. Always, just in case we are live somehow, thanks for tuning in guys. I don’t think this worked out. I need to complain to these people, Riverside. Anyway, Zak, thanks so much for coming on and helping out. As always, we really appreciate your time and your expertise, and I hope to see you more on the Protrusive. [Zak] Let’s do this. Cheers, mate.
undefined
Dec 14, 2020 • 35min

Getting Started With Dental Implants – Is it for me? – PDP051

Dental Implant courses for Dentists are a significant pathway in terms of commitment. Have you ever attended a Dental course and not applied the knowledge…and then a few months or years later – you felt it was an absolute waste? For example, I did a laser course last year – I have hardly touched a laser since then – its my own fault and I take ownership of that…but what if the stakes were higher? https://youtu.be/rXYARG13AEQ Is it too soon to start Implants…? Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! Implant courses are not a small investment and I know some Dentists who have invested heavily in implant training…but they never quite got going. Whatever the reason, it’s sad. This is why I recorded with Implant Dentist Dr Hassan Maghaireh who is going to help us over 2 episodes to cover this mammoth topic. In this episode we look at getting started with implants – is it for you? https://youtu.be/dSgGnoTyC1c Should you be placing Implants? Stay tuned for a very clinical Part 2 where we will discuss case selection, implant assessment and Ridge preservation for Dentists. This two-part series aims to help you even if you are not placing or restoring implants, we’re going to cover the fundamentals and scratch in itch we have all had since qualifying from Dental school with limited exposure to Implants! In this Episode, I asked Hassan: As you do not get to place or restore implants at Dental school, how can you know it is the right path for you? I know many young Dentists who dabbled with implants and then stopped placing implants – how can we ensure this does not happen to more dentists? There is a school of thought suggesting that with implants, you should either go all in, or do not touch them. How and where does the GDP fit in to this? Is there a place for ‘dabbling’ in implants? How can we start safely and positively? In this episode we promised you some downloads and resources: The ADI Whitepaper on Bisphosphonates The BAIRD Implant Course starting in October 2021 Wex for Refurbished Photography Equipment If you enjoyed this episode, you will also like Transition to Private Dentistry which changed my life. Click below for full episode transcript: Opening Snippet:You're absolutely right. I mean, it's sad. I'd also teach the one of the universities masters. And I can tell you people did MSC in implant dentistry, and they're not placing implants. And it's sad because I know they have the knowledge, but they did not get the after sale support... Jaz’s Introduction: Have you ever been on a dental course and not applied the knowledge and because he never got to apply the knowledge, you felt as though it was absolute waste because really, if you didn’t get to apply it, you didn’t get to treat a patient with that new technique you’ve learned, it really goes to waste. So sometimes, you know, we do these courses, and they can cost a lot of money. And we don’t get the best out of it. For example, I went on a laser course last year, I’ve hardly touched a laser since. So I feel it’s a waste. And I know it’s my own fault. And I take full ownership of that. But I think sometimes the states can be even higher beyond just a laser course. Imagine doing implants, for example, and investing heavily in implant costs. And they’re not cheap, let’s be honest. And imagine doing that. And I’ve got some friends who have done implant pathways and programs and have not been able to put it into practice. That can be a costly mistake is one way of putting it or a costly discovery that actually maybe implant is not the right path for you or whichever path you’ve done or invested in isn’t best for you. That’s why I’ve got Dr Hassan Maghaireh with me today for this two part episode. The first one is a mammoth topic, right? The first one is, how to know if implants is the right path for you and how to get started within dental implantology. And Part two is assessing your patient for implants. Who is the best patient for implants? What is their requirement for space dimensions, bone, delaying the implants versus immediate, all these sorts of things that will hopefully cover the very fundamentals. Even if you don’t place implants in a moment that you’ll be able to gain from these two episodes. Just a bit of news before we dive into the episode. Occlusion 2020 was a massive success. Thank you so much for all of you who took part. It didn’t feel like a zoom sort of conference if you’d like it felt more than that it was so much more energy. The chat was on fire. It was a lot of great banter, actually. And it was so so great to see everyone there. And the beauty of it is that replay function or redo think online education really is the way forward in dentistry. Who would have thought five years ago that so many of the courses in education can be delivered online. So it’s really great. And thanks so much for supporting us with occlusion 2020. And thank you to you guys listening right now for helping this podcast grow. And I’m always in a good mood to say these positive things because it really puts a smile on my face. For example, recently, about a month ago now a German dental student reached out to me and told me I always have favorite English podcast. So Sofia, thanks so much for listening. And all of you I get loads of messages of gratitude. And I really love that and it’s very great to read those messages. Sometimes a message like you rekindled my passion for dentistry like oh my god, I can’t get over that. So please, let’s keep going. If you don’t mind recommending me to a friend or a colleague who hasn’t heard about the podcast, that’s how the podcast grows. That’s how I can have more varied interesting guests. So I really appreciate all the hard work you guys have done in helping to promote my podcast organically. And funnily enough, I found out that the Protrusive Dental podcast last month was the number one ranked podcast in the category of medicine in Qatar. So shout out to all my listeners in Qatar you took me to number one baby. Hopefully, Qatar is done but hopefully the world next. The Protrusive Dental pearl I have for you is dental photography related. So whether you’re still to get started in photography, or you’re taking photos already, I think you can gain from this. It has to do with equipment, right? Like if your biggest barrier is the expense of buying a camera. Firstly, let me say it’s totally worth it no matter how much your camera costs, dental photography will really elevate your work or bring you so much more satisfaction as a dentist, so just do it. However, I know young dentists, you know, one or two years out and you feel as though it’s a big investment to make all at once. So my advice to you would be to consider buying your photography equipment secondhand. Now when I bought my camera seven years ago, I got it from Gumtree or if in the US Craigslist or whatever, you can buy used camera and camera gear from a photographer, for example, who’s looked after their equipment really well. But now because they’ve upgraded they essentially can sell their equipment, the older equipment that is really valuable to you at a much discount price. Now, as dentists, we don’t need a particularly fancy camera body, okay, the body itself can be fairly basic, the lens should be good, and the ring flash should be adequate. So really, there’s no reason to break the bank over all this and you can buy used models. And even on websites like in the UK, we have wex, w-e-x, where they have refurbished items. So I would totally explore buying equipment, whether it’s due for renewal, or your first purchase, secondhand, or as a refurbished item on these photography websites. And the sooner you get started taking photos, the better. So that’s my pearl for you today. Let’s jump in with the episode with Dr Hassan Maghaireh with getting started with dental implants. Main Interview: [Jaz]Dr Hassan Maghaireh. Welcome to the Protrusive Dental podcast. How are you? [Hassan]Hello, hi, Jaz. Thank you very much for having me. I’m very good. And good morning to you and all our colleagues listening to this nice podcast. [Jaz]Yeah, thanks for tuning in, guys. We appreciate it. And today I’ve got kind of, can I call you Hassan? [Hassan]Yes, please do. [Jaz]Hassan is someone who I’ve seen a lot over the years on the social media presence, and his passion for implants and teaching really stood out to me. So that’s why I reached out to ask him because a lot of the listeners were like, Can we just have a bit more implant stuff, especially when it comes to a journey of implants so hustling. If you don’t mind we’re gonna cover a couple things today? One is getting into dental implants. And two is just you know, if you’re looking for your first couple of cases or if you’re looking to refer, you know, what is the basic sort of requirement, suitability, assessments, can you place it in smokers? What about timing of extractions? Obviously, in a podcast like this, as you can only scratch the surface I’m sure there’s so many nuances, right? But any direction you can get a dentist that would be great and Hassan. Can you just please tell us a little bit about yourself? About your working week and how you got into implants yourself? [Hassan]Well, thank you very much, Jaz. Basically, for me, implant dentistry is one of the most rewarding aspects or branches of dentistry. And I strongly believe that every single dentist has a duty to know something about implant dentistry. In fact, as we all know, GDC here in the UK makes it mandatory for every single dentist to offer implant option to their patients, even you know, if they think you know, a patient won’t go for it, to never judge a book by its cover. Should always offer implant dentistry as one of the treatment options. And I strongly believe that you know, people who like to go into implant dentistry, they’re going to find it very rewarding providing this start right. What goes, what starts right, goes right. Why do I say that because it’s so easy to slip into implant dentistry through the wrong doorway or through the wrong entrance and then start to mess up your career, and you lose fun. The way about implant dentistry, let’s admit it, maybe in UK and maybe other countries, undergrads don’t get enough education, about implant dentistry. Hence, every dentist you know will need to pursue a career in implant dentistry through some post continual education or continual education after graduation. And that could be either through masters if they want to get like into research and thesis. Or if they just want to reach a level where they can be say implant dentist, there are so many good courses, continuing education courses, which according to the general dental Council of the United Kingdom has to be a long course with integrated mentoring scheme. And that course needs to be completed with an assessment, hence only then someone can say now I’m safe to do implant dentistry. [Jaz]You mentioned that Hassan because straightaway that leads very nicely to the first overall question I want to ask which is basically when we do our undergraduate studies, like with a lot of dentistry, we scratch the surface I mean I know dentists who have done one molar root canal or even dare I say no molar root canals and they’ve got a BDS Hassan, Okay? So don’t even go like don’t even think about implants. If they have done maybe seven extractions and one molar root canal, this is the state Okay, and I don’t know how much worse the pandemics and make everything right. So we’re qualifying with way less experienced than we used to then and you don’t get to dabble or get your hands into implant dentistry. So how can you be sure it’s the right path for you and to even begin to think it’s now worth investing some money into, into the path of learning because if you quite correctly said the way to learn implants will be through a private courses or masters just like you said, but how do you know is the right thing for you? Are there certain traits that you see in someone in a clinician you think, you know what they may have a fruitful career in implant dentistry, or a certain type of individual, a student maybe should focus on something else, any sort of light, you can judge, you can share on that? [Hassan]I thinkJaz, it’s a decision every single person will need to make you and I know, let’s talk about dentistry in the United Kingdom. At the beginning, once you graduate, you need to make that decision. Are you going to be NHS nine to five dentists who just you know, happy to settle? Or are you someone passionate, wants to take the challenge one step forward? Do some more challenging cases? Wanting to spend more time with your patients not wanting to keep your patients in house, even wanting to, you know, upskill and upgrade your CV so you can get better jobs later on? So this is the first question every single graduate needs to make. You know, Where do you work? Where do you see yourself five years down the line? Now, should you decide that you know what NHS dentistry is not for me, I want to be someone different. I want to be above average, then the second question is, right, which part of private dentistry you think you can be enjoying that? Okay, now we know jack of all trades, master of none. So you need to somehow develop passion in one aspect of dentistry. I mean, I’m not saying don’t do the rest of dentistry, but just developed passion, where you sort of start to attend evenings, open evenings, Congress’s lectures. And if you find out that, do you know what, this is something I see myself doing in the future. This is something hopefully, in five years time, I’m gonna be doing that with passion, with confidence, safely, then you could make that decision. All right, let’s go into implant dentistry. Before going into implant dentistry, it’s always wise to find someone you look up to like a mentor or someone in your city where you know, you refer some patients to before and say, pick up the phone and say, Can I come and shadow you for a day or two, please? I’m not sure about implant dentistry. And I know that you’re someone who gets implant dentistry regularly, I just want to come and stand behind your shoulder and see how things work. I’m sure you’re going to find lots of people will come in you. And only then you could say, right, this is for me, it’s time to invest. Let’s take it forward. [Jaz]I think it’s great. You mentioned the role of shadowing, it had a huge role. In my career trajectory. I shadowed lots of great dentists. And that’s the reason I’m today I’m a general dentist who likes to do ortho, likes to treat tooth wear and stuff like that, because it’s a dentist that I shadowed. And that really influenced me, I also shadowed Implant Dentist and I went down and did place some implants on a course, which I shall not name, it’s an international one. And I didn’t have a great experience. And I think it was due to the education I received and that point, and I do think if I could go back in time, I would have picked a different sort of route for getting into it. But now I’m enjoying myself because I’ve got a diploma in orthodontics now, I’m doing more of that. So that’s how I went about it. But really, I think you raise a good point that if I summarize it, you have to kiss a lot of frogs before you find your prince charming, basically, you might have to go on that endo course, you might have to do some endo in practice, and then start making some dentures and maybe shadow a prosthodontist. And then eventually, maybe shadow someone who place implants. And trying to figure out which one or two micro areas within dentistry really resonate with you the most. And I think it’s so great that you mentioned the role of shadowing, which by the way has been complicated by COVID. Unfortunately, there have been a few dentists who have messaged me you want to shadow I missed a few dentists I want to shadow. And because of the whole COVID we just don’t know whether to go or not. But obviously, this will pass. But it’s a great advice you give to find someone in your city, potentially someone you refer to. Shadow them and see if that’s a career for you. Is there anything you want to add to that progress? Before the next question, Hassan. [Hassan]Perfect point where you’ve mentioned, I mean, obviously COVID is temporary, and hopefully it will not continue. But you know, you don’t have to invest in courses, maybe congresses, conferences, and don’t look at it as a waste of time. Because you as a dentist has a duty to develop basic knowledge about every aspect. You know, so a patient comes in and say, am I suitable for an implant? You can’t say just to be honest, I don’t know. You have a duty to know the basics about implant dentistry, at least, you know, to be able to answer these questions. So we have in the United Kingdom, ADI, ITI. They’re both two big organizations and they offer annual congresses and conferences. And I think every dentist should go and give it a try. And only then you could decide this is for me or not. [Jaz]Brilliant. The next thing I want to ask you then is that there are some dentists who end up doing some implant training and investing their time and money into it. And then they don’t fly with it. They don’t run with it. Happens in anything like, you know, you have some people who do an orthodontic diploma, and they don’t do as many orthodontic case afters, they do an endodontic program, and then they decide not to sort of not specialize or they don’t make their practice limited to endodontics. Because they just don’t get around to doing it. And they spent all their time and money into that field, for example. So how can you ensure that if you want to do some implant training, what’s the way to make sure that you can hit the ground running, and get some cases under your belt? And actually not then just give up implant dentistry a few years later, despite investing time and money? [Hassan]Jaz, this is an amazing question. And as you might know, I mean, we run a course here in Leeds, through the British Academy from time to start in dentistry. And I get a lot of people calling me asking about the course. And actually, the more important question is, what support the delegates going to get after the course. Because there are so many good courses here. And you know, there are the differences can be minute between one course and the other. But what really makes it or break it for you is what support you’re going to get after the course. And I think every person who’s going into ortho, or implants or endo, continuing education, try to link yourself to a group in that field. And only then after the course, the discussion, the mentoring, the encouragement comes from the family. So in the [?], the Bridge Academy, we like to feel like we’re a family. And we have annual meetings where we can encourage each other. I mean, whenever someone has a challenging case, we have a mentoring scheme, integrated mentoring scheme, where someone can come to your practice, and help you to do this challenging in case. You’ve got a simple case, we have this platform where people discuss these cases together. So I think in general, in dentistry, whether it’s implants, ortho or endo, whenever you want to look into course, especially if we’re talking about a serious course leading to course certificate or diploma, you need to be asking the question, what support I’m going to get after the course? So I can start to enjoy, you know, get the reward of my investment. You’re absolutely right. I mean, it’s sad. I’d also teach the one of the university’s masters. And I can tell you people did MSc in implant dentistry, and they’re not placing implants. And it’s sad, because I know they have the knowledge, but they did not get the after sales support. [Jaz]I guess that’s it, Hassan. Thanks so much. The next question I have then is there’s a school of thought with that. With implants, you should go all in because to me, there’s so many systems, so many complications, surgical and restorative, that if you just dabble an implant, you will never reach your true potential or you may not be as successful as someone who just dabbles. So where do you think the the humble GDP fits into it? Firstly, do you believe that? And how does the GDP then dabble? You know, maybe a GDP places six implants a month? Is that a decent amount? Is that okay to practice in that sort of field where you’re placing that number? Or does it really need to be either zero or 50? [Hassan]Yes, 100%. Let me take just one step backward. Now, as a general dentist, you have a choice of going into implant dentistry, as at three levels, let’s say level one, which developed the knowledge and I think this is now becoming mandatory, every single dentist needs to have enough knowledge. So whenever you’re doing a consultation with someone coming to you with the failing teeth, or missing teeth, you need to have the knowledge talking to your patient about implant dentistry as an option, and I strongly believe this is mandatory. Okay? Now the next level is to refer your cases to someone you trust, so they can place these implants and then you restore them in house. And the advantage of that, that imagine you having a central incisor missing tooth, you’re gonna want to refer that for an implant, but the adjacent front teeth needs some veneers or crowns. So it will make sense for you as a general dental practitioner to have one impression for all of them, you get the nice matching color, the everything all in one scheme. And also, you as a general practitioner will have the knowledge to be able to follow up this patient, okay, but you need to be trained to do that, you know, training how to restore implants and link yourself to someone you trust, where they can place implants up to the standards you expect. Now, the third level is to say, right, I want to provide the service, in house service for my patients, where I don’t want my patients to go somewhere else, because like it or not, you know, I’m a dentist who accept referrals from colleagues. And I think I might regret saying this later on. But patients like it, when they have all the treatment in their own practice, you know, for a patient they develop over the years, they’ve developed this comfort zone, this trust relationship with their dentist. And when you say, when you go to them and say, do you know what I’m gonna need to refer you to see someone else in another practice. So then this is completely unknown, and they’ll take your word for it. So it will be nice and amazing if you use for them, the dentist they trusted over the years who can continue this treatment. So you as a clinician need to make that decision. Where do you see yourself? Now, the moment you said, right, I’m going to start placing implants, then we forgot another three levels. According to the ITI classification, which is available on the ITI website for free, you could feed all the information about the case on that website, and then you’re going to get a classification whether it’s simple, advanced or complex, mean, no one would expect you to go and jump into complicate complex cases within the first three, five years of your implant career. So what I mean by simple like a case where it’s a lower molar, we’ve got loads of bone, away from the nerve, simple flap, no challenges, you could place that implants. Now, obviously, you need to have the training to be able to do that simple treatment. And then you do simple cases, by yourself for the first few years, couple of years. And whenever you have an advanced case, rather than referring this case to someone else, you could call your mentor and your mentor can come to your practice, and you and your mentor do that advanced case together. So you’re learning one to one through this mentoring session, your patient having treatment in house, so no need to, you know, disturb the patient journey. And you know that you’ve done the best of, you know, of treatment for your patient. Now, the third level, which is complex, and that’s when you mentored or someone really advanced in their training, we’re talking about atrophic jaws, about science of grafting, that’s when you can refer your patient. But these are not very common cases, we’re talking about 10, 20% of the cases. So personally, I am a big advocate for every practice to have their in house Implant Dentist. And if you that associate, or that practice owner, who has passion for perfection, for surgery for you know restorative work, I think you should go for it and give it a go. And yes, you will hear people telling you, it’s either all or none. My advice, it shouldn’t be like that. It’s gradual, like anything else in our life, we don’t go all or none, you don’t go from no driving license to driving Aston Martin, start with a Ford. And then you go up until you reach your dream. [Jaz]When you start moving up again. And you start doing more complex cases that you have the mental common, and you do the case together. I think some of my best learning experiences as a student, as a learner have come from that sort of arrangement. Like I remember being in the DCT position in Oral Surgery at a Guys hospital. And I had this complex surgical wisdom tooth. And I was struggling. So one of the registrar’s came and held my hand and she was retracted the cheek and she was telling me what to do as I was doing it, you know, hold it like this, hold it at that. And those have been the most powerful learning experiences for me. So I think that’s a really good point, you make that and that can be applied to any field of dentistry, if you can have someone to hold your hand, not just like over Facebook and send them photos and give you advice because that is really valuable as well, by the way, and by email relationship, but what I actually mean is that someone being by your side and seeing the patient together, and for them, just give me those little little micro tips that will just make your dentistry go a long way. So that’s a great point. And the last question to wrap up this theme of getting started in implants is the following, when we qualify, at what point should you decide? Okay, now is the time, I know you mentioned that level 123 which I really liked by the way, and you I think the way you described it so good because you can do level one very soon after qualifying because it just the core knowledge which we need to have even acquainted GDC but let’s say you want to start taking things again forward. Here’s my perception, my perception is you should be able to take teeth out comfortably enough before you even start think about placing implants. Because for me, that was around about three to four years afterwards. Now when I see any sort of extraction, it doesn’t faze me as much before then I was like, I’m not gonna be okay, am I not? Now I reach a position after the four year point where I thought, okay, now I can do some simple surgicals, happy to section and elevate. Whereas some dentists might jump straight into the deep end without even mastering extractions. For me, that’s how I was once taught is a good point to consider about the surgical aspects of implant dentistry. What do you think about that? How do you know is the right time? And do you need a good restorative background? Before you start going into level two and level three of the implant pathway described? [Hassan]Okay, that’s another very good question we always get from people who are passionate, they want to do something as quick as possible, but then they want to check, is it a good time for them? Or are they doing it too early or too late? Now, my advice would be after you finishing your dental degree, obviously, you’ve got to have one or two years of general dentist experience, dentistry experience. And you’re absolutely right, you need to have some knowledge about restorative techniques in general. You need to know how to take a tooth out, and not only taking a tooth out, you need to be learning and focusing on how to be gentle in taking teeth out. Because when it comes to implant dentistry, it’s all about the bonds all about that maybe a plate, which is in 87%, less than one millimeter thickness in dentin [inaudible]. So you could see we’re talking about very thin structure. And it will make or break your implant case in the future having that labial plate intact or not. So absolutely with you that you need to have good skills, the minor and all surgery skills, good some restorative understanding. But on the other side nowadays, you know, people like me and other co directors of other courses, whether it’s University lead or private lead, we acknowledge that and we started to integrate this as part of the education we offer to our participants. So our implant course is a 24 day over eight months. And in a part of this 24 days, we do lots of hands on teaching and taking feedback on managing little tiny, simple flaps, suturing techniques. So we take people assuming they haven’t ever done a suture before, they haven’t ever done a tooth out. And we sort of put that as part of the course. Now you could decide to learn how to do Oral Surgery by yourself and your patient by after taking 100 teeth out, or you could come and attend a one day course, which saves you the trouble of putting yourself and your patient through the stress and the trauma of trying to take a tooth out. So again, the question is, you know, you need to look at what sort of things is going to be covered in that course. I mean, in our course, it’s an implant course. But we also have a full module on occlusion, because we acknowledge the importance of occlusion in implant dentistry. Exactly. [Jaz]I was celebrating on there. For those driving, they didn’t see that I was very happy to hear that. [Hassan]He was jumpingup and down. So yes, definitely. Because, you know, to learn an implant is not only about this crew, it’s all about you know, stabilizing the map, stabilizing the whole structure, the pink structure, the bone, the adjacent teeth. So some courses will just teach you how to place an implant and other courses will have more like holistic approach where you go from A to Z. Look at the whole thing. And I would like to think in my course, or in our course, we covered all that. One of the brightest graduates we had were people who came to a request two years after graduation. And I mean, I wish I can mention someone called [delegate’s name]. [Delegate’s name] came to me he was the youngest participant. [Jaz]He’s very dear friend of mine. [delegate’s name] is a very dear friend of mine. And yes, I didn’t know it was your course that he did. That’s brilliant. He’s loving it. Amazing. [Hassan]And now, you know, he’s at his young age, he’s a mentor. So what I’m trying to tell you, it’s up to you to decide when you want to start and I go to people say because I do have some of my colleagues and very respected colleagues, they say, you cannot go into implant dentistry too early. You have to be 5,10 years of experience before giving into implants and I beg to differ because imagine yourself 35 years old this is I would like to think when you’re 35 you should be at the top Okay? If you’re certified with five years or 10 years experience in implant dentistry, it will make a huge difference compared to if you were 35, with one year experience of implant dentistry. So the earlier you start, you know, and you do the course doesn’t mean you’re going to finish the course and go and do full arch. Now you do the course and start with the simple cases. And that put you the first two steps in that pathway. And then from there, you develop your passion, you attend conferences, courses, continual advanced courses. So by the time you’re 35, you can do full arch with confidence. And that’s what I would prefer to do if time goes back. [Jaz]That’s a great way to look at the pathway. But I’m so happy you mentioned [ ? ], it’s unexpected, actually. It’s so great to celebrate the success of one of my dear friends. And I mean, if you ask him, he’s very humble, he will say success. That’s the wrong word for me, you know, he’s very humble guy. But I remember because we’re in the same you know, we’re best buds. And I remember what he was saying, so soon at dental school, I want to go to implants. But he’d been thinking about that for a while. And he went into it, knowing that he’d be one of the youngest, least experience. And he was very grounded. He said, that Look, I know, I have so much to learn. And the way he took it, he, I remember, he actually got extra mentorship, he actually, you know, I believe he paid for it, or whatever you need to do. But he did it the right way. He went the right way about it. And I love what he’s doing now. And he’s dedicated. He’s got a purpose. So that is a great case study. And I’m so glad you mentioned him. So it shouldn’t put anyone off if you’re too young, but you have that desire, and you have the willingness to put the hard work in. It’s all very achievable. So I think that ends this part one in a very nice way. So this was all about getting into it. We asked some questions like, at what point, what core skills you need, what to look out for, is it right for you. Any closing words on this segment Hassan? Before we move to the next one. [Hassan]Jaz, you’ve just mentioned an important thing and you said he did the course but you had to invest more. And this is the other message, you know, please don’t be diluted or deceived thinking that you’re doing the course, that’s it you’re going to be a perfect implpant dentist. Any course whether it’s even master’s degree, or one of the private courses like the [12 course] which we do over 24 days, which is an intensive and we offer patients as part of the cost our delegates even that it’s only your first step, you need to be willing and ready to invest. You have to invest into mentoring after the course, you have to invest into attending like advanced soft tissue and bone management courses after the course. So it’s a continually, it’s a marathon rather than a sprint. If you ready and if this is something you want to go, go for it. Don’t let anyone stop you pursuing your passion. Otherwise, you might as well just leave implant dentistry to another colleague. [Jaz]Well said and another great point that you reciprocated there about having the need to continually invest more and learn more advanced techniques. And a great example I can give you is I’ve got lots of good friends of mine who have Mclindent in prosthodontics or Mclindent in periodontics. And guess what they go abroad to America to Brazil or to wherever to do advanced soft tissue courses. My prosthodontics colleagues, they’re the biggest CPD junkies I know even though they have you know this, they made it, they’re prosthodontic specialist. But no, they’re still going for these advanced courses techniques. They’re continually investing in themselves, so it doesn’t stop. So I’m sorry, if you’re listening to this, and you’re thinking, oh my god, it never stops. You need to actually see that as a beautiful thing that you know, otherwise you get bored, you become stagnant. This is the beauty of dentistry there’s, you know, there’s not a single day that goes by they don’t learn anything new and that that will never stop. So I think that ends is part one really well. So Hassan, thanks so much for covering for us getting into the implant journey. [Hassan]Thank you, it’s a pleasure. Jaz’s Outro: Protruserati, thank you so much for listening all the way to the end, I always appreciate you listening all the way till the outro. Really appreciate that. So hope you found that useful with Dr Hassan Maghaireh. Watch out for part two of this where we actually get a little bit more clinical, how to assess your patient and the spaces whether they’re suitable for dental implants. So catch on that one. The is an update in terms of social media. We do now have an Instagram page, it’s @protrusivedental. So I’m going to use my own Instagram for my own things now. If you follow the podcast, you like the content and you want to keep in touch with the content, join the @protrusivedental Instagram. Give us a follow and we’ll follow you back. Thank you so much as always and I’ll catch you in the next episode.
undefined
7 snips
Dec 9, 2020 • 12min

Dahl Technique and ‘Maryland Bridges’ – GF001

This is the very first Group Function and we are tackinling RBBs! I will take questions from the fellow Protruserati – I will use your help to come up with some helpful solutions. TLDR: You can do Dahl RBBs, but it doesn’t always mean you should. A little prep of enamel will not be THAT detrimental for the tooth. https://youtu.be/VtRlzodts8c Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! Thank you Aaron for helping this episode happen as our first question! It is about a technique dear to my heart – Resin Bonded Bridges! Firstly, if you know nothing about the Dahl technique, you totally need to listen to the episodes with Tif Qureshi on Dahl Part 1 and Part 2. It CAN be a good way to place Resin Bonded Bridges in a way to eliminate any preparation for the occlusal surface – in young patients it can be very successful. However, it just seems a shame to prop someone’s bite open on just ONE tooth and allow what naysayers refer to as ‘unpredictable orthodontics’ to work it’s sweet magic. I am totally fine with a little prep – staying in enamel (which is so key!) – every case is unique so treat on it’s merits. In a younger patient, I am more likely to consider that approach. I hope this helps! If you find this useful – send it to a colleague. I cover Dahl RBBs extensively in the Resin Bonded Bridges CPD Online Masterclass as well as Zirconia RBBs. Click below for full episode transcript: Opening Snippet: You know sometimes when you get asked a question and then you help to answer that question or you know someone who knows the answer and you connect them and then the topic that you discuss becomes so helpful, so useful. You kind of wish that 'hey you know what i wish more people had access to this' because i'm sure if this person benefited from these answers that many others will also benefit from these answers... Main Topic: So this is why, this is the first ever group function okay? So i’m calling this series group function because it’s us, you and i working as a group. You guys the listeners, myself, the previous guest of the podcast, the future guest podcast and those on the Protrusive D,ental community facebook group we’re going to ask questions, we’re going to answer questions. They’re going to share answers, we’re going to try and be i guess a fly on the wall when these helpful conversations happen. So for the first ever group function, someone messaged me yesterday with a question his name’s Aaron Raju. Aaron, thanks so much for the question and he gave his consent for this to be go on an ama so i can ask me anything but of course i’m calling this the group function. So what Aaron asks is to do with resin bonded bridges so aka maryland bridges you know i don’t like that term but anyway maryland bridges and using maryland bridges as part of the dahl technique. Now if you are totally unfamiliar with a dahl technique you need to end this episode now and go back to episode 16 and 17 where we are joined by Dr Tif Qureshi and we talk everything and anything about dahl, about how it works, the mechanisms, the indications, contraindications. So this is a really important background knowledge to have, to be able to answer this question and resin bonded bridges are something very dear to my heart. I’ve got a little mini series online on rbbmasterclass.com so i placed hundreds of resin bonded bridges. I’ve published on this technique in dental update. So Aaron thanks so much for the question basically i’ll read it out “Dr Gulati..” Well first you don’t need to call me Dr Gulat. I am Jaz, you know that. Hope you don’t mind answering quick query. I read your papers in dental update regarding resin bonded bridges. I have a case where a resin bonded bridge is used to replace an upper right five with the upper right six as an abutment with the wing overlying the palatal cusps and the palatal surface. This was no prep and the plan is to dahl to reestablish posterior occlusion long term. I realize there is also a potential to create an anterior open bite as a result of raising the occlusion posteriorly. Have you experienced any kind of potential issues in your experience? And to avoid this i was considering a minimal occlusal preparation in the future to leave the palatal and lingual surfaces untouched. Kind regards, Aaron. Aaron thanks so much for the question. Let me break that question down into his different components so we can answer each one. So it’s it’ll flow better. So firstly the situation is we have a resin bonded bridge, it’s a cantilever resin bonded bridge, it’s from a first molar as the abutment tooth and it’s replacing a second premolar so it’s a cantilever design and it’s resin bonded so it’s not a conventional bridge, it’s a resin bonded bridge. Now the question is when we over lay onto the occlusal surface so half of the occlusal let’s call it the palatal half of the occlusal surface. Now this is a good thing to do generally because you’re maximizing the surface area that you’re covering of the abutment which is really important for resin bonded bridge because innately they don’t have much retention form. They’re relying heavily on the bonding. So it’s a good thing to do and also the other benefit of covering over the half the occlusal surface is if you put any pressure or force down the long axis of the pontic so the upper right five pontic okay? You put some forces up the the tooth as you’re chewing some food okay? Then forces will be acting on the bridge abutment and what the occlusal element of the abutment brings is that it allows your cement lut to be in compression compared to if you didn’t cover the occlusal and he only had the palatal surface the wing classic used to see this design quite a bit and they were not so successful is because when the patient now chews and they’ve got a food bolus on their secondary molar and they bite together. Now what’s happening is that shear stress and tensile forces are acting on that cement loot and then eventually this can debond but by having the occlusal component, it’s allowing it to be in compressive stress which it can handle much better So it’s always a good thing to do where you can. Now the issue is if you’ve got someone with a perfectly well interlocking interdigitated posterior occlusion then you don’t have space right? So your options are A) you prep and you prep 0.7 millimeters so you definitely don’t want to get into dentine because that really reduces the bond strength but you should be able to do it but nowadays you want to be minimally invasive so this is why some people like to use the dahl technique i.e do not do any prep or very minimal prep and have your technician make the resin bonded bridge abutment in supra occlusion. So you bond it on, cement it on and now when the patient bites together because you didn’t make the space for it you’re open everywhere else, you’re not biting anywhere else except on to the abutment of the upper right six. So can this technique work? Yes it can. So i’m just gonna for those who people who are watching obviously those who are listening i’ll be able to describe it for those people who are watching i’m gonna put some still images from my resin bonded bridge online course and this will help to drive the the sort of vision home as well and the explanation will be clearer. Using the dahl technique as part of resin bonded bridge to replace a tooth is something i did a lot of in hospital both when i work at that guy’s hospital and at sheffield hospital on the restorative department for the young people post-orthodontic around about anywhere from age 15 16 up to you know even their 20s we did this a lot. We didn’t prep and we just bonded these resin bonded bridge in supraocclusion and they would sort themselves out okay over time you would get the posterior over-eruption or dental alveolar compensation so this image for those watching is that the teeth are apart it hasn’t settled but even as quick as four weeks later they do come back and everything is meeting quite nicely if not a hundred percent and maybe ninety percent of the way there and then with a further follow-up teeth are all into collusion, they’re all into static occlusion again and things are looking pretty good. So how does this work? Well the posteriors over-erupt or dental alveolar compensation happens there could be some anterior intrusion and also there could be a degree of condylar repositioning and all these and any of these things can be happening at the same time. So it does work but you have to pick your battles and as now you know, now work in private practice, I tell you i don’t do a lot of this anymore. I’m very very selective about which cases i do this for. So let’s talk about some contraindications. So the real world advice is firstly all the principles of dahl, you have to also apply it to doing dahl on a resin bonded bridge because dahl traditionally nowadays when we do it, we do some anterior bonding for someone who’s got localized anterior tooth wear and then we allow the several teeth contacting at the front only and then allowing dahl to work its magic condylar repositioning, anterior intrusion, posterior eruption and then eventually everything is settled right? And this is fairly predictable especially in a younger patient but with the resin bonded bridge unless you’re doing like a long span anterior resin bonded bridge like in the situation that Aaron just spoke about, with dahling of just one tooth okay? That’s pretty extreme right? So all of the patient’s contacts all the chewing will be on the upper right six everything else will be open is this a good thing to do? Well I think Aaron told me the patient’s about 27 so yes fairly young and that should be fine but are there any risks? Now before we come on to the risks there are some things that apply universally with dahl like for example avoid dahling anyone with an anterior open bite because hey if they were receptive or susceptible to anterior overruption and whatnot and an intrusion then their own anterior open bite would have sorted itself out already right through eruptive forces but it hasn’t. So avoid AOBs, avoid intracapsular disorders with tmj. Do it on people you like and trust because it’s kind of something that you may be seeing them over again for if it doesn’t go to plan. Avoid severe tooth wear because they probably need a full mouth rehabilitation as Tif says dahl is very much reserved for interceptive like when it’s not too late, when you can do some edge bonding and you can recycle these as you go along so every eight to ten years do it again and really it’s a great way to keep someone going but if they’ve lost too much tooth structure or if they’ve got posterior wear, significant posterior wear that’s not a dahl patient, that’s a rehab patient. You also want to avoid it in someone with a reduced periodontium so imagine this patient that Aaron spoke of obviously 27, unlikely to have severe perio problems but if the upper right six was periodontally compromised then really there’s a fine line between doing a dahl and and just putting something at increased risk of occlusal trauma. So you have to be careful with the reduced periodontium and of course age is significant. So the younger you are the more predictable it’s supposed to be and one more thing that if you ever do a dahl always think about the axial contacts like where are the contacts happening and if the opposing tooth is having the contact along the long axis or not so you don’t want teeth display and flare out you try and want to design everything in your wax up and you’re planning to allow all the forces go up the long axis of a tooth. So Aaron let’s actually answer your question, it’s totally okay to do this but i don’t do it so much because it’s annoying for the patient and if they’ve got a perfect in well interlocked interdigitated occlusion already a little bit of prep for them to have a new tooth is not the end of the world okay? And that you can still stay in enamel for that 0.7 millimeter thickness and a lot of these cases you have a look and actually in some areas you may need to prep a little bit and other areas may not need to prep so much. So actually a lot of these cases don’t need as much as 0.7 millimeters perhaps you can actually do a lot less as well. Are there any risks of creating an anterior open bite? Well this is a very broad question because when can an anterior open might happen in restorative density? Well in this case it would happen where if they potentially have a large slide between their MIP and their centric relation contact point then let’s say you now prop them open on their upper right first molar as part of the bridge abutment and then what happens their lateral pterygoid muscle relaxes and suddenly their mandible goes all the way back, it’s like they’ve completely forgotten how to bite together and now yes they could have an AOB how can you screen for this? Well you need to check where is their centric relation contact point position, have they got a large slide perhaps you could use a leaf gauge to check what their first point of contact is and that might be useful for you and of course if they’ve got a poor posterior stability then nothing’s going to help them to slot back into their mip. So these are all the other things that we look at to predict if someone’s going to be high risk. There’s loads of other things that go on as well because if anything changes in the temporoomandibular joint then that can obviously change the way that our teeth occlude. So i think it’s a low risk of doing it but it’s still a risk nonetheless and every patient’s different and you should screen for this and do your usual occlusal check.
undefined
Dec 1, 2020 • 57min

What Every Dentist Should Know About Managing Dental Anxiety – PDP050

When Mike Gow first told me that he helped place dental implants on patients WITHOUT local anaesthetic, I thought he was lying. Then I found out they have also done a sinus lift without LA…what?! You read that correctly! Mike Gow has centred his practice around the management of nervous and anxious patients. Don’t you think we can learn so much about management of dental anxiety from someone who has achieved the above? This is exactly why I brought him on as my guest of honour for Episode 50 (50 not out!) and you will love this, gem-packed podcast with valuable ways to help us become better Dentists to anxious patients. https://youtu.be/dkMByGXwI1A Full episode with Dr Mike Gow only on Protrusive and Dentinal Tubules Need to Read it? Check out the Full Episode Transcript below! The Protrusive Dental Pearl is to check out Anydesk (it’s free!) to gain remote access to your work computer in a secure way, so you can access X-rays and treatment plans any time, from any where! This has helped me on so many occassions! Also check out the 1 hour free training on Teeth Whitening by Dr Payman Langroudi of Enlighten Smiles. https://youtu.be/jO0bIetHLtY We discuss: How and why he found himself in a situation to hypnotise patients and place implants without LA Mythbusting about Inhalation Sedation Top tips in making patient feels calm and cared for (gold) Gow Gates vs Akinosi – which ID Block alternative is better? How to have a thriving practice centered on anxious patients The powerful secrets of managing dental anxiety https://youtu.be/uqiXh6QUjXw Inhalation Sedation is massively underutilised https://youtu.be/LevjbyjOTIM Hypnosis is powerful! Mike’s resources as promised: ISDAM Website ISDAM Facebook page His practice, the Berkeley Clinic And of course, Mike on the news!: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D04uduXkYJ0 Dr Mike Gow also runs InterDental TV for the latest in Dentistry. If you enjoyed this episode, you may also like Dr Libi’s 2 episodes on Paediatric Dentistry! Click below for full episode transcript: Opening Snippet: I see myself like, cocktail waiter, okay? The patient presents and tells me what kind of you know we work on what kind of thing is needed. And now it's up to me to decide how much of this is going to be pharmacological, how much behavioral, how much technological, and we make this mixture that's unique to that person... Jaz’s Introduction: Managing anxious patients is not only one of the most difficult things in dentistry, and sometimes they can be very stressful encounters, but they are actually some of the most rewarding experiences sometimes this defines us as dentists, a dentist who cares, attentive who can really give people hope. People lose hope. And that’s part of the anxiety. They won’t know if they will get along with you. But they won’t know these patients. If they can never trust another dentist again, they’re too scared of pain. They’re too scared of just general dentistry. And I think if you could master the art of treating the anxious patient, you will be so so so busy, profitable, or more important, your value and your sort of self worth as dentists and enjoyment and fulfillment can really really increase and that’s why out today on this episode, Protruserati, PDP050, 50 Episode 50 raising my bat. Thank you so much for sticking with me all the way to 50 episodes. I’ve got an amazing person. This clinician, Dr. Mike Gow, if you’ve ever met him, I met him in Switzerland course few months ago in , this guy is just something else like, Here I am, right? I’m placing local anesthetic, sometimes when I’m placing retraction cord, right? So I take the temporary crown off. And I need to get scanner impression to go to a definitive crown for example, and I’m placing local anesthetic for retraction cord. Yeah, I’ll put my hand up. I do that sometimes. Right? Where as this guy, Okay, Dr Mike Gow. He’s worked with dentists alongside him. And through his hypnosis and just amazing management of anxious patients, their team has managed to place implants and do sinus lifts WITHOUT local anesthetic. Yeah, you heard that right, right? Without local anesthetic to do a surgical procedure, and place an implant. That is amazing. I’m not saying you guys should aspire to that level. But don’t you think we can learn so much from Dr Mike Gow. And just even as a GDP if we can learn a few tips from this episode, which is absolutely jam packed full of it. It will really help you in the management of nervous patients. We asked about Mike’s journey, how you got involved with nervous patients, what his top tips are, he explained what he was feeling like just before he’s about to operate on this patient when placing the implants without local anesthetic, like, that’s a big ask. And a lot of these were being televised and filmed. So there was a lot of pressure for him and his team. But it’s just amazing the outcome and we sort of find out what kind of patient is suitable for going as extreme as that. Yeah, not everyone is suitable. And it depends on a few factors, which might covers fantastically. So I’m really excited to share this episode with you. The Protrusive Dental pearl I have for you may change your life in a massive way. Like it changed my life in a massive way, right? When you’re sometimes doing treatment plan that is at home, and you need to just see an x ray, or you need to see exactly what the conversation was with a patient, you need to read your notes, right? And let’s say it’s a weekend sometimes I’m spending weekends doing treatment plans as you know from the previous episodes. So how can you access the notes it’s been something that really bugged me for a long time. So we use them in the UK a lot of people use SOE Exact and when no matter what system you use, you can download something called anydesk. Now anydesk will allow you to access any other desktop or computer or laptop that’s got anydesk involved and it’s like completely secure. So you’ve got these like long keys, passwords, encryption, all that sort of stuff. And then now you are able to access your work computer and if your work computer is on you can then log into your dental management, patient management software. And you can look at your X ray, you can you know find out emails of patient so you can email them the treatment letter. And that literally really helped me so much in terms of saving time in ways you couldn’t imagine. And also so I’m not constantly hassling or bugging the receptionist to send me this email or send me that piece of information or show me this x ray. So now I can just do it myself. You take the burden off the reception team. So if you ever wanted to know how can I access that information while out and about or at home or at different practice, I would download anydesk on your laptop or computer and also the work one and it’s really easy to use. So I really hope you enjoy anydesk. I’ll put the link for it on the protrusive.co.uk website on the under the Show Notes for this episode, but also on the Protrusive Dental community Facebook group which has been just amazing recently, so much activity on there, people are really embracing the term Protruserati which is awesome. I’d like to thank enlightened whitening for their support in sponsoring this episode. And they’re a premium brand of whitening that we use. And it’s just phenomenal, the patients get a really great response, it’s more about the feel that they get that hey, I’m actually using a quality system, the tray design is just on point, it’s a really like thicker trays, which have is a superseal effect. And so I whenever I fit these trays, I’m always impressed at the seal that’s achieved. I was really impressed the first time I use enlightened a few years ago that when the pack came in the delivery, there was like a cold pack with it as well. Because of course, we know that it’s so important to keep your carbamide peroxide or hydrogen peroxide cold, right? So we instruct our patients to keep it in the fridge. So I was impressed even in transit, these gels are being moved around with this cold pack to keep the gels at the right temperature. And I think that could be part of the secret if you like as to why Enlighten, it performs so well and why people get such great results with it and why they can give this B1 guarantee. Whether you use enlightened already or using an alternative whitening brand. I think you can learn a lot from Payman Langroudi, he does a one hour training on teeth whitening. And of course, you’ll get to learn a benefit specifically about what makes enlightened, unique as a premium brand of teeth whitening. So if you go to protrusive.co.uk/enlightened, you’ll be taken to the page where you can sign up for the one hour free training with Payman, who will becoming on podcast soon, because I want him to talk about these things. And I want to make it controversial. I’m gonna probe him and probe them and try and get out and gonna find out is the light, we know people use the in-chair lights on the teeth, Is that even worth it? Like you saw kind of know the answer. But what’s the sort of history behind that our practice is still doing that? What makes whitening more efficacious? Is that the right word? How can we do more whitening like whitening is such a, I want to say, easy procedure. But it’s like it’s a reversal procedure. It’s so safe, and it can really, really uplift patients and give them a much improved smile compared to doing invasive procedures. So it’s something worth checking out. So go to protrusive.co.uk/enlightened to check that out. So again, thank you to Payman and the team Enlightened for sponsoring this episode. And we’re gonna dive right in with Dr. Mike Gow. Main Interview: [Jaz]Mike, welcome to the Protrusive Dental podcast, how are you my friend? [Mike]I am very well, thank you. How are you? [Jaz]Fantastic. And I’m really, really excited to talk about all the themes we’re talking about today. I just think it’s crazy. Right? I’m going to say it now. I think it’s crazy that you can do treatments without local anesthetic. And I’m so jumping the gun a little bit. But I mean, you’re sort of claim to fame. For me, there’s room for bringing you on, is that an amazing accomplishment if anyone doesn’t know, and we’re sort of setting the scene here is, I mean, here I am using local anesthetic to place a retraction cord, right? And you have to have been involved in sinus lifts and immediate implant placements without local anesthetic. And we’ll talk about that today. And we want GDPs and dentists all over the world to learn techniques to manage nervous patients. But what you achieved with that is just mind blowing. Before we jump into that, just tell everyone about a little bit about yourself where you practice. You have a beautiful practice in Glasgow called the Berkeley tell us a little about just you. [Mike]Yeah. So yes, I’m I qualified in Glasgow in 1999. And actually got a really keen interest in in anxiety management right from the beginning of my career, even as a student, I was I was interested in anxiety management. I did my dental while Lexus and hypnosis as well back in those days, and I’ll get into that story a little bit more shortly. Over the years I’ve trained I’ve got masters in hypnosis apply to dentistry from University College London, postgraduate certificate in the management of dental anxiety, as well, Yes, and but you know, my practice is that the vast majority of my patients either are or have been anxious at some point in the past and that’s really the main core of the work that I did with anxious. [Jaz]What attracted you to that? I mean, you said from very early on as a student but what why that, why not orthodontics why not, you’re essentially everything to a very large number you’re there everything, you are there orthodontists, you are always going to be doing the ortho, you’re the oral surgeon, you’re a lot of services to certain people who will probably refuse to go to anyone else. Because, you know, when you have an anxious patient and they like you, they’re you know, we know that they will stick with you. So what is it that? Is it Did you know that hey, this is really important in my career that can be my USP or is this some other factors that made you, you drew you towards the management of anxious patients? [Mike]Definitely. I wasn’t, I guess business minded enough at the time just to realize that actually, it was a great USP to have. What it was actually there was a patient of mine as a dental student who was on the student clinic who shouldn’t have been she was terrified. All I was doing was making a set of dentures. And I still remember to this day all my student colleagues, you know, complaining about patient management and you’re struggling to do certain things clinically. But at the end of helping this particular lady, she was so great. If all that had got her through her treatment, she actually gave me a little Parker pen, this lady was not well off, she was a little old, classical widow, you know. And at the end of the treatment, I got this Parker silver Parker pen with Michael engraved on the pen. And she gave me the biggest hug and said, You’ve changed my life. And from that moment on, I thought, that’s what I want to do. I love dentistry. I do love clinical dentistry. But I love that feeling of changing somebody’s life and with phobic patients, you know, often people that haven’t been to the dentist are often decades, you know, they have no social life, they’re struggling finding work, they’re struggling to find a partner that will confidence, pain, unable to eat, and have very low expectations, they think their life cannot change. And to be able to take somebody through that journey to a point where they’re out of pain, they can chew, and we can smile again. And you know, it’s just, you know, it’s a privilege and an honor to be part of that journey with somebody. So that’s where I get my [buzz] And my kick every time is from how it changes people’s lives. [Jaz]I can definitely relate to that buzz I mean, I think all dentists are all dentists who mean well, who have a kind heart and gentle hands, who the kind of dentist that puts topical anesthetic, you know, there’s some who don’t, and some who do and I just automatically divide those two groups. And I think those who do, you know, maybe I’m saying things I shouldn’t be saying. But I think those who place topical care more than those who don’t, that’s just, [Mike]Here’s my thing, about topical, since you raise it. It is first of all, you’ve got to put it on for at least 90 seconds. So make sure this stuff works, give it a chance. But see, but by using topical anesthetic, you’re telling your patient you care, and you’ll go the extra mile. And for that minute and a half, you’ll buy appreciation, you buy the patient’s comfort, it’s so worth doing every time even if the patient’s not nervous. [Jaz]That’s exactly my mantra and a you know, so anyone listening out there, who don’t use topical, just use it, it just makes sense. It shows that you’re a caring dentist, it’s a no brainer for me, you probably have a, Mike, and just tell me just because it’s fun to know, where it is the furthest a patient travels from to come and see you. [Mike]Oh, my that question. I get patients from all over Europe, I actually saw a, sadly I had a patient who was due to see me from France, but of course they’ve not been able to come. So I think probably European is the farthest but again, this is one of the things Yes, patients will travel. But part of why I want to do that I don’t want to create a patient who believes that I’m the only dentist that can ever treat them, you know, it’s great for my ego, you know, it makes me feel nice. If that’s the case. However, it’s not very useful for the patient, if we go into lockdown, or there’s a pandemic, or, you know, I’m ill or something. So a big part of the journey I take the patient through is to rebuild their own confidence, their own ability to see how dentistry can be. Once they know how dentistry can be and that they have control over it. And you know, I will frequently recommend patients to see other dentists and especially if it’s someone I know, I’ll take them on the first part of the journey, get the majority of the treatment completed, you know, go other patients that will travel from England to see me, I find out where they are. And of course dentistry is a small world, I will know somebody local to them who I knew was an excellent dentist. And I say look, you can see, Jaz, he’s a great guy, he will look out for you. And then they’re not having to come and see me every six months. So yeah, patients travel, but I’m not for a minute seeing that that’s how it should work. [Jaz]That’s very admirable. The fact that you you know you look for that arrangement that you want to build up their confidence that they can see anyone and that’s the real hallmark of patient. Dentists that really cares about their patient going forward as well, because quite rightly said that you don’t want them to become too dependent on you. And I think it’s great that you take them through that process. And that’s amazing. So talking processes tell me you how do you get to a point where you even have the thought of doing a sinus lift without any local anesthetic? Like I’m afraid of the rubber dam clamp to pinch the palatal gingiva and then to sort of feed it and your like all the surgical thing. So tell us, you know, tell us a story behind that happening. Wow, I mean, I can only fathom all the different skills that you need to do that, but how do you do it? [Mike]But I think that, you know, I guess one of the skills is just having the bravado to say let’s make this happen and do it because, you know, as you know, you can use local anesthetic and the patient may still feel something. You know, one of the questions that people often ask me is what would you have done if one of those patients said had felt something? Well, guess what, that’s what we do every day. You know, we’re in that scenario all the time, the patient might feel something at any point, it was exactly the same. And so I guess, you know, first of all talking about pain management. Pain is unique to every individual who’s alive. It’s a very, very complex thing. You know, not only physiological, but emotional expectation, history, there are so many things wrapped up. And not only the experience of pain, but the interpretation of actually what that means. You know, the word pain in itself, actually, the origins of it means punishment. And you get words like penalty, and penitentiary, and all these kind of words from the same origin. So it’s a very, it’s associated as a very negative thing. So the first part of that journey when preparing a patient for something like that is to say, look, here’s the procedure that we are going to do. And the reason why we are doing it is to achieve your goals of promoting your health, promoting the aesthetics, you know, listening through all the reasons why they’re doing it. Now, during that process, your body will give you signals to tell you that there’s danger, something’s happening, there’s a surgical thing. However, you know, that this is a whole constructive, it’s all healthy, we’re doing a good thing by doing that. So you can interpret that signal [inaudibe]. So that’s kind of part of the introduction to how do you interpret the signals. Now, if you watch a lot of people talking about pain management for, you know, surgical situations, using hypnosis, the mistake that’s often made is the talk about seeing you will not feel anything. Okay? Now, I would never even see this if a patient was having local anesthetic, or you won’t feel anything. Because you do, of course, you feel something. But you’re going to feel pressure, you’re going to feel vibrations, you’re going to feel x, y and z. So yes, you’ll feel something. But you’ll be surprised how comfortable it is. Now, actually, if anybody ever watches the video that I did with [Phil Friel?], which was the immediate implant placement, and it’s on YouTube, [throat], the procedure, I’m seeing her loss of pressure, you’re feeling pressure vibration movement. At the end, the interviews says, hey, was that, you know, what was it? Was it painful? And she says, No, no, it was just a kind of, and she looks for words. And she says, that was a kind of pressure. And that’s the word side is using and feeding the whole time interpreting it differently. So first of all, for an extreme procedure, it would be quite difficult if the patient was extremely anxious, because that anxiety would drive the pain we know the more anxious somebody is the more pain that they interpret. Now, if you take an MRI scan, the fascinating part of pain research shows that this is not just the person seeing, I feel that painful. When you look at the functional MRI scan, their brain is firing. And these are the cases sometimes where you know the patient’s in the chair, you barely touched the tooth, or you take out a bit of cotton wool, “Ah that was sore. What did you do?” Okay, now, the chances, I mean, maybe there’s a accessory nerve supply, maybe there’s something else going on. But there is a chance that the patient has actually generated a pain response within the brain. Despite there not being a physical reason why it should happen. The pain is just as real as just as painful. So, you know, the big mistake would be to say, you couldn’t have felt that. [Jaz]Honestly, I’ve had these patients whereby literally, I’m hovering the needle above the buccal cusp of premolar about to give the infiltration like ahhh, and you know, you think oh my gosh, you know, but these are often you know, in my experience, very, very anxious patient, these are the ones that you’re taking out a lower molar, for example, and you’ve given four ID blocks and three articaine infiltration is going lingual, and then just as you’re putting any pressure on that they’re screaming, so my natural instinct, most dentists will think, Hey, you know what, this patient’s just full of BS. But are you suggesting that actually that there are, there is activity in the brain that matches up with real perceived pain? [Mike]100% I mean, first of all, never made the assumption that there’s something that you’ve missed in there, there could be an abscess, there could be [inaudible] could be a reason why they are genuinely feeling something. But I do believe in a lot of cases, especially in very anxious patients, their anxiety drives the expectation and experience of pain, but it’s very real, it’s psychologically generated a bit. It’s just as real as physiologically generated. And that’s, you know, that is something that we have to be super super aware of. [Jaz]Was it NLP? Did you use NLP or, or have you sort of done a program learning about NLP? Or is it purely your sort of hypnosis background that you’re able to get a patient like that. And also I want to know is would you be able to take me for example, I’m not mentally anxious, so he said, I think I am. And would you be able to condition me to potentially have a extraction, for example, without local anesthetic, and not that way that I want to go too much in that direction, because I want this to be really helpful for GDPs. And most of us are not going to start doing this. But I think there’s so much we can learn from what you do. [Mike]And here’s the thing being hypnotizable is mainly about somebody’s creative imagination and their creative ability, as well as expectation and motivation. Though somebody who’s who’s highly phobic highly anxious and is able to generate the experience of pain, despite the fact you’re doing very little is probably quite hypnotizable. Okay, because they’re already doing it. They’re doing it negatively. Okay? So for those patients, I know that yes, hypnosis can help. Now, could I hypnotize you? I’ve got no idea. I would need to know a little bit more about you. On a general assumption, if I know that you are creative, artistic, all those types of things, then I would guess, yes. You know, if a patient presents and says to me, Mike, I’m a professor of mathematics at the local university. Could you hypnotize me? I’m thinking Probably not, because he’s going to analyze everything. And rather than going with the creative experience, you’re going to be questioning what’s happening all the time, and it actually stops you engaging with experience. And someone says, I’m an artist, musician, they tend to be far more hypnotizable. But actually, as I see if someone says, I have a phobia of spiders, flying, water, the dentist, can I be hypnotized? Them the answer is yes. Because you’re already doing it. So it’s a beautiful self selecting group of patients. If someone comes and says, Mike, I have a phobia. Can you hypnotize me? Yes, it is the answer. [Jaz]That’s crazy. Because automatically, I assume that those two patients that you done an immediate placement, sinus lift without LA, I thought, hey, these are not the extremely nervous ones. They’re probably just normal guys that you sort of said, Hey, you know, it’d be really cool to do this. But actually, what I’m understanding now is actually you need that patient who generates those sorts of connections, neural connections that are amenable to hypnosis. So those two patients were, you know, most patient, most dentists would see them as phobic patients. [Mike]Not necessarily one of them actually was quite anxious originally, the other wasn’t, you don’t need to be. You don’t need to have anxiety to be hypnotizable or phobic, you just need that creative ability. And most people who are anxious for phobic have that. But you don’t have to have the anxiety element. There’s plenty of creative people that don’t have anxieties. So it’s more the creative ability. That’s important. [Jaz]Brilliant, so that now I want to get the learning done here. So you’ve talked about these amazing experiences. And if you send me the YouTube link, I’m sure lots of people want to see this. So I’ll put that on the show notes on protrusive.co.uk, so people can check it out. I want to know, what are some pieces of advice that you can give to dentists listening right now to help us tomorrow, manage anxious patients because anxious patients, phobic patients can be a blessing in terms of you know, their patients for life. so rewarding the great feelings that you get, the hugs that you get, the life that you can change, but they’re also the reason you run 45 minutes late, you have to get the tissues out and give it to your patient. The nurses roll their eyes, all that sort of stuff. They’re also they generate a lot of emotions in dentists. [Mike]I think you’re right. But each of the things you’ve mentioned there are things that you would address. So first of all, you know, creating an ethos among your practice of caring for the patient, and actually understanding that these are a really rewarding group of patients to help. And I think, you know, scheduling them at the right time, good communication with care coordinators, you know, all of those things go on massively, and it gives everybody it’s not just me that gets the job satisfaction, it’s the whole team can genuinely, you know, invest in this and feel like they’re, you know, they’re part of changing this person’s life. So make it a team thing, rather than just being about the you know, the connection themselves would be one thing. You know, so ensure that the staff is here and you’re also getting the training and communication and you know, Sedation techniques and whatever else you’re going to offer. And I think having time and flexibility would be the second thing. So I would always avoid if I know somebody is very anxious, I would always avoid squeezing and, you know, for me still the hardest patients manage is a phobic patient NPN squeeze them for 15 minutes. I mean that that is hard. No matter how many NLP or hypnosis courses you’ve done. That’s still going to be very tough because a patient will pick up on the smallest cues of you feeling under stress or pressure or trying to rush at something and the whole thing can just spiral and get at a time quite quickly. So time is really important. And then train, you know, this is one of the things I found interesting when I first embarked on my journey, it you know, dental anxiety management seem to go in one of two directions. So either you were a Sedation Dentist, or you did the behavioral, you know, CBT hypnosis can have side effects. And actually, I found these two different arms very rarely interacted and talked. And it was either the sedation clinic or the hypnosis clinic. And for me, you know, it’s truly to help a phobic patient, it’s about selecting the right mixture of all the things that we can do. You know, we’ve got clinical techniques, you know, injection techniques, learn how to do an Akinosi block, learn how to use computer controls, injection systems, like the ones and make sure you can get it. So there’s very little point in me talking a good game and relaxing a patient and can get it to fit. And so all of that is important. Technology that we have from CAD CAM scanners and impression dentistry is huge as well. Training and pharmacology, so training and sedation techniques, inhalation IV sedation. In fact, that terrified me, I was interested in being understanding the psychology of anxiety. But I knew if I truly wants to help anxious patients, I had to train an IV sedation. And it was one of the best things I ever did. Because, you know, in the right case, IV sedation is phenomenal. And then even on the behavioral side, you know, you have cognitive behavioral therapy, hypnosis, NLP, basic relaxation techniques, communication skills, all of these things come together so that when I’m presented with a new patient, I don’t just think phobic patients sedation, I see myself like, cocktail waiter, okay? The patient presents, and tells me what kind of, you know, we work on what kind of thing is needed. And then it’s up to me to decide how much of this is going to be pharmacological, how much behavior or how much technological, and we make this mixture that’s unique to that person. You know, some people, it’s a pint of vodka, it’s you need IV sedation, and we need to get this stuff. And but it’s always going to be a unique mixture for that person. So that I think is probably the biggest message that I have for people is, you know, train and as many of these different little branches and [ingredients?] as you can because the more things you’ve got to reach for the you know, the, the easier the treatment is going to be for the individual. And that’s part of you know, a few years ago, we developed the International Society of dental anxiety management. And the whole thing about that was trying to have a guess a platform and a place where people could learn lots of different things. So last year, we had a conference, and we had people teaching injection techniques, people teaching rapport skills. It was just wonderful. So that’s the type of thing that again, gets me excited. And there’s nothing you’ll notice yourself doing teaching. It’s nothing more exciting than another dentist coming back saying that thing that you told me I used on this really phobic person who had been struggling with and they’re now okay. And that’s hugely rewarding as well. [Mike]That’s fantastic. I really love the cocktail waiter analogy. That’s just phenomenal. I really love that. What percentage of your day is sedation? What percentage of your day are you actually delivering intravenous sedation? [Mike]And I would say I would actually put that as a percentage of the week more than a day because I maybe have a session a week or every couple of weeks, I don’t do a huge amount of IV sedation, maybe using an equation a little bit more. Especially just no IV sedation. It’s just a bit more complicated with, you know, chaperones and around Coronavirus, it’s just a little bit harder. But I find maybe once a week or once every couple of weeks and generally these are new patients that are needing a high volume of surgical treatments. So multiple extractions or multiple CMD chrome placements, you know, using the TRIOS. So we’re, you know, yes, the big disadvantage really with IV is the patient has no memory of the treatment. Your patients can seem rubbish because I don’t want any memory of the treatment. But if they have no memory of the treatment, then they’ve actually got no foundation to build their future experiences on seeing that was actually okay. So great to get things started. But it doesn’t necessarily help to cure the phobia in the long run. [Jaz]It doesn’t take them through that process of becoming less dependent on you. But it’s a good starting point for maybe a surgical procedure that they’re not maybe something that you probably want to do on their sendation as well, and when you take them through that journey, and they become more trusting, and they can open themselves up to other treatment. And you’ve probably got, obviously, as you said, your whole practice is geared towards that, which is amazing. So Mike has wanted to touch on inhalation sedation, A couple of years ago, I thought before then that inhalation sedation was just for children, right? And I got beat down on Facebook, by some eminent educators in inhalation sedation, like this absolute rubbish. It’s actually used for adults. And that’s when I learned, hey, whoa, there is actually a place for inhalation sedation for adults. So tell us. Can you bust that myth for us about inhalation sedation. And how much of an impact, how much can actually help your patients? [Mike]Inhalation sedation, I think is probably one of the most underused anxiety management tools that we have at our disposal. I believe just now, I may be wrong. So please let me know if I’m wrong. But I believe we’re the only clinic in Glasgow that is offering it at all. And it’s so effective. I mean, it’s great for kids works very, very well with kids, but for adults as well. It’s perfect for shorts, minimally invasive procedures. You know, I don’t know if you’ve ever experienced Nitrous yourself before? [Jaz]I have dental school, they give us a in fourth year, they give us a little go, you know, and it felt amazing, I felt like I was four points down, but not in like, it kind of four points down, but you know, you’re not gonna get a hangover and you feel fresh. It felt really good. [Mike]It did. This is how I explained it to patients. And if it’s a parent of the kids, you’ve got to be really careful as well. So I talked about it being a happy drunk feeling. And I made sure to explain to the kids that with alcohol, you can feel sick, violence, you can get depressed and upset. But with happy gas, it’s called happy gas, because it makes you happy but it’s I mean, it’s gotten me out of many, many difficult cases in the past, you know, it’s occasionally even cases big [10 for IV], where we’ve not managed to find a vein, the patients then being able to proceed with inhalation and actually got on Okay. It’s very, very safe, very, very easy to use. And, you know, it just makes me think why would you not have this? It is not that expensive setup and in practice, very, very easy to do. And you can find training courses through SAAD or the likes of Richard Sheron, who offers training courses in inhalation sedation. [Jaz]Yeah, I’m glad you mentioned Richard, it was it was actually Richard Sheron, who would beat me on Facebook about that, but thank you, Richard, because you taught me something. And hopefully, people listening right now, who may have thought, Hey, you know, inhalation equals children, it’s not the case. Inhalation is widely used in those clinics, they use it on adults to a great deal of success. So moving on. Yeah, [Mike]I was gonna say, just very quickly, when my VT practice, we had inhalation station plumbed in. And that was a little town called calendar, which is up in past near Sterling. And I always remember my trainer, said this wonderful line to me what he said, he said he loved using nitrous oxide for his patients. He said, “You know, you’re anxious, and you’re difficult patients, they need it, that you’re good patients, they deserve it.” [Jaz]But that’s, so your vt practice, you’re vt there, and they had in place sedation as well? [Mike]Yeah, so I was, I mean, that was great for me, I was able to use it, you know, straight from the [?]. [Jaz]That’s amazing. I mean, that reminds me about the book [Outlie], you know, the fact that both Steve Jobs and Bill Gates are both born in 1955. And therefore, when they were a certain age, they were coming to computers, and then for you and your journey, like the fact that you’re already interested in that, and then you’re VT place having in place sedations that only, you know, send fuel to the fire. So it’s amazing. [Mike]If you read Matthew Syed, he talks about that as well [whitebox thinking], you know, becoming a table tennis champion, but actually, the top 10 players in the UK all came from the same street, because.. [Jaz]That was bounce. Matthew Syed Bounce [Mike]So but and that is that is true. And so then [inhalation sedation] as I say, it’s well worth doing and actually not and again, I would never say get into anxiety management for financial reasons. However, the fees for doing nitrous oxide are actually fairly reasonable as well. And not only do you get remunerated for what you’re doing, it makes you faster as well. So for a small amount of downtime at the start while the patient is starting, because it takes a few minutes for it to work, you’ve then got a far easier, more compliance and more relaxed patient and the procedure goes a lot faster. So there is a business model on that as well, which is well worth looking at. [Jaz]Well, I’m glad you mentioned that because then that can lead nicely to another question I want to ask about businesses Look, when you’re marketing because you’re amazing at managing anxious patients, you’ve built a whole practice around it. You’re trained and invested in your staff to come the way they handle phone calls, the way they greet them. I’m sure every All bases are covered. So now you’ve invest in your team and invest in yourself, how do you attract the right patient that will really benefit from you? Is it just purely word of mouth? Or do you do some marketing within Glasgow And how do you I mean, I’m sure, correct me if I’m wrong, but the patient from Europe and that sort of stuff, I’m sure there’s loads of word of mouth going on. But do you advertise? [Mike]We do a little advertising? No, I don’t need to do a huge amounts of anxiety management. What was interesting, actually, when I first came to the clinic that I know, in, and it was a bit of a leap of faith, I’d been working in a mixed practice until that point. And you know, while I trained and hypnosis sedation. So when I first moved to the Berkeley clinic, there was no list. And I thought, This is me, I’m going to establish, Jaz, an anxiety management dentist, and I really had no idea, is there a big enough private market to sustain this? When I knew that 30 to 40% of the population were anxious. But I wondered, are there enough of that population that are prepared to pay a private fee for it? And more or less instantly, you know, the books filled up, it’s, you know, there’s a huge market for anxious patients. And so with regards to marketing, you’re right, a huge amount is word of mouth. And a huge amount actually came from the website that I originally developed, I started a website, as soon as I qualified, called whatfear.com. And it was mainly patient education,. [Jaz]Which I would share was that, Mike? [Mike]99. [Jaz]Wow. So that’s really great. That’s so I mean, so early. I mean, I don’t know, when was Google started? I don’t know. But that was, that’s really good. [Mike]I was right at the start. So actually, there were lots of mental health and self help forums ended up linking up because mine was pretty much the only dental anxiety website out there. So it’s become a bit more businesslike and about me, rather than a general thing about anxiety, because there’s better ones stancil for your central.org is a great one to look at. And it has everything in there. So the website helps Actually, I got involved in helping on [inaudibe] so as answering questions to phobic patients, which of course is the free of charge thing. That’s difficult, because it takes a lot of time. But when you know, I still get patients who have read responses and things that I’ve written within the forum, helping other patients, then know that I’m, you know, I’m caring and sympathetic to anxious patients. Of course, then social media, latterly, in the West is a thing. But I think the anxiety forums is probably the main thing that generated a lot of the business originally. [Jaz]That’s really fascinating. So there we are, for forums, as they were and obviously now so much of it. So word of mouth, you’re probably the go to clinic for that kind of stuff, which is great. The next question I ask is, now we’re getting to a bit where we’ve got to squeeze all this content and people listening, and then we’ll find out more. So now I want to find some learning points. So your name is Mike Gow. And I know there’s something called Gow gates, did you come up with the Gow gates? [Mike]I wish, I wish. You know, the frustrating thing of that is I prefer the Akinosi block. The Gow Gates is a bit harder. The chap who came up with it, his name was Gow, he’s an Australian dentist and the Gow-Gates, the hyphen was his tutor, was his teacher. So Gow-Gates is in honor of his teacher. [Jaz]I didn’t know that. So can you just for those who don’t know, what is the difference between a Gow- Gates and Akinosi? And let’s just focus on one, let’s focus on the Akinosi because he said that you prefer it? Obviously, we can’t video demonstrate exactly what if you just give a brief description. But then more importantly, how if I want to learn Akinosi, I don’t know how to do Akinosi, what’s the best way for me to learn Akinosi? So just covered like the difference and then how to learn that. [Mike]Okay, so the difference the gow gates block is an open mouth block. And after it’s delivered, the patient has to stay open for a considerable amount of time. And often you need to kind of massage and try and move the anesthetic around. So you know all the time when I want an alternative block technique to an ID block. Part of it is a problem with access. There’s maybe difficulty in seeing landmarks so maybe the patient is a bit overweight, and or they have a large tongue, a gag reflex, so the open mouth techniques are difficult in these cases. And the Akinosi is a closed mouth block, which is what makes it sorts of [inaudible]. So you can use it with patients with limited opening, huge tongues, gag reflex. Pure anatomy. Most of us have probably given an Akinosi inadvertently at some point in the past when you’ve been anesthetized an upper eight, and the patient says my lips starting to go numb to the bottom. You’ve kind of done a high block by mistake. So to do the Akinosi, you’re still using the same needles you use at ID block, retract the cheek as the patient close, and you’re actually going in by the height of the apices of the maxillary molars, at the mucoperiosteum, that’s the height you’re going in, you advance the needle hub to aboat where the distal of the seven is. And you’re actually giving, there’s loads of YouTube videos on this as well. So you’re actually giving the block much, much higher. And one of the reasons it’s not taught to us at university is there’s no body contact. So there’s no guarantee of exactly location and where you are. So again, you need to make sure you’re aspirating, you’re not hit any structures there. I’ve never had any issue with it, I have to say, while I’m doing it, and again, because you’re not going through muscle tissue, as you do with an open mouth block, it’s far more comfortable as well. So if I know I’ve got a needle phobic case, I will sometimes that’s my goal, too, as well, because I know it’s going to be more comfortable. And the patient is not straining to open mouth while we’re doing it. So please definitely learn Akinosi. Learning, certainly that our YouTube videos to look at, we do have in clinical training where somebody supervising is of course that you know the ultimate way of learning and nothing. So certainly look on your portals, look online for your CPD courses and see if anyone’s teaching it, we may well run something through as at some point in the future, if there’s interest, we can get acquired, [Jaz]I’m sure there would be, Mike, you know never underestimate the basics. And people want to get the basics right. And I think there would be demand for that. Especially because, you know, I remember back when being a second year student, and how short we all feel petrified of getting our first ID block and your glasses steam up and you can’t see anything and your hands are shaking like this. And now I’m going to stage where you know, you can, most dentist can do everything with our eyes closed. But when he’s trying to do a new technique, even though it’s so familiar, can be really scary. Like, for example, I once read, and maybe you can tell me about this I once read, I think it’s like dental update, or BDJ, that a technique to get your patients to feel that Id block less is that you get into position, instead of you insert a needle, you get the patient’s turn into the needle. But even that I don’t want to change, I don’t want to change anything, right? So it can be quite scary actually, when you’re first sort of doing that sort of stuff. [Mike]Certainly with infiltrations, I’ll move the tissue onto the needle, but my worry was asking the patient to move their head is somebody surely going to shake head one day or, you know, you lose control a bit over so that would be my worry with that particular suggestion. [Jaz]That’s why I haven’t done it. But it was an interesting thing to read, actually. [Mike]I’m gonna say that the Akinosi is simple. It’s not difficult. It’s fairly straightforward. It is like doing an alternative infiltration, essentially. [Jaz]So I’ll find a good video on YouTube, and I’ll link it as well, because people like to see that sort of stuff. So we’ve talked about how you track the anxious patients, [Mike]you’re gonna say, so just [inaudible] this first ID block that I ever gave. And of course you are you’re trying to get rid of the shakes and amend possession, working out my landmarks, the anatomy, and see after the needle, find the bone and coming back. And it’s just as I started to press the plunger, a wasp landed in my ear. So I just very slowly withdrew the needle. And I still [conversation overlapped] [Jaz]Everyone always remembers their first time they did whatever you know your first ID block, I remember my first ID block very well. And so that’s a very unique story. I like that a lot. So last couple of questions. Now, actually. One is tapping back into that story of you doing these procedures alongside a colleague without local anesthetic, and depending on hypnosis, which is just again, just still mind blowing, right? You had some TV coverage, I believe we had like a TV set on camera people come in, how did that happen? And what was going through your mind during that because you know, the whole is a professional team. And if it goes wrong, then it can be very embarrassing. What was going through your mind? [Mike]Okay, well, first of all, there’s been a number of things have done so there was a progression to this story. You know, hypnosis is an unusual thing, as you’ve heard, it’s just one of the balls in the bag, you know, one of the arrows there’s lots of tools that are used, but because it’s more unusual, I’ve kind of become known as the hypnosis guy, but that’s just part of what what we do. And so, you know, I that’s, you know, I experienced some amazing things with hypnosis. And that same first year, when it was working in the clinic with tinnitus. There was a little lady that came to see me who had chronic pain. We couldn’t find the source of it. I referred her to the pain specialists. The company wrote a letter back saying it’s probably psychogenic, and she saw all sorts of pain specialists, had medication, and I said I’d done this basic training course on hypnosis and I said, you know, hypnosis can help. And she just looked at me and said, I don’t think so. Three months later, her husband came back and said, “she is crying herself to sleep every night. She’s in so much pain. Could you try hypnosis with her?” So of course, I got all my books ready roll up lots of techniques. And I was supposed to see her for her assessment. So she came in for this assessment. And on the day, she’s in tears, she said, I can’t stay for long because I’m so much pain. Let’s just go. So I said to look, can I teach you a really quick technique, and it took off about 10 or 15 minutes of visualization technique of imagining her pain was a number on the dial. I asked her if she could visualize the dial, and just turn it up very slightly. So the pain was just slightly worse for a few seconds, and then turn it back down to where it was, it’s really easy. If you focus on pain to make it worse, turned up, and then back to where it was. She could then turn it down by half a number. And then it’s still number. So we played around for 10 minutes with this idea of the dial actually went away. I then picked her next appointments, and I started folding the folded train me my dad’s who works in hypnosis, and I got all these ideas for the techniques and skills to come back in the following weekend said I commenced my appointment, but you’re gonna be a bit annoyed because the pains gone away. I don’t think I need this appointment. And I said, Really what happened? She said, Well, I went home and I was doing the dial. And she said, See when you get to zero, is it meant to click and just never come back? I said a yes. Yeah, that’s fine. So that’s what got me interested in. I mean, I, as an evidence based dentist, I’m thinking is this coincidence? It could have been any number of things? Am I, did I make that up? Have I ever seen this properly. So that’s when I decided I was going to study the Masters because I wanted to know the science behind it. And that led me to that. So once I had the Masters, of course, you know, there’s only a handful of folks in the UK that have a master’s in hypnosis, and that attracted the attention of some of the TV companies. So the first approach I heard was from BBC Three, and they say Mike, we were doing a program about the power of persuasion, could be film you extracting a tooth with hypnosis? And you know, I panicked and thought we’d be creative, be wonderful to show what’s possible. The first tooth that was extracted with hypnosis was back in like the 1830s 1840s says, it’s not a new thing. But that made again made me think why are we still reporting this as this weird new phenomenon we’ve had this skill for centuries, you know. And by also panicked about giving across the wrong impression of Dentistry of hypnosis. I didn’t want people turning up at my door saying, take my tooth out with hypnosis. So the first case i did was actually a filling. And the guy came in put the rubber dam on, we did the dental restoration using hypnosis. And I thought, I have proved that good dentistry can be done with hypnosis. A year or two later, we had another contact saying, We are doing a program called hypno surgery live. And there’s somebody who’s going to be having a hernia repair operation done live on TV, we would love to film you doing a Dental extraction to be part of the show. And of course, I said the same thing. We’ve been doing it for ages. Why do we need to be proving? I thought, you know what, if we’re going to do it, let’s do something a bit braver, a bit more 21st century let’s look at implant placement. And I research that never been done before implant placement of local anesthetic. And I thought if we can prove that you can place an implant with no local anesthetic. Imagine the power that as dentists we have, we use some of these techniques in combination with what [inaudible] you’re using the things together. That’s the real power of it. So I agreed, phoned up the defense Union, is this Okay? Anything I need to worry about? And they said no, as long as the patient’s comfortable, and your local anaesthetic on standby if you need it it’s fine. So that this case with our bedside here, the lady had a sinus lift procedure done, and then the implant was placed. And I thought, that’s great. I never have to do that, again, with placing implants, there’s been done. And then another TV company contacted us and said, we’re doing a program about alternative therapies would love to have an extraction done under hypnosis, if I’m never gonna get away from this extract, right? But I’d still like the idea of the implant placement showing the you know, the more modern dental techniques. So, I was I got involved with Phil Friel for this case, and he came in film and this is the one that is more widely known and viewed, the lady had to her two central incisors extracted and to immediate placement implants placed just using hypnosis and local anesthetic. For me, I thought, you know, as best me, I’ve proved that I’ve done it, I don’t need to do it again. And then just a few years ago, there was one more approach and it was horizon and horizon said, Michael would love to see a dental extraction. From my swan song with this, I’ll do it. So this case was a bit more interesting, the guy I’d never met before, so I had no opportunity to test his hypnotizing ability or prepare on. He came up with the production team from London. And I met him the night before. And then on the day, we extracted an upper wisdom tooth just using hypnosis. So I did my extraction just using hypnosis myself. So that was that when you asked about how it felt, obviously, during the, you know, these procedures, I think in the earlier cases, I was probably more anxious. So remember, you know, the one with , the one with Phil, you know, there is a degree of anxiety because you don’t know what a TV company is going to do with footage if the patient has a bad experience, you know, how does that affect the profession? How does it affect the perception of hypnosis? Actually, the day that we filmed with Phil, we had two patients, so we actually filmed two and they both worked beautifully. So they selected the case that they wanted to use. A degree of anxiety but as I said earlier on, I think as dentists, we are in that position all the time. Our bread and butter is we are doing something intricate and potentially painful with another human being. And it’s exactly the same. So I had, you know, other hypnotic techniques on standby. And these cases, were not cases where we couldn’t use anesthetic. So we had our anesthetic on standby if it was needed, we just prayed we just didn’t need it. [Jaz]That’s amazing. I mean, such a great thing, example profession, I think, and to do it in that in that way. I’m actually excited to share the video with everyone. So I’ve got just one quick fire question. And I want to find out how we can learn more, any sort of the sort of, to the organization that you have as well but wherever you think is the best next step for people who want to get more into either hypnosis or just managing anxious patients, but can you give us one quick fire gem in terms of a communication technique that you can give to any GDP that might benefit and be Yes, how can we learn more? , [Mike]Okay, so communication techniques, there’s language techniques, there’s loads, probably one of the best ones is you know, learn some language skills, avoid saying things like try to patients, try and relax or try and open wider because the word “try” suggests difficulty or you’ll fail. So for kids, just see I bet you can’t open any wider and you’ll get a huge wide mouth. Avoid negative language, you know, don’t think about an Elephant. Elephant is in your head. So don’t worry, that’s what hurts worry this is going to hurt so negative language is a hypnotic technique. You can use it intentionally if you like, but most of us do it the wrong way. So you know, translate things into positive language “relax, I think you’ll be surprised by how easy that you find us today” is a great a great tool. Training wise, for hypnosis, I would say go through you know one of the medical and dental hypnosis societies. In Scotland we’ve got the British society of medical and dental hypnosis, Scotland, and UK, there’s the British Society of Clinical and academic hypnosis. They offer online courses, they offer weekend training courses, and seminars and lots of really cool things. Again, for the general anxiety stuff, the organization that we set up called ISDAM so if you go to isdam.com, there’s also Facebook page for ISDAM as well. And actually, within that Facebook group, there’s experts in sedation hypnosis language and it’s great because often if a young dentist it’s a question and again answers from the top guys in the world at these things about managing the case and their suburbian practice wherever they live. And it’s lovely to see. So join the Facebook group as well. [Jaz]I that’s what I love about these Facebook groups. You know, you mean the one that you said I’m definitely join it and share the Word. But also there are some restorative groups or surgery groups and orthodontic ones and woven and there’s so much wealth of knowledge that we can learn from. So Mike, thank you so much for coming on and sharing your experiences, very unique experience to us as unique for you it’s like a normal for me and the others. But there are so many things that we learn from that and we also touched on tangents like the Akinosi and the Gow-Gates, communication techniques, and how important it is to have the entire team on board and those little micro gains that you can get. So thank you so much for coming on and sharing All that knowledge. [Mike]Thank you. And thank you so much for the invitation. And I guess as a parting word to the, you know, the guys that are watching here, this is a tough time in dentistry and all the things. Things are difficult just know and dentistry is difficult to say with the extra things that we need to do. And but you’re focused on the stuff you enjoy, and try and get more of the stuff that you enjoy and get some of the passion back because there’s a real risk in the profession just now. Of Us losing our passion, losing a vision of what it is we enjoy doing. So there’s lots of patients out there that need your help. And there’s some great work that you can do, just go for it. [Jaz]Amazing. Love it. Thanks so much. Jaz’s Outro: As always guys, thank you so much for listening right to the end. I hope you enjoyed that episode with Dr. Mike Gow. Wow. I mean, I just still can’t believe the kind of stuff you can do with just words and body language and suggestions and hypnosis. It’s just absolutely crazy. And hats off to Dr. Mike Gow, thanks so much for coming on and sharing that with us. Remember guys, my podcast is one the only dental podcast in the world where you can get CE or CPD via dentinaltubules.com. And so it’s great value just for that, you know, if you’re listening and you want to get your CPD go to dentinal tubules. To get that you just have to acknowledge the aims objectives and answer the question. So you don’t have to listen to me all over again, you just go ahead and answer the question. So it really can’t be any easier than that. And if you enjoy these episodes, could you be a massive favor and share it with a friend share it with a buddy. That’s how the podcast grows and that’s how I can find more guests and have the highest caliber and how the podcast grow. So I really appreciate that if you could thank you and join me for the next episode.

The AI-powered Podcast Player

Save insights by tapping your headphones, chat with episodes, discover the best highlights - and more!
App store bannerPlay store banner
Get the app